Skip to main content

Full text of "Central British Columbia, Canada: a new field for exploitation"

See other formats


/t 


J3S 
8  78 


l^i^^C.  PUBS. 


^^/^X^ 


CEMEAL 
BRITISH  COLVABIA 


CANADA 


A  ^N'E'AAT  FIELD 
FOR.     EXF>L01TAT10^ 


B  V 

F    M  •  PCITTO 


DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  INTERIOR 

i    C   /\  M  A,  D  A. 


HON.   CHARLES  STEWART 
MINISTER 


W.   W.   CORY.   C.M.G. 
DEPUTY  MINISTER 


J^jATURAL  RESOURCES   INTELLIGENCE   BRANCH 

\--^  FC.C.LYNCH.  Superintendent 


MM» 


1 


In  addition  to  its  printed  publication  of  economic  facts  relating 
to  Canada,  The  Natural  Resources  Intelligence  Service 
will  obtain  for  you  specific  information  regarding  the  country  s 
resources  and  opportunities  for  their  development. 


CENTRAL 
BRITISH  COLUMBIA 

CANADA 
A  New  Field  for  Exploitation 

BY 

F.  H.  KITTO,  D.L.S.,  M.E.i.c. 

(SECOND  EDITION,  REVISED) 


Prepared  under  the  direction  of  the  Superintendent 
Natural  Resources  InteUigence  Branch 


DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  INTERIOR,  CANADA 

Hon.  Charles  Stewart.  Minister  W.  W.  Cory.  C.M.G..  Deputy  Minister 

1922 


Printed  by  F.  A.  ACLANO,  Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent   Majesty 


39736—1 


CONTENTS 

Page. 

Topographical 5 

Historical 10 

Climate 15 

Soil 21 

Forests 23 

Minerals 30 

Fisheries 37 

Fur  and  Game 44 

Water  Resources 47 

Transportation  and  Communications 51 

Education  and  Social  Life 59 

The  Fort  George  District 62 

The  Peace  River  District 68 

The  Cariboo  District 71 

The  Fort  Fraser  District ••  77 

The  Hazelton  District 82 

The  Skeena  District 85 

Agricultural  and  Industrial  Opportunities 90 

Appendices — Brief  synopses  of: — 

1.  Pre-emption  and  Homestead  Regulations 95 

2.  Purchase  and  Lease  of  Lands 97 

3.  Land  Settlement  Act 99 

4.  Government  Aid  to  Farmers 101 

5.  Mining  Regulations 102 

6.  Timber  and  Forest  Fire  Regulations 107 

7.  Summary  of  Water  Rights 109 

8.  Game  Regulations HI 

9.  Customs  and  Freight  Regulations 113 

10.  Taxation II5 

Bibliography II7 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1.  West  coast  of  British  Columbia,  pulp  and  paper  plant  at  Ocean  Falls 9 

2.  West   Coast  of   British   Columbia,   Grand   Trunk   Pacific   steamer   navigating 

"inside  passage" 9 

3.  Homestead  at  Fraser  lake,  British  Columbia 20 

4.  Field  of  potatoes  on  ranch  at  Fraser  lake,  British  Columbia ..  20 

5.  Seal   Cove   sawmill   and  Canadian   Fish   and   Cold   Storage   Company's   plant 

(rear  view^).  Prince  Rupert,  British  Columbia 29 

6.  Prince  Rupert  drydocks  and  shipbuilding  yards   (Photographed  on  February 

19,1920) \  29 

7.  A  glimpse  of  the  Nechako  valley  near  Vanderhoof 43 

8.  Road  leading  from  Vanderhoof  north  through  the  Nechako  valley 43 

9.  Outdoor  roses  in  Skeena  valley 50 

10.  A  glimpse  of  Prince  Rupert's  magnificent  harbour 50 

11.  Oat  field  on  ranch  at  Fra,nQois  lake>  British  Columbia 58 

12.  Farm  scene  near  Prince  George 58 

13.  Power  house  and  workmen's  cottages,  Granby  Consolidated  Mining  Company, 

Anyox,  British  Columbia 67 

14.  The  historic  town  of  Barkerville  as  it  now  appears 67 

15.  A  real  farm  in  Central  British  Columbia 75 

16.  A  picturesque  homestead  at  Francois  lake,  British  Columbia 75 

17.  A  trapper's  cabin  on  the  bank  of  Parsnip  river 87 

18.  Mount  Robson,  the  highest  of  Canadian   peaks,  from   Grand   Trunk   Pacific 

railway 87 

19.  "Australian  Ranch"  on  Cariboo  road  twenty  miles  south  of  Quesnel 93 

20.  Farm  at  Pouce  Coupe,  purchased  by  a  returned  soldier 93 

MAP 

Map  of  Central  British  Columbia,  Canada,  scale  35  miles  to  1  inch. .  .Inside  back  cover. 

39736 — IJ 


TOPOGRAPHICAL 

British  Columbia  is  Canada's  most  westerly-  province,  comprising  all  the  Pacific 
seaboard  belonging  to  the  Dominion,  together  with  man^^  coastal  islands  and  an  exten- 
sive inland  territory.  For  many  years  it  had  the  largest  area  of  any  province  in 
Canada  and  now  holds  third  place,  being  exceeded  by  Quebec  and  Ontario  only.  Its 
total  area  is  355,855  square  miles,  of  which  353,416  square  milee  are  land  and  2,439 
square  miles  are  covered  by  water. 

British  Columbia  is  the  mountain  province  of  Canada.  Almost  its  entire  area 
is  made  up  of  gigantic  ranges,  whose  majestic  peaks,  clothed  in  perpetual  ice  and  snow, 
rival  in  magnitude  and  beauty  the  famous  Alps  themselves;  of  deep,  narrow  valleys 
of  exceeding  fertility,  where  luscious  fruits  and  luxuriant  vegetation,  watered  by 
foaming  mountain  streams  and  sheltered  by  overhanging  cliffs,  attain  a  degree  o£ 
perfection  unequalled  elsewhere;  or  of  broad,  sunny  plateaus  of  grassy  lands,  inter- 
spersed with  numerous  lakes  and  streams,  bordered  by  gently-rolling  hills  of  greenest 
woods  and  drained  by  networks  of  swiftly-flowing  streams.  The  province  is  a  verit- 
able "sea  of  mountains,"  and  its  grandeur  of  scenery,  congenial  climate  and  wealth 
of  natural  resources  are  unsurpassed  by  any  other  district  of  equal  magnitude  in  the 
wc'rld. 

From  east  to  west  Canada  is  made  up  of  five  great  physiographic  divisions, 
namely,  the  Appalachian  region,  embracing  the  Maritime  Provinces  and  Eastern 
Quebec,  the  St.  Lawrence  lowlands  of  Southern  Quebec  and  Ontario,  the  Great  Plains 
region  of  Western  Canada,  the  Laurentian  plateau  surrounding  Hudson  bay,  and  the 
Cordilleran  region  extending  from  the  Rocky  mountains  to  the  Pacific  coast.  The 
greater  part  of  British  Columbia  lies  within  the  Cordilleran  division,  with  a  triangular 
area  in  the  northeast  corner  of  the  province  extending  into  the  Great  Plains  division. 
The  outstanding  topographical  feature  of  the  province  is  the  Eccky  Mountain  range, 
the  "  backbone "  of  the  North  American  continent.  It  crosses  Canada  in  a  north- 
westerly and  southeasterly  direction  and  makes  the  "  continental  divide "  that  parts 
the  waters  of  the  Pacific  slope  from  those  flowing  easterly. 

The  Rocky  mountains  vary  in  elevation  from  2,700  feet  in  the  vicinity  of  Dease 
lake  to  a  climax  of  13,068  feet  in  mount  Robson.  Pine  pass  has  an  elevation  of  2,850 
feet,  Yellowhead  pass  3,700  feet  and  Kicking  Horse  pass  5,332  feet.  There  are  several 
peaks  exceeding  10,000  feet  in  elevation  and  innumerable  lesser  mountains,  hills  and 
plateaus.  It  has  been  estimated  that  if  the  whole  of  British  'Columbia  were  brought 
to  a  level  plane  the  elevation  would  be  about  3,500  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 

The  Rocky  Mountain  range  runs  practically  parallel  to  the  Pacific  coast  at  a 
distance  of  350  or  400  miles  inland.  A  lesser  and  more  irregular  range  follows  the 
coast  more  closely  and  constitutes  what  is  known  as  the  "  Cascade "  and  "  Coast " 
mountains.    Between  these  two  principal  mountain  ranges  lies  a  vast  plateau. 

The  Cordilleran  division  thus  subdivides  itself  naturally  into  these  three  great 
belts,  the  Eastern,  Central  and  Pacific.  The  Eastern  belt  is  comprised  of  the  Rocky 
Mountain    system,    and   may    be   considered,   general^'    speaking,    as    a    mountainous 

5 


6  Central   British    Columiia 

region.  The  Western  belt  includes  the  Pacific  system,  made  up  mainly  of  the  Ooast 
and  Cascade  mountains,  and  the  Insiilar  system,  comprised  of  a  series  of  islands  run- 
ning parallel  to  the  coast,  of  which  the  main  one  is  Vancouver.  This  belt  is  also  a 
mountainous  one,  though  not  so  pronounced  as  the  Eastern  belt.  The  great  Central 
belt,  however,  containing  some  more  or  less  independently  defined  systems  of  lower 
mountains  and  plateaus,  constitutes  on  the  whole  a  vast  area  of  land  suitable  for 
agricultural  exploitation  and  settlement. 

The  northeast  part  of  the  province,  lying  east  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  system, 
falls  within  the  Great  Plains  division  of  Canada.  These  plains  include  the  prairies 
of  Western  Canada  and  constitute  the  agricultural  areas  of  Manitoba,  Saskatchewan, 
and  Alberta.  The  part  of  British  Columbia  included  in  them  lies  partly  in  the 
famous  Peace  Eiver  district  and  partly  in  the  drainage  basin  of  the  Liard  river.  The 
Peace  river  portion  of  British  Columbia  and  the  middle  part  of  the  Central  belt 
jontain  the  bulk  of  the  agricultural  lands  of  the  province. 

British  Columbia  extends  from  the  straits  of  Juan  de  Fuca  and  the  49th  parallel 
of  north  latitude,  which  constitute  the  international  boundary  between  Canada  and 
the  United  States  in  these  parts,  northerly  through  11  degrees  of  latitude  to  the  60th 
parallel,  beyond  which  lies  the  Yukon  territory.  To  the  east  lies  the  province  of 
Alberta.  The  summit  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  range  is  the  interprovincial  boundary 
as  far  north  as  its  intersection  with  the  120th  degree  of  west  longitude,  which  is  then 
the  boundary  for  the  remaining  distance.  Westerly  the  province  extends  to  the 
Pacific  ocean  except  in  the  northwest  corner  where  the  "  pan-handle  "  of  Alaska  inter- 
venes. Vancouver  island  and  the  Queen  Charlotte  group  of  islands,  together  with 
many  smaller  ones,  also  form  part  of  the  province. 

The  northeast  part  of  the  province,  lying  in  the  Great  Plains  division,  forms  part 
of  the  Great  Mackenzie  basin.  Two  principal  rivers  flow  through  this  section,  the 
Peace  and  Liard.  The  Peace  reaches  the  Mackenzie  by  way  of  the  Slave  river  and 
Great  Slave  lake  and  the  Liard  joins  it  directly. 

The  southeast  part  of  the  province  is  drained  by  the  Columbia  and  its  numerous 
tributaries  southerly  over  the  international  boundary  line  and  thence  to  the  Pacific. 

The  southern  and  central  interior  is  drained  by  the  great  Fraser  and  its  principal 
tributaries,  the  Nechako  and  Thompson  rivers,  to  tide-water  at  Vancouver.  Along  the 
western  coast  the  principal  rivers  are  the  Skeena,  reaching  the  sea  at  Prince  Rupert, 
the  Nass,  flowing  into  Portland  inlet,  and  the  Stikine  which  cuts  through  the  Alaskan 
pan-handle  to  reach  the  sea  near  Wrangel. 

Central  British  Columbia  is  an  indefinite  term.  It  is  usually  used  to  designate 
the  great  interior  plateau  lands,  comprising  the  famous  Bulkley  valley,  Nechako  valley, 
Upper  Fraser  river  drainage  basin  and  the  Cariboo  and  Chilcotin  districts.  It  is 
sometimes  applied  to  the  country  served  by  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  railway.  The 
scope  of  this  report  is  intended  to  apply  to  all  these  districts.  For  such  purposes 
arbitrary  boundaries  have  been  adopted,  though  not  adhered  to  strictly.  In  general 
terms,  therefore,  it  may  be  here  defined  as  that  part  of  the  mainland  lying  between 
the  52nd  and  57th  parallels  of  north  latitude,  and  comprising  a  total  area  of  approxi- 
mately 145,000  .square  miles. 

This  portion  of  British  Columbia  is  most  interesting  and  unique  in  its  develop- 
ment.    To  the  business  man  of  the  day   it  is   a  "New   British   Columbia" — ^made 


Topographical  7 

accessible  only  upon  the  completion  of  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  railway  in  1914,  held 
for  a  still  further  period  from  commercial  exploitation  by  the  Great  War,  and  now 
requiring  the  completion  of  the  Pacific  Great  Eastern  railway  and  the  establishment 
of  transpacific  shipping  lines  from  Prince  Rupert  to  enable  its  development  to  be 
prosecuted  in  a  thorough  manner.  To  the  historian,  however,  it  is  the  "  Old  British 
Columbia,"  explored  and  occupied  previous  to  any  other  mainland  part  of  the  province. 

Fur  trading  and  gold  mining  blazed  the  way  for  the  occupation  and  settlement  of 
British  Columbia,  and  the  fields  of  these  earliest  activities  lay  in  this,  the  central  pari 
of  the  province.  Fort  MacLeod,  on  MacLeod  lake,  hae  the  distinction  of  being  British 
Columbia's  earliest  establishment  and  dates  back  to  1805.  It  is  thirty-eight  years  older 
than  the  capital,  Victoria.  Port  St.  James,  on  Stuart  lake,  and  Fort  George,  at  the 
confluence  of  the  Fraser  and  Nechako  rivers,  were  established  in  1806  and  1807,  and 
were  thus  also  over  a  quarter  of  a  century  old  when  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  estab- 
lished a  post  on  the  site  of  the  present  capital  city.  Prince  Rupert  is  the  newest  sea 
port  on  the  coast,  yet  Fort  Nass,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Skeena,  and  later  Fort  Simpson 
(now  Port  Simpson)  were  important  coast  ports  before  the  days  of  either  Victoria 
or  Vancouver. 

Alexander  Mackenzie,  the  first  white  man  to  reach  the  Pacific  overland,  travelled 
across  the  province  and  back  again  entirely  within  this  central  belt  in  the  year  1793. 
Over  one  hundred  years  ago  trade  routes  by  canoe  and  trail  were  well  established 
throughout  this  district.  The  Skeena  and  Nass  rivers  on  the  coast,  the  Fraser, 
Nechako  and  Stuart  in  the  interior,  and  the  Parsnip,  Finlay  and  Peace  flowing  easterly 
were  well  travelled  avenues  of  trade,  while  the  Yellowhead  pass  had  witnessed  a 
century  of  travel  by  foot  before  the  first  train  rushed  through. 

Original  surveys  for  the  Canadian  Pacific  railway  led  through  this  pass,  and, 
had  they  been  adhered  to,  conditions  would  have  been  reversed  with  respect  to  the 
southern  and  the  central  parts  of  the  province.  The  building  of  this  transconti- 
nental railway  brought  in  an  influx  of  workers  and  settlers  along  its  route  which, 
unfortunately  for  the  central  districts,  was  located  well  to  the  south  and  crossed  the 
Rockies  by  the  Kicking  Horse  pass.  About  the  Pacific  terminal  of  this  great  road 
has  grown  up  the  city  of  Vancouver,  and  for  nearly  fifty  years  the  benefit  of  this 
railway  has  been  in  favour  of  the  development  of  the  more  southerly  parts  of  the 
province. 

The  building  of  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  railway,  however,  which  takes  the 
route  of  the  Yellowhead  pass,  Fraser,  Nechako,  Bulkley  and  Skeena  rivers  to  meet 
the  coast  at  the  newer  city  of  Prince  Rupert,  brought  to  the  central  belt  upon  its 
completion  in  1914  the  advantages  that  the  more  southerly  parts  received  by  the 
completion  of  the  Canadian  Pacific  railway  in  1885. 

No  sooner  had  t]iis  transcontinental  railway  been  completed  than  the  great 
European  war  ibroke  out,  thus  practically  paralyzing  the  expected  development  along 
its  route  and  holding  in  abeyance  for  five  or  six  years  longer  the  settlement  of  its 
adjacent  territory. 

Possibly  there  may  be  advantages  in  these  circumstances.  As  a  result  of  the 
war  Canada  finds  herself  burdened  with  a  heavy  debt  and  facing  a  serious  problem 
in  the  re-establishment  of  a  large  army  of  men.  The  raising  of  funds  with  which  to 
meet  her  obligations   and   the  finding  of   homes   for   thousands   of   men   present   a 


8  Central   British    Columbia 

tremendous  task.  The  solution  lies  in  the  development  of  her  immense  natural 
resources  and  in  the  absorbing  of  the  returned  soldiers  in  connection  therewith. 
There  arises  the  question  of  location.  Where  are  the  resources  that  lie  dormant  to 
be  found?     Where  are  homes  available  for  the  thousands  of  disbanded  soldiers? 

The  answer,  to  a  large  extent,  lies  in  Central  British  Columbia.  Here  we  have 
an  immense  territory  of  which  the  potential  wealth  in  natural  resources  is  beyond 
estimate  and  where  conditions  for  home-making  are  of  the  best.  The  areas  of  arable 
agricultural  lands  are  in  the  neighbourhood  of  ten  million  acres,  with  additional 
land  suitable  for  grazing  purposes.  The  belt  is  highly  mineralized  and  no  one  can 
foretell  what  extent  of  treasure  lies  buried  beneath  its  hills.  The  coast  and  inland 
waters  are  rich  in  fisheries,  the  extent  and  value  of  which  are  beginning  to  be  more 
fully  realized.  The  forests  are  also  most  extensive  and  the  lumbering  and  pulp 
industries  are  already  well  under  way.  Water-powers  are  numerous  and  great.  The 
climate  is  agreeable.  In  fact  conditions  are  exceedingly  inviting  for  intensive  settle- 
ment and  development  along  agricultural  and  industrial  lines. 

The  handicap  of  lack  of  transportation  that  has  held  back  this  district  is  now 
fast  disappearing.  One  great  transcontinental  railway,  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific, 
traverses  the  belt  midway  from  east  to  west;  another,  the  Canadian  National,  runs 
through  its  southeastern  corner,  while  the  Pacific  Great  Eastern  is  building  to  cross- 
cut the  belt  from  south  to  north.  Towns  are  springing  up  along  these  lines.  Mines 
are  being  opened  up,  saw  and  pulp  mills  erected,  water-powers  harnessed,  fishing 
fleets  added  to,  and  an  era  of  development  is  fast  getting  under  way. 

Here,  then,  lies  a  new  field,  vast  and  fruitful,  tested  and  proven,  rich  and 
bountiful  in  nature's  gifts,  offering  wealth  and  homes  to  thousands  of  willing  workers 
who  seek  a  fair  chance  to  attain  success. 

It  is  not  only  an  inviting  country,  from  a  business  standpoint,  offering  prospects 
of  liberal  and  speedy  financial  gains,  but  it  is  a  pleasant  country  in  which  to  make 
one's  home.  Men  do  not  come  alone  to  Central  British  Columbia,  intending  to  wresi 
a  fortune  in  a  few  frenzied  years  from  its  coffers,  then  to  go  to  a  more  congenial 
spot  on  the  earth's  surface  and  enjoy  with  their  families  the  fruits  of  their  hard- 
ships. They  come  with  their  families  to  make  attractive  homes,  to  settle  down  and 
enjoy  the  beauties  and  advantages  of  the  country  as  they  progress  in  their  various 
undertakings,  and  to  lay  the  foundations  for  the  happiness  and  prosperity  of  succeed- 
ing generations. 

The  Government  of  the  province  is  anxious  to  see  the  district  settled  and  its 
resources  developed  by  a  good  class  of  people.  Every  possible  encouragement  is  being 
offered  with  this  end  in  view.  The  natural  attractions  and  advantages  of  the  district, 
together  with  the  lively  interest  manifested  by  the  Government  in  its  development, 
assures  the  new  comer  of  a  start  under  the  most  promising  conditions. 


West  coast  of  British  Columbia.     Pulp  and  paper  plant  at  Ocean  Falls. 


L... 


West  coast  of  British  Colunibi;i.      (".r;i.m]   Trunk  Pacific  coast  steamer   navigalint 

"  inside  passage." 


HISTORICAL 

For  those  whose  interest  in  the  evolution  and  advancement  of  this  western  province 
looks  into  the  past  as  well  as  into  the  future  the  pages  of  its  early  history  contain  many 
fascinating  chapters.  Unlike  the  eastern  colony — the  original  Canada — that  was 
acquired  by  conquest,  the  province  of  British  Columbia  has  been  British  from  the 
earliest  days  of  the  white  man's  occupation.  Only  the  faintest  suggestion  of  other 
claims  were  ever  put  forth,  and  they  were  disposed  of  before  any  serious  progress 
had  been  made.  The  capital  city  of  Victoria,  founded  and  built  up  by  British 
subjects  only,  laid  out  and  patterned  after  English  models,  and  with  a  climate  very 
similar  to  that  of  England  itself,  is  without  exception  the  most  ultra-English  centre 
to  be  found  in  Canada  to-day. 

The  long  chain  of  events,  commencing  when  European  powers  blindly  struck  oui 
for  unknown  poseibilities  in  the  Pacific  ocean,  leading  through  the  race  for  establish- 
ment of  claims  to  new  lands  in  which  Great  Britain  planted  two  colonies,  the  one  on 
Vancouver  island  and  the  other  on  the  main  coast,  and  culminating  in  the  amalgama- 
tion and  final  confederation  of  these  colonies  with  the  great  westward  growing 
Dominion  of  Canada,  constitutes  a  drama  of  colonial  history  second  in  interest  to 
none.  Separated,  as  it  were,  from  the  newly-found  continent  of  America  by  apparently 
endless  plains  and  impassable  mountains,  and  bordering  on  an  unknown  ocean,  the 
districts  west  of  the  Rocky  mountains  were,  to  all  intents  and  purposes,  in  the  early 
days  a  world  of  their  own.  Until  finally  drawn  together  by  the  process  of  expansion 
from  either  extreme  and  the  elimination  of  the  vast  unknown  intervening  spaces,  the 
histories  of  Eastern  and  Western  Canada  are  those  of  unrelated  colonies. 

Following  the  discovery  of  America,  Spanish  navigators,  Spain  then  being  tli'.> 
great  naval  power  of  the  world,  soon  found  their  way  around  the  Horn  and  into  the 
Pacific  ocean,  which  they  declared  a  "  closed  sea  "  to  all  other  powers.  The  curtain 
rose  on  English  activities  in  these  seas  near  the  close  of  the  sixteenth  century,  when 
the  bold  sea-rover  Francis  Drake,  in  his  famous  ship  the  Golden  Hind,  had  the 
audacity  to  beard  the  lion  in  his  den  by  rounding  the  Horn  and  bravely  sailing  north 
into  these  forbidden  waters.  Taking  the  Spanish  completely  by  surprise  he  attacked, 
captured  and  looted  treasure  ship  after  treasure  ship  and  loaded  his  own  vessel  to  the 
gunwales  with  treasure.  Before  sailing  homeward  he  landed  at  a  point  on  the  coast, 
somewhere  north  of  the  present  site  of  San  Francisco,  and  claimed  the  territory  in  the 
name  of  the  Sovereign,  calling  it  "  New  Albion."  Returning  to  England  he  was 
knighted  by  Queen  Elizabeth  for  these  exploits. 

Wars  and  other  matters  of  state  prevented  Drake's  discoveries  from  being  followed 
up,  and.  as  far  as  the  English  were  concerned,  the  curtain  fell  for  some  200  years. 
Meanwhile  the  Spanish,  reduced  by  the  loss  of  their  Armada  to  an  inferior  sea  power, 
pursued,  with  the  assistance  of  native  Mexicans,  a  dogged  policy  of  exploration  north- 
ward along  the  Pacific  coast.  Between  the  years  1587  and  1592  they  explored  beyond 
Drake's  "  Now  Albion,"  and  discovered,  what  they  believed  to  be,  a  passage  leading  to 
the  Atlantic,  which  they  named  Juan  de  Fuca  strait,  after  a  Greek  pilot  in  their 

10 


Historical  1 1 

employ  by  that  name.  A  reflection  of  this  alleged  discovery  is  found  in  the  annals  of 
English  discovery  when,  in  1660,  the  famous  navigator  Henry  Hudson,  in  his  little 
ship  Discovery,  searching  for  this  mythical  passage,  entered  the  bay  that  bears  his 
name  and  perished  in  his  attempt  to  solve  it. 

It  was  not  until  the  eighteenth  century  that  discoveries  on  the  Pacific  coast  began 
to  take  definite  form.  In  1728-29  Vitus  Behring,  a  Dane,  exploring  for  the  Eussian 
Government,  sailed  north  through  the  etrait  that  now  bears  his  name,  thus  proving  a 
passage  from  the  Pacific,  not  to  the  Atlantic,  but  to  the  Arctic.  In  1741,  in  company 
with  ChirikofF,  he  discovered  Alaska  and  took  possession  of  it  for  the  Russians. 

The  year  1778  witnessed  the  return  of  British  explorers,  when  Capt.  James  Cook, 
searching  still  for  the  "northwest  passage,"  landed  at  Nootka,  on  Vancouver  island 
The  closing  years  of  this  century  saw  the  race  for  national  supremacy  in  tihese  regions 
in  full  swing.  Between  1774  and  1779  Spanish  and  Mexican  explorers  were  par- 
ticularly active  on  the  coast.  In  1787  Admiral  La  Perouse  led  a  French  expedition 
into  these  waters.  The  following  year  the  United  States  of  America,  the  new  nation 
of  the  new  world,  despatched  a  ship  to  the  scene. 

English  and  Spanish  claims  on  Vancouver  island  threatened  for  a  time  to  lead  to 
trouble,  but  were  finally  settled  by  the  Nootka  Convention  of  1790,  in  which  Spain 
gave  up  her  claims  at  this  port  to  the  English.  In  1792  Narvez,  a  Spanish  pilot, 
discovered  the  mouth  of  the  Eraser  river,  and  the  same  year  Capt.  Gray  discovered 
the  Columbia  and  took  possession  of  it  for  the  United  States.  Meanwhile  Capt. 
Vancouver  was  exploring  in  the  vicinity  of  Puget  sound  and,  had  it  not  been  for  the 
presence  of  heavy  fogs,  would  have  anticipated  Gray  by  a  couple  of  weeks,  having 
passed  the  mouth  of  the  Columbia  without  seeing  it. 

The  French  did  not  follow  up  any  discoveries  on  this  coast,  and  the  Spanish, 
through  lack  of  ships,  withdrew  to  the  more  southerly  shores.  The  close  of  the 
eighteenth  century  saw  the  Russians  holding  Alaska  and  the  coast  from  Sitka  north, 
the  English  practically  established  from  that  point  as  far  south  as  Puget  sound  and 
disputing  with  the  Americans  the  possession  of  these  regions,  and  the  Americans  and 
Spanish  holding  the  southern  coast. 

The  British  claim  to  the  great  interior,  however,  was  made  secure  when,  in  1793, 
Alexander  Mackenzie,  a  partner  of  the  great  Northwest  Company,  a  rival  of  the 
Hudson's  Bay  Company  for  the  fur  trade,  ascended  the  Peace  river  and  its  southerly 
branch  the  Parsnip,  crossed  to  the  Eraser  and,  after  following  it  for  some  distance 
below  its  confluence  with  the  Nechako,  turned  west  and  made  his  way  to  the  waters 
of  the  Paciflc,  which  he  reached  at  Bella  Coola.  This  great  feat  solved  the  mystery 
of  the  hidden  lands  'beyond  the  mountains,  opened  up  the  way  for  the  extension  of  the 
fur  trade  and  the  occupation  of  the  coast  districts,  and  established  beyond  question  the 
British  claim  to  these  lands.  For  his  great  service  to  the  Empire  Mackenzie  was 
knighted. 

The  period  of  discovery  closes  with  the  eighteenth  century  and  the  period  of 
exploration  and  occupation  commences  with  the  nineteenth.  Overland  and  by  sea  the 
rush  to  the  new  land  began.  The  Northwest  Company  lost  no  time  in  taking  advan- 
tage of  the  new  field.  Fort  MacLeod  was  established  in  1805,  Fort  St.  James  and 
Fort  Eraser  in  1806,  and  Fort  George  in  1807.  In  1808,  Simon  Eraser  made  his 
famous  descent  of  the  Eraser  river. 


12  Central   British    Coluvihia 

Meanwhile  the  Americans  had  not  been  idle.  To  secure  full  advantage  of  Capt. 
Gray's  diecovery  of  the  Columbia  an  overland  expedition  under  Captains  Lewis  and 
Clark  was  despatched.  It  reached  the  lower  Columbia  in  1806.  In  1810  the  Pacific 
Fur  Company  was  founded  by  Astor,  and  in  the  following  year  a  post,  Astoria,  was 
established  by  this  company.  The  same  year,  1811,  another  famous  Canadian  explorer 
of  the  Northwest  Company,  David  Thompson,  traced  the  erratic  Columbia  from  its 
source  to  the  sea.  On  reaching  the  lower  waters  of  the  river  he  found  the  newly- 
erected  fort  of  Astoria. 

The  newly-formed  and  inexperienced  Pacific  Fur  Company  failed  to  make  a 
success  of  its  undertaking  and  in  1813,  after  two  years  of  futile  struggle,  gave  up 
and  sold  out  to  the  Northwest  Company.  War  having  broken  out  between  Great 
Britain  and  the  United  States,  a  British  warship  sailed  into  the  mouth  of  the 
Columbia  and  claimed  possession  of  the  district  by  right  of  conquest. 

The  only  post  having  thus  been  purchased,  and  the  lands  claimed  under  conquest,, 
it  would  appear  that  the  British  claims  to  a  region  extending  as  far  south  as  |Drake's 
'•  New  Albion  "  might  have  been  considered  legitimate.  However,  at  the  close  of  the 
war  of  1812-14,  all  confiscated  territory  was  returned  to  the  original  holders,  and, 
further,  by  the  Oregon  Agreement  of  1813  it  was  agreed  that  a  "  joint  occupancy  "  of 
this  territory  should  be  permitted. 

In  1821  the  Northwest  and  Hudson's  Bay  Companies  united  under  the  name  of 
Hudson's  Bay  Company,  and  the  prosecution  of  the  trade  in  this  territory  was 
carried  on  with  redoubled  energy.  Their  trade  extended  southerly  over  a  vast  territory ,^ 
including  the  present  states  of  Washington,  Oregon  and  Idaho.  The  great  territory 
virtually  belonged  to  this  powerful  British  company.  A  flood  of  American  land- 
seekers,  however,  soon  found  their  way  over  the  mountains  and  demanded  that  the 
control  of  these  lands  be  vested  in  their  Government.  In  1846,  after  twenty-eight 
years  of  dispute  under  the  joint  occupancy  agreement,  the  Oregon  Treaty  was  passed, 
fixing  the  49th  parallel  of  latitude  as  the  southern  boundary  of  British  possessions  on 
the  mainland. 

This  led  to  the  withdrawal  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  from  active  operation 
on  the  lower  Columbia  river.  In  1843  Victoria  was  founded  by  James  Douglas,  under 
the  instruction  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  chief  factor,  John  McLoughlin.  Meanwhile  Fort 
Vancouver  had  been  established  in  1825,  Fort  Nass  in  1830,  and  Fort  Simpson  (later 
called  Port  Simpson)  in  1834,  to  which  the  headquarters  for  the  Nass  and  Skeena 
districts  were  transferred  from  Fort  Nass.  Victoria  became  the  headquarters  for 
the  British  territory  lying  west  of  the  Rocky  mountains  and  the  Hudson's  Bay 
Company  constituted  its  entire  government. 

In  1849  there  occurred  the  great  gold  discoveries  of  California  and  the  consequent 
rueh  of  thousands  to  those  regions.  In  order  to  forestall  possible  complications,  the 
Britifih  Government  the  same  year  declared  Vancouver  island  a  Crown  colony. 
Victoria  was  made  the  capital  and  the  island  was  turned  over  to  the  Hudson's  Bay 
Company  for  colonization  purposes  for  a  period  of  ten  years.  Richard  Blanchard 
was  sent  out  as  firfet  governor  in  1850,  but  finding  no  colony,  apart  from  the  fur 
traders  them-selves,  and  bring  governor  in  name  only,  he  retired  the  following  year 
and  James  Dduglas,  the  thf-n  chief  factor  of  the  comjiany,  succeeded  him. 


Historical  13 

In  the  years  1856-58  extensive  discoveries  of  gold  were  made  on  the  Fraser 
river.  Anticipating  a  rush  of  miners  to  these  regions,  and  wishing  to  be  prepared 
to  cope  properly  with  the  situation  that  would  arise,  the  British  Government  declared 
the  mainland  a  Crown  colony  in  1858.  It  was  given  the  name  of  British  Columbia, 
and  James  Douglas  was  made  governor  of  both  colonies.  The  rights  of  the  Hudson's 
Bay  Company  on  Vancouver  island,  granted  in  1849,  were  terminated  by  purchase. 
This  same  year,  1858,  the  rights  of  the  company  to  exclusive  trading  privileges  on  the 
mainland,  which  at  the  amalgamation  of  1821,  had  been  granted  for  a  period  of 
twenty-one  years  and  renewed  in  1838  for  a  further  period  of  twenty  years,  expired. 

This  date  then,  1858,  may  be  taken  as  the  closing  of  the  reign  of  the  great  fur 
company  and  the  real  commencement  of  colonial  government.  In  18GG,  the  two 
colonies  were  united,  and  Governor  Douglas  retired  from  active  partnership  in  the 
Hudson's  Bay  Company  to  devote  all  his  time  to  affairs  of  state.  As  governor  he 
filled  the  office  and  performed  the  arduous  duties  attached  to  it  in  those  early  days  in  a 
most  capable  manner  and  for  such  signal  service  was  knighted.  His  is  a  most 
outstanding  figure  in  British  Columbia's  early  development. 

Five  years  later  the  colony  of  British  Columbia,  which  had  now,  through  the  rush 
to  its  interior  gold  fields,  attained  a  population  of  some  10,000  whites,  cast  in  her  lot 
with  the  Dominion  of  Canada,  joining  Confederation  in  1871. 

In  1858  the  present  boundaries  of  the  province  were  decided  upon  in  so  far  as 
internal  arrangements  in  British  possessions  were  concerned.  In  1867  Alaska  was 
purchased  from  Kussia  by  the  United  States,  and  in  1871  the  Washington  Treaty 
settled  the  Alaska-British  Columbia  boundary. 

By  the  agreement  upon  which  British  Columbia  joined  the  Confederation  it  was 
stipulated  that  she  should  be  connected  by  a  transcontinental  railway  with  the  older 
provinces.  This  was  accomplished  by  the  completion  of  the  Canadian  Pacific  railway 
in  1885.  The  population  has  grown  from  a  total  of  about  SBjOOO  in  1871,  of  which 
only  about  10,000  were  whites  and  the  rest  Indians,  to  some  523,353  at  the  last 
Dominion  census  of  1921. 

The  representation  of  the  province  at  the  federal  capital  at  Ottawa  now  consists 
of  6  members  in  the  Senate  and  13  in  the  House  of  Commons.  The  Provincial 
Government  is  made  up  of  a  Lieutenant-^Governor  and  a  Legislative  Assembly  con- 
sisting of  47  members.  The  Lieutenant-Governor  now  holding  office  is  the  Honourable 
Walter  Cameron  Nichol  and  the  Premier  of  the  province  is  the  Honourable  John 
■Oliver. 

In  Central  British  Columbia,  the  belt  of  mainland  lying  between  latitudes  52" 
and  57°  north,  lie  some  of  the  oldest  and  most  historic  scenes  of  interest.  The  history 
of  the  province  is  sometimes  divided  into  three  periods,  the  period  of  discovery,  the 
period  of  exploration,  and  the  period  of  occupation.  The  central  belt  holds  a  stirring 
place  in  the  annals  of  all  three.  Three  great  discoveries  hold  an  undying  fame  in 
provincial  records — Cook,  Vancouver,  and  JUiackemzie.  The  two  former  are  associated 
with  naval  discoveries  along  the  coast,  but  in  Alexander  Mackenzie,  the  central  belt 
has  a  discoverer  of  its  own.  From  east  to  west  he  travelled  across  the  breadth  of  the 
province  and  kept  within  this  central  belt.  Entering  by  way  of  Peace  river  he  blazed 
the  way  for  further  exploits  past  the  spots  where  soon  were  to  be  erected  under  his 


14  Central    British    Columhia 

direction  such  historic  posts  as  Fort  St.  John,  Eocky  Mountain  House  and  Fort 
MacLeod.  The  Peace,  Parsnip,  Upper  Fraser,  Blackwater  and  Bella  Coola  rivers 
were  his  discoveries  in  1793,  thus  establishing  a  claim  to  this  belt  that  has  never  been 
disputed. 

In  the  period  of  exploration  this  belt  was  one  of  the  earliest  districts  to  become 
well  known.  Prominent  among  explorers  are  the  names  of  Simon  Fraser  and  David 
Thompson,  who,  at  an  early  date,  roamed  these  districts  at  pleasure  and  pushed  their 
explorations  southwards  from  bases  established  here. 

As  for  the  period  of  occupation,  Central  British  Columbia  holds  the  lead  on  the 
mainland  and,  with  the  exception  of  Nootka,  on  Vancouver  island.  Fort  St.  John, 
Rocky  Mountain  House,  Fort  MacLeod,  Fort  St.  James,  Fort  Fraser,  Fort  George  and 
Quesnel  were  thriving  centres  of  trade,  with  canoe  brigades  and  pack  trains  going 
back  and  forth  from  one  to  the  other,  before  Astoria,  Vancouver  or  Victoria  were 
dreamed  of.  Fort  Xass  and  Fort  (now  Port)  Simpson  were  sea  ports  of  prime 
importance  before  an  anchor  was  dropped  in  E'squimalt  or  Burrard  inlet. 

At  the  time  of  Confederation  the  real  industrial  center  of  the  province  was  the 
Cariboo  gold  district,  in  which  the  magic  city  of  Barkerville  sprang  up,  and  for  a  time 
became  the  Mecca  of  the  great  far  west.  The  Cariboo,  Omineca  and  Cassiar  gold- 
fields  led  to  the  occupation  of  this  region  in  advance  of  any  of  the  present  more 
thickly-settled  districts  of  the  province,  while  the  fur  trade  of  the  northern  interior, 
and  the  fish  and  seal  trade  of  the  coast  regions  about  the  mouth  of  the  Skeena  and 
Xass  rivers,  opened  up  avenues  of  commerce  through  its  entire  breadth. 

Before  the  construction  of  the  Canadian  Pacific  railway  there  was  a  well-estab- 
lished route  of  travel  from  east  to-  west  far  to  the  north  of  its  location.  River 
steamers  plied  tlie  Skeena  from  Port  Essington  to  Hazelton.  Pack  trains  and  canoe 
brigades  had  networks  of  routes  between  the  coast  and  Rocky  mountain  ranges. 
From  these  plateaus  they  found  their  way  eastward  through  the  Rockies,  by  the  Peace, 
Yellowhead  or  other  passes. 

The  evolution  of  the  province  is  sometimes  divided  into  three  political  periods, 
namely,  the  unorganized  period,  the  colonial  period  and  the  Confederation  period. 
In  the  latter  period  only  has  Central  British  Columbia  fallen  behind.  Had  the  Cana- 
dian Pacific  railway  followed  the  route  of  the  Yellowhead  pass  and  Skeena  river,  and 
had  old  Fort  Simpson,  the  seaport  of  early  days,  been  chosen  as  capital  of  the  united 
colonies,  what  a  difference  there  v/ould  have  been. 

Central  British  Columbia  is  not  a  new  country  by  any  means.  It  is  the  old 
country  of  the  Pacific  slope.  Unlike  the  eastern  provinces,  where  development  spread 
from  the  earliest  points  of  discovery  and  occupation,  the  development  of  British 
Columbia  has  been  in  an  inverse  order.  The  great  central  belt  of  longest  historic 
interest  has  been  pushed  into  the  background  through  force  of  circumstances  and  is  . 
now  juat  bursting  forth  into  its  own. 


CLIMATE 

The  climate  of  Central  British  Columbia  may  be  said,  in  general  terms,  to  be 
moderate  or  very  temperate.  It  has  a  considerable  yearly  i-ange,  and  varies  from 
west  to  east  in  fairly  well  defined  belts  paralleling  the  coast  line  and  the  Kocky 
mountains.  Theee  belts  correspond  closely  to  the  topographical  features  of  the 
country,  and  may  be  roughly  defined  under  four  headings,  namely,  the  Coastal  belt, 
the  Interior  Plateau  belt,  the  Kocky  Mountain  belt  and  the  Great  Plains  belt.  The 
Interior  belt,  in  the  southern  part  of  the. province,  is  divided  into  wet  and  dry  sections, 
but  the  dry  portion  extends  in  a  very  limited  degree  into  Central  British  Columbia 
and  may  be  omitted  in  considering  the  climate  of  this  area. 

The  Coastal  belt  comprises  that  part  lying  west  of  the  summit  of  the  Coast 
range  of  mountains.  It  has  the  mildest  climate  of  the  four  belts,  also  the  heaviest 
precipitation.  The  mild  climate  is  due  mainly  to  the  warm  Japan  ocean  current, 
which  flows  southerly  along  the  coast  and  exerts  a  moderating  influence  somewhat 
similar  to  that  of  the  famous  Gulf  Stream  of  the  Atlantic  ocean.  The  westerly 
winds  of  the  Pacific  liberate  most  of  their  moisture  before  crossing  the  high,  cold 
peaks  of  the  Coast  mountains,  and  thus  give  a  very  heavy  rainfall  in  this  belt.  The 
proximity  of  the  ocean,  with  the  moderating  influence  of  its  body  of  water,  tends  to 
maintain  a  uniform  and  minimum  range  of  daily  variation  in  the  temperature.  The 
range  between  summer  and  winter  temperature  is  also  small.  Summer  days  seldom 
rise  above  80  degrees  Fahrenheit,  while  the  winters  are  comparatively  mild,  zero 
weather  being  an  exception. 

The  greater  part  of  the  precipitation  of  the  Coast  belt  is  in  the  form  of  rain, 
except  in  the  higher  altitudes  of  the  mountains,  where  snow  can  be  seen  at  any  time 
of  the  year.  The  snowfall  is  nevertheless  heavy,  as  the  total  yearly  precipitation 
amounts  to  about  lOO  inches  on  an  average.  In  reckoning  the  total  precipitation  it 
is  the  practice  to  consider  ten  inches  of  snow  equal  to  one  inch  of  rain. 

On  page  18  a  table  shows  a  summary  of  temperature  and  precipitation  records 
of  the  year  1'&18  obtained  by  the  Meteorological  Service  of  Canada  at  twelve  stations 
situated  in  various  parts  of  Central  British  Columbia.  Three  of  these  are  coast 
stations,  namely,  Anyox,  Prince  Rupert  and  Bella  Coola,  while  a  fourth.  Terrace, 
lies  in  the  Skeena  valley  in  the  heart  of  the  Coast  mountains.  It  will  be  observed, 
by  a  reference  to  this  table,  that  the  coast  stations  show  a  heavy  precipitation,  that 
of  Prince  Rupert  amounting  to  93-42  inches,  Anyox  85-10,  Bella  Coola  58-01,  and 
Terrace  46-89.  The  average  yearly  precipitation  is  somewhat  higher,  that  of  Prince 
Rupert  being  about  107  inches.  On  the  immediate  coast  more  rain  and 
snow  falls  than  in  the  districts  lying  at  the  heads  of  inlets  and  in  the  river  valleys 
nearer  the  mountains.  In  January  of  1918  Anyox  had  some  48  inches  of  snow 
and  Prince  Rupert  only  4,  but  the  combined  rainfall  and  snowfall  of  the  one  was 
almost  equal  to  that  of  the  other.  Bella  Coola  has  an  average  yearly  rainfall 
of  about  36  inches  and  a  snowfall  of  about  54  inches.  In  the  Naas  valley  the 
rainfall  and  snowfall  are  both  heavier.  At  Terrace  both  rain  and  snow  are  less. 
Zero  weather  is  seldom  encountered  in  the  coast  regions.     At  Terrace  the  weather  is 

15 


16  CenlraJ    British    Columhia 

seldom  colder  than  5  degrees  below  zero.  The  6iio\v  varies  here  from  2  to  3  feet  deep 
and  lies  on  the  ground  from  November  till  April.  Though  there  are  frequent  and 
heavy  falk  of  rain  and  snow  the  weather  on  the  whole  is  agreeable,  and  includes 
many  long  epells  of  exceptionally  cheerful  days. 

The  Interior  belt  has  an  average  elevation  of  over  2,000  feet,  which  gives  it  a 
lighter  barometric  pressure  than  prevails  in  the  coast  district.  The  precipitation  is 
small;  in  parts  of  the  Chilcotin  country  and  south  of  Soda  creek  in  the  Fraser 
valley  it  is  insufficient  for  the  requirements  of  ordinary  agriculture.  At  Chilcotin 
meteorological  station  the  total  fall  for  the  year  of  1918  was  only  about  8  inches. 

In  the  great  Nechako  and  Fraser  plateaus  the  average  annual  precipitation  is 
about  15  inches,  or  a  little  more.  This  is  about  the  same  as  prevails  in  the  great 
grain-growing  sections  of  the  Prairie  Provinces,  and  has  been  found  sufficient  when 
careful  methods  of  farming  are  followed.  Though  irrigation  may  be  resorted  to 
with  advantage  in  certain  localities,  on  the  whole  the  moisture  of  this  great  district 
is  sufficient  for  the  production  of  all  ordinary  fruits,  vegetables,  grains  and  grasses 
common  to  districts  of  corresponding  latitude  throughout  the  west. 

In  this  central  belt  there  is  a  wider  range  in  both  daily  and  yearly  temperatures. 
The  days  are  remarkably'  warm  and  bright  and  the  nights  are  cool.  Summer  tempera- 
tures sometimes  reach  as  high  as  95  or  lOO,  while  during  short  cold  snaps  in  the 
winter  the  thermometer  may  fall  to  about  50  degrees  below  zero.  For  the  year  1918 
New  Hazeltun  experienced  temperatures  varying  from  93  above  to  21  below,  Vanderhoof 
from  9-t  to  50  below,  Prince  George  from  88  to  5-1  below,  Fort  St.  James  from  92 
to  48  below,  Quesnel  from  100  to  21  below,  and  Chilcotin  from  91  to  30  below. 
Spells  of  either  hot  or  cold  weather  are  usually  of  short  duration  only.  The  coldest 
was  that  of  54  degrees  below  zero  at  Prince  George,  in  January,  but  the  average  for 
that  month  at  this  station  was  18  degrees — a  very  moderate  winter  month  on  the 
whole.  The  highest  figure,  100,  was  recorded  at  Quesnel  in  July,  but  the  average 
for  the  month  was  64.  This  is  also  a  very  moderate  average  for  a  summer  month. 
Both  temperature  and  precioitation  vary  throughout  the  central  interior  according 
to  altitude  and  latitude.  The  agriculture  and  grazing  areas  have,  taken  the  year 
round,  a  climate  very  agreeable  and  favourable  for  the  successful  prosecution  of 
mixed  farming  and  ranching. 

In  the  more  mountainous  parts,  such  as  the  Cariboo  mining  fields,  the  weather 
is  colder,  and  there  are  much  heavier  falls  of  both  rain  and  snow.  Barkerville  has 
an  average  of  19  inches  of  rain  and  156  inches  of  snow.  Its  elevation,  however,  is 
over  4.000  feet,  and  the  district  is  not  within  the  limits  of  the  agricultural  areas. 

The  winters,  like  thr*e  of  the  prairies,  are  cold  and  dry;  the  air  is  clear  and 
crisp;  the  amount  of  sunshine  prevailing  is  exceptionally  great,  and  there  are  very 
few  wind.s,  thus  giving  a  most  pleasant  .season.  The  snowfall  is  medium,  and,  with 
an  ab.sence  of  winds,  the  snow  does  not  drift  to  any  extent.  Excellent  sleighing  is 
thus  enjoyed  in  tjiese  parte.  From  time  to  time  the  warm  Pacific  wind  sweeps  through 
the  passes  of  the  Coast  range  to  the  interior  plateaus,  giving  days  of  balmy  weather 
to  interrupt  the  more  t-cvfro  periods  of  winter. 

Summer  frosts  prevail  in  many  localities  throughout  the  central  interior  plateaus. 
They  are  not  severe  enough  to  interfere  with  the  growing  of  fodder  but  do  injure  at 
timefi  the  grains  and  fruit«.     It  is  heliov.d.  ]„,wr.vPr.  that  they  will  disappear  as  the 


Climate  1 7 

land  is  cleared  up  and  drained.  An  important  factor  in  stimulating  tlie  growth  of 
all  vegetation  is  the  exceptional  length  of  day  that  prevails  in  these  latitudes  during 
the  summer  season.  A  wonderful  amount  of  sunshine  is  liberated  between  May  and 
September. 

In  the  Rocky  Mountain  belt  the  winters  are  fairly  cold  and  the  snowfall  heavy 
in  the  higher  altitudes.  In  the  Rocky  Mountain  trench,  paralleling  the  western  base 
of  this  range,  the  climate  is  milder,  with  a  range  of  temperature  and  an  annual 
precipitation  favourable  for  the  development  of  the  rich  agricultural  areas  lying  in  it. 
It  includes  the  valleys  of  the  Canoe,  South  Fork  of  the  Fraser,  Parsnip  and  Finlay 
rivers. 

In  the  Great  Plains  division  lies  the  northeastern  part  of  Central  British 
Columbia,  consisting  of  the  upper  part  of  the  Peace  River  district.  The  climate  here 
is  very  agreeable  and  remarkably  moderate  considering  the  latitude.  The  winters  are 
dry  and  cold,  except  for  short  periods  when  affected  by  warm  Chinook  winds,  but  the 
snowfall  is  light  and  the  air  clear  and  bracing.  Winds  and  storms  are  rare  and  the 
average  temperature  is  not  severe,  though  cold  snaps  sometimes  occur,  when  the 
thermometer  goes  as  low  as  50  degrees  below  zero.  The  coldest  record  of  the  year 
1918  was  48  below  and  the  mean  temperature  for  January,  the  coldest  month,  was 
1  below.  Winter  weather  may  be  expected  in  October,  though  open  falls  are  by  no 
means  rare.     There  is  seldom  much  severe  weather  before  Christmas. 

Spring  comes  early  and  quickly,  and  the  summer  seasons  are  pleasant,  with  long 
sunny  days  and  short  cool  nights.  In  fact,  for  some  three  months  there  is  almost 
continual  daylight.  The  precipitation  is  light,  averaging  from  12  to  15  inches  annu- 
ally. It  occurs,  however,  mostly  in  the  form  of  rain  during  the  growing  months  of 
June  and  July,  and  is  sufficient  to  ensure  suecessfvil  crops  of  all  classes  of  vegetables, 
grains  and  grasses. 

Taken  on  the  whole  the  climate  of  Central  British  Columbia  may  be  termed  mild 
to  moderate,  varying  according  to  belts,  latitude  and  altitude.  It  is  pleasant,  health- 
ful and  favourable  for  agricultural  activities.  There  are  no  objectionable  extremes 
of  heat  or  cold,  humidity  or  drought.  Violent  wind  storms,  hurricanes,  blizzards  and 
tornadoes  are  unknown,  and  such  electric  storms  as  occur  are  not  of  undue  severity. 
Fogs  and  heavy  cloudy  weather  prevail  to  a  certain  degree  on  the  coast,  but  the 
amount  of  sunshine  is  surprisingly  high. 

Following  is  a  table  showing  the  highest,  lowest  and  mean  temperature  records 
and  the  amount  of  precipitation  for  each  month  of  the  year  1918,  at  twelve  repre- 
sentative points  through  Central  British  Columbia.  Thx-ee  of  these,  Anyox,  Prince 
Rupert  and  Bella  Coola,  are  on  the  coast,  though  their  meteorological  stations  are 
located  at  points  varying  in  elevation  from  150  to  370  feet  above  sea  level.  A  fourth. 
Terrace,  is  more  inland,  though  its  elevation  is  still  low.  It  is  on  the  Skeena  river, 
in  a  gorge  of  the  Coast  mountains.  It  will  be  observed  that  the  weather  here  not 
only  becomes  slightly  colder  but  the  range  of  temperature  increases.  The  precipi- 
tation also  is  less. 

In  the  interior  plateau  are  New  Hazelton,  Vanderhoof,  Prince  George  and  Fort 
St.  James,  with  Quesnel  and  Chilcotin  lying  farther  south.  Of  these  Quesnel  and 
New  Hazelton  have  the  mildest  climates,  with  Chilcotin  somewhat  colder  and  drier. 
The  other  stations  are  Cranberry  Lake,  well  in  the  Rocky  Mountain  trench,  on  the 

39736—2 


18 


Central   British    Colunibia 


divide  between  Tete  Jaune  Cache  and  Canoe  river,  and  Hudson  Hope,  in  the  Peace 
River  district.  The  latitude,  longitude,  and  elevation  of  each  station  is  also  shown 
in  the  table. 

CENTRAL  BRITISH  COLUMBIA 

TEMPER.^TinE  Ksvt  Precipit.\tiox,  1918 


Station 

Anyox 

Prince  Rupert 

Bella  Coola 

Latitude 
Longitude 
Elevation 

55°  27'  North 

129°  48' West 

370  feet 

54°  18'  North 

130°  18'  West 

170  feet 

52°  40'  North 

126°  54'  West 

150  feet 

1918 

Temperature 

Precipi- 

Tei 

iiperature 

Precipi- 
tation 

Temperature 

Precipi- 

Month 

High 

Low 

Mean 

tation 

High 

Low 

Mean 

High 

Low 

Mean 

tation 

40 

36 
42 
64 
72 
77 
90 
SO 
79 
59 
48 
38 

3 
5 
3 
18 
33 
40 
44 
49 
39 
32 
22 
11 

29 
26 
29 
39 
46 
55 
61 
58 
58 
43 
34 
29 

1006 
9-97 
8-36 
3-42 
3-77 
1-59 
2-45 
5-78 
1-85 

17-18 
8-59 

12-08 

54 
50 
50 
57 
66 
72 
81 
78 
79 
63 
60 
47 

20 
14 
11 
26 
34 
36 
44 
48 
42 
34 
28 
24 

38 
33 
35 
41 
45 
52 
58 
56 
55 
48 
40 
36 

10-92 
5-66 
913 
4-86 
7-13 
4-75 
509 
8-38 
2-20 
14-64 
10-20 
10-61 

45 
42 
46 
75 
76 
81 
88 
80 
85 
64 
52 
43 

8 
10 

5 
24 
31 
32 

42 
34 
26 
26 
19 

32 
28 
32 
43 
49 
55 

59 
61 

47 
37 
33 

7-24 

6-96 

7-26 

April 

0-63 

Mav 

1-78 

1-95 

Julv     

4-88 

3-78 

September 

October 

0-23 
7-46 

November 

December 

5-83 
1001 

Year 

90 

3 

42-25 

85  10 

81 

11 

44-75 

93-57 

88 

5 

— 

58-01 

Station 

Terrace 

New  Hazelton 

Vanderhoof 

Latitude 
Longitude 

Elevntion 

54°  30'  North 
128°  30'  West 
223  feet 

55°  15'  North 
127°  35'  West 
1,030  feet 

54°  0'  North 
124°  0'  West 
2,093  feet 

1918 

Temperature 

Precipi- 
tation 

Temperature 

Precipi- 
tation 

Temperature 

Precipi- 

Month 

High 

Low 

Mean 

High 

Low 

Mean 

High 

Low 

Mean 

tation 

Januarv 

52 

49 
47 
70 
75 

79 

','<» 
M 
64 
68 

3 
3 
-2 
18 
28 
33 
43 
42 
32 
29 

30 
25 
28 
41 
48 
56 
64 
59 
58 
45 

6-27 
5-69 
2-73 
0-24 
1-49 
4-21 
3-72 
3-45 
0-56 
8-77 
5-41 

43 

41 
51 
72 
77 
82 
93 
78 
79 
63 
50 
42 

-21 

-20 

-15 

14 

24 

30 

35 

36 

23 

21 

15 

-8 

22 
21 
28 
42 
48 
55 
61 
56 
53 
43 
33 
25 

1-95 
0-88 
118 
0-49 
1-42 
2-22 
1-83 
2-23 
0-51 
3-03 
1-49 
1-17 

43 
44 
54 
69 
77 
80 
94 
81 
81 
67 
52 
39 

-50 

-38 

-39 

3 

23 

25 

30 

32 

23 

17 

-4 

-23 

12 
10 
20 
37 
44 
51 
58 
54 
52 
39 
29 
17 

3-02 

February 

March 

April 

May.... 
June. . . 

July 

August . . 

Septembt-f 

October 

1-79 
1-06 
0-20 
0-45 
0-92 
2-23 
1-30 
003 
1-11 

0-69 

December 

42 

10 

30 

1-80 

Year    

90 

-2 

,93 

1               1 

-21 

40-58 

18-40 

94 

-50 

35-25 

14-60 

Climate 


19 


CENTRAL  BRITISH  COLUMBIA— Continued 
Temperature  and  PREanxATioN,  1918 — Continued 


Station 


Prince  George 


Fort  St.  James 


Quesnel 


Latitude 

Longitude 

Elevation 


53°  55'  North 
122°  41' West 
1,867  feet 


54°  28'  North 
124°  12'  West 
2,280  feet 


52°  59'  North 
122°  30'  West 
1,700  feet 


1918 
Month 


Temperature 


High    Low     Mean 


Precipi- 
tation 


Temperature 


High    Low  [  Mean 


Precipi- 
tation 


Temperature 


High    Low     Mean 


Precipi- 
tation 


January 

February . . 

March 

April 

May 

June 

July 

August 

September 
October. . . 
November 
December. 

Year 


50 
46 
54 
74 
76 
83 
88 
82 
84 
76 
51 
43 


-54 

-37 

-35 

9 

24 

25 

28 

38 

25 

19 

-3 

-15 


18 
16 
26 
41 
48 
55 
57 
58 
53 
43 
30 
22 


-54 


38-92 


3-86 
0-36 
1-74 
006 
0-38 
2- 03 
0-52 
302 
004 
2-05 
0-61 
1-30 


45 
45 
51 
64 
74 
82 
92 
79 
81 
59 
50 
40 


-48 

-38 

-33 

6 

19 

22 

24 

27 

20 

14 

-8 

-18 


14 
11 

19 
35 
42 
51 
56 
54 
48 
37 
27 
17 


2-61 
1-22 
0-59 
015 
0-41 
0-96 
1-68 
1-58 
008 
2-07 
0-84 
0-96 


48 
48 
63 
79 
80 
90 
100 
89 
82 
72 
56 
44 


-21 

-16 

-17 

15 

27 

31 

33 

40 

32 

24 

11 

-7 


21 
20 
30 
44 
50 
59 
64 
61 
56 
44 
34 
23 


411 
0-90 
0-45 


1-56 
2-19 
1-28 
216 
0-13 
1-51 
0-60 
0-80 


15-97 


92 


-48 


34-25 


13  15 


100 


-21 


42-17 


•Station 


Chilcotin 


Cranberry  Lake 


Hudson  Hope 


Latitude 

Longitude 

Elevation 


51°  40'  North 
123°  0'  West 
3,100  feet 


52°  50'  North 
119°  20' West 
2,460  feet 


56°  05'  North 
121°  55'  West 
1,522  feet 


1918 
Month 


Temperature 


High    Low     Mean 


Precipi- 
tation 


Temperature 


High    Low     Mean 


Precipi- 
tation 


Temperature 


High    Low     Mean 


Precipi- 
tation 


January 

February. . . 

March 

April 

May 

June 

July 

August 

September. 

October 

November. 
December. 

Year 


46 

-30 

48 

-21 

56 

-21 

71 

5 

76 

21 

88 

28 

91 

34 

80 

26 

64 

16 

53 

-4 

50 

-22 

91 


-30 


17 
16 
24 
40 
45 
54 
60 

'54' 
40 
27 
19 


1-45 
015 
015 
014 
1-11 
0-88 
2-81 

0-00 
003 
0-20 
1-00 


42 
40 
56 
70 
74 
85 
95 
89 
81 
66 
43 
40 

95 


-44 

-32 

-33 

2 

15 

28 

27 

34 

24 

15 

-6 

-24 

-44 


19 
16 
27 
38 
45 
54 
59 
56 
51 
42 
29 
22 

38-17 


1-75 
1-74 
2-22 
015 
1-62 
1-34 
1-23 
1-36 
110 
1-56 
1-14 
1-65 

16-86 


49 
46 
49 
71 
80 
83 
96 
81 
86 
72 
55 
46 

96 


-48 

-44 

-31 

9 

18 

28 

32 

34 

25 

-1 

-5 

-25 

-48 


-1 
6 
16 
41 
46 
54 
59 
59 
55 
35 
24 
16 

34-17 


1-22 
M2 
1-06 
0-29 
1-23 
3-75 
2-79 
1-75 
015 
1-22 
0-66 
0-45 

15-69 


39736 — 2i 


Homestead  at  Fraser  lake,  British  Columl)ia. 


Field  of  potatix'M  on  ranch  at  Fraspr  lake,  Hritisli  Colunibia. 


SOIL 

As  no  comprehensive  soil  survey  of  Central  British  Columbia  has  yet  been 
attempted  the  information  available  is  of  necessity  of  a  more  or  less  general  character. 
Considerable  information  regarding  the  soils  in  various  scattered  localities  is,  however, 
given  in  the  reports  of  surveyors  or  others  especially  interested  in  the  agicultural 
possibilities   of   the  region. 

Much  of  Central  British  Columbia  is  mountainous,  but  large  areas  occur  where 
the  land  is  well  adapted  for  agriculture.  West  of  the  Rocky  mountains  the  arable  soils 
may  be  divided  into  two  groups,  the  one  including  the  valley  bottom  and  terrace  soils, 
the  other  including  the  upland  soils  of  the  great  central  plateaus.  East  of  the  Rocky 
mountains  the  soil  belongs  to  the  Great  Plains  division  of  Western  Canada. 

The  soils  of  the  valley  bottoms  and  lower  terraces  are  mainly  alluvial,  or,  as  they 
are  often  called,  river-made  soils.  These  valley  flats  have  been  gradually  built  up  by 
deposition  of  sediment  from  the  flood-waters  of  the  present  streams.  The  lower 
terraces,  or  benches,  which,  in  many  places,  border  the  sides  of  the  valleys  and  rise  one 
above  the  other,  are  also  mainly  alluvial  in  character,  and  represent  the  flood  plains 
of  the  rivers  when  they  flowed  at  higher  levels.  Through  these  extensive  alluvial  flats 
the  rivers  cut  ever-changing  channels,  and  on  the  portions  built  up  above  water  level 
vegetation  quickly  acquires  a  foothold.  The  heaviest  forests  of  British  Columbia  are 
found  growing  on  these  flats,  and  wherever  soil  of  this  nature  occurs  most  luxuriant 
vegetation  in  greater  or  lesser  form  is  found. 

A  marked  feature  of  the  alluvial  soils  is  that  they  contain  large  quantities  of 
vegetable  or  organic  matter,  included  during  the  gradual  process  of  formation  of  the 
soil.  The  presence  of  this  organic  matter,  often  to  a  depth  of  several  feet,  furnishes 
the  soil  with  a  vast  store  of  humus  and  renders  such  soils  highly  fertile. 

This  soil  is  for  the  most  part  fine  and  silty,  free  from  stones  and  exceedingly  easy 
to  till.  It  lends  itself  readily  to  irrigation  and  does  not  bake  when  drying  out.  It  is 
usually  black  or  chocolate  coloured.  In  places  where  the  soil  is  more  sandy  and 
contains  little  organic  matter  the  colour  is  whitish  or  a  light  shade  of  brown  or 
yellow.  In  some  oases  the  presence  of  mineral  matter  produces  more  marked  colouring, 
such  as  dull-red  hues. 

This  class  of  soil  is  especially  adapted  to  the  growing  of  small  fruits,  garden 
truck  of  all  kinds,  flowers  and  generally  such  varieties  as  are  associated  with  the 
most  intensive  methods  of  land  cultivation. 

The  soils  of  the  higher  terraces  bordering  the  river  valleys  somewhat  resemble 
the  alluvial  soils  of  the  lower  terraces  and  valley  bottoms.  The  higher  terraces  rise 
to  a  height  of  several  hundred  feet  above  the  valley  bottoms  and  in  places  extend  for 
several  miles  from  the  streams.  It  is  believed  that  a  series  of  glacially  dammed  lakes 
occupied  these  valleys  in  prehistoric  times.  On  disappearing  they  left  a  great  deposit 
known  as  the  white  silts.  This  silt  is  found  in  places  to  a  depth  of  40  to  50  feet. 
Many  of  the  higher  terraces  are  formed  from  the  erosion  of  these  silts  and  are  in  places 
overlain  by  alluvium,  hence  the  soils  resemble  those  of  the  lower  terraces  and  river 
bottom.     Much  of  the  soil  in  the  Nechako  and  Fraser  valleys  is  of  this  nature. 

21 


22  Central   British    Columbia 

The  upland  soils  of  the  great  Central  Plateau  belt  vary  considerably,  and  on  the 
whole  are  exceedingly  rich.  They  are  formed  chiefly  from  glacial  drift  and  vary  in 
character  according  to  variations  in  the  materials  comprising  the  drift.  A  large  part 
of  the  soil  is  formed  from  boulder  clay,  and  hence  is  somewhat  clayey  in  character 
and  is  retentive  of  moisture.  The  surface  soil,  to  a  depth  of  several  inches,  is  usually 
black,  showing  the  presence  of  a  good  supply  of  humus. 

Eidges  of  gravel,  and  small  boulders  are  occasionally  found  on  the  higher  plateaus 
and  some  of  the  bench  lands  are  stony.  Many  of  the  small  tributary  valleys  are  found 
to  be  sandy  and  stony,  while  lighter  and  gravelly  soils  cover  many  of  the  high  benches 
and  lower  range  of  hills. 

On  some  hillsides  and  low  ridges  or  plateaus  are  found  heavy  clayey  soils.  Over 
certain  areas  fires  have  burnt  off  the  humus  from  the  surface  soil,  rendering  it  unpro- 
ductive and  difficult  to  till  in  its  present  condition.  Such  soils,  when  treated  with  a 
fair  coating  of  fertilizer,  rapidly  regain  their  fertility  and  usually  prove  lasting. 

The  sandy,  gravelly  and  stony  soils,  though  not  favourable  for  cultivation 
purposes,  nevertheless  produce  great  quantities  of  grass  and  herbage  and  are  well 
adapted  for  grazing  purposes. 

The  soils  of  the  area  east  of  the  Eocky  mountains  are  similar  to  the  soils  of  the 
great  plains  region  and  are  in  part  prairie  soils.  For  the  most  part  they  are  clayey  in 
character  and  have  a  black  surface  soil  of  considerable  depth,  -with  a  clay  subsoil 
underlain  by  horizontal  beds  of  shale  and  sand  rock.  One  of  the  principal  charac- 
teristics of  this  soil  is  its  ability  to  retain  moisture.  This  property  enables  it  to  force 
a  luxuriant  growth  of  vegetation  even  when  the  precipitation  is  light.  Irrigation, 
therefore,  is  unnecessary  in  these  sections,  even  though  the  rainfall  only  averages 
from  12  to  15  inches  a  year. 

The  prairie  soils  are  also  easy  to  till  and  do  not  bake  following  heavy  rains. 
The  surface  soil  is  thin  or  lacking  in  very  small  areas,  while  on  the  contrary  the  black 
surface  toil  often  extends  to  a  depth  of  3  feet  or  even  more.  The  clay,  of  course,  is 
found  exposed  along  the  cut  banks  and  steep  ravines  approaching  the  foothills. 
Sandy  and  gravelly  soils  are  found  in  limited  areas  only.  There  is  no  alkali  and 
very  little  gumbo. 

West  of  the  Eocky  mountains  gumbo  is  found  on  some  hillsides  and  cut  banks. 
It  has  given  more  or  less  trouble  on  the  grade  of  the  Pacific  Great  Eastern  about 
Quesnel  and  between  Qucsnel  and  Prince  George.  There  is  very  little  hard-pan  in  the 
central  belt.  Poor  and  rocky  soils  are  found  mainly  at  the  higher  altitudes,  where 
climatic  conditions  are  unfavourable  for  agriculture. 

In  general  terms,  it  may  be  said  that  the  arable  soils  of  British  Columbia  are 
rich  and  easily  worked,  and  are  adapted  to  all  classes  of  farming  and  fruit  growing, 
according  to  the  climatic  conditions  of  the  locality. 


FORESTS 

The  forests  of  British  Columbia  harmonize  with  its  mountains  in  their  grandeur 
and  extent.  Here  are  found  gigantic  trees  of  rugged  trunks  and  lofty  heads,  broad- 
ened and  heightened  by  centuries  of  growth,  that  almost  suggest  an  inspiration 
caught  from  the  massive  ranges  and  lofty  peaks  on  the  slopes  of  which  they  grow. 
Nature's  works  in  these  fields  are  on  a  scale  of  massive  splendor  and  her  forests  fairly 
rival  her  mountains  and  valleys  or  her  lakes  and  rivers  in  their  wonderful  propor- 
tions. Like  stately  sentinels  they  guard  the  deep  silent  valleys  and  clothe  the  mas- 
sive rising  mountain  sides  in  luxuriant  mantles  of  richest  green.  In  perfect  harmony 
with  the  wonderful  physical  characteristics  of  the  great  province  they  provide  a 
background  or  setting  to  the  picture  presented,  softening  and  smoothing  the  rugged 
lines  and  giving  the  finishing  touches  to  make  it  one  of  the  most  beautiful  and  yet 
awe-inspiring  scenes  of  the  world. 

The  greatest  single  forest  area  in  the  world  is  that  found  on  the  Pacific  slope  of 
the  North  American  continent.  It  is  over  2,000  miles  in  length  and  extends  in 
breadth  from  the  Pacific  ocean  to  the  Rocky  mountains.  In  this  forest  region  are 
found  some  of  the  oldest  and  largest  trees  ever  discovered.  From  them  are  secured 
timbers  of  the  largest  dimensions  and  strongest  properties  produced  in  the  world. 
But  not  only  in  size  and  strength  do  these  timbers  excel.  The  clearness  of  the  wood 
and  the  beauty  of  its  grain  are  most  remarkable,  while  the  lasting  quality  of  the  fibre 
still  further  enhances  its  value.  This  great  forest  area  contains  over  half  the  standing 
timber  of  the  North  American  continent.  The  province  of  British  Columbia  occu- 
pies the  north  central  portion  of  this  great  belt.  Thus  as  an  integral  part  of  this,  the 
world's  greatest  forest  region,  the  forests  of  British  Columbia  may  justly  be  regarded 
with  admiration. 

The  economic  value  of  these  forests  is  in  keeping  with  other  great  resources  of 
the  province.  They  are  believed  to  contain  about  one-half  of  the  saw  material  of  the 
whole  Dominion  of  Canada.  The  mild  climate  of  the  coast  regions  and  the  heavy 
precipitation  which  prevails  there  have  resulted  in  producing,  not  only  a  prolific 
growth  of  trees  of  large  size,  but  trees  whose  wood  is  unexcelled  in  clearness,  strength 
and  beauty.  Though  less  in  size,  the  trees  of  the  interior  parte  of  the  province  still 
maintain  in  goodly  proportion  the  high  standard  of  value  that  the  woods  of  the 
coast  are  found  to  possess. 

Four  species  in  particular  have  made  the  forests  of  British  Columbia  famous. 
They  are  the  Douglas  fir,  the  western  hemlock,  the  red  cedar  and  the  'Sitka  or  silver 
spruce.  The  great  age  and  size  attained  by  these  species  and  the  value  and  beauty 
of  their  woods  give  them  an  undisputed  rank  among  the  famous  trees  of  the  world. 
In  all  some  48  species  are  found,  of  which  22  are  coniferous  (evergreen)  and  26 
deciduous.  The  trees  of  commercial  value  are  nearly  all  coniferous.  They  comprise 
16  species  belonging  to  this  class  and  one  to  the  deciduous.  .'  f-  .-. 

The  Douglas  fir  (Pseudotsuga  mucronata)  is  also  known  as  the  red  fir,  yellow  fir, 
Oregon  pine,  Columbia  pine  and  Douglas  spruce.  It  is  one  of  the  most  important  timber 
trees  in  the  world.  In  size  it  is  surpass'id  only  by  the  Sequoia  of  California.  Its  aver- 
age height  is  150  to  225  feet,  with  a  diameter  of  3  to  6  feet,  but  it  sometimes  attains  a 

23 


24  Central    Brituh    Columhia 

height  of  250  feet  with  a  diameter  up  to  9  feet.  Many  growing  trees  are  known  to  be 
over  oCK)  years  old,  while  some  reach  ages  of  1,000  years  before  showing  signs  of  decay. 
Its  wood  is  the  strongest  wood  in  the  world  for  its  weight  that  is  obtainable  in  com- 
mercial sizes  and  quantities.  It  is  ideal  for  building  and  structural  timber  and 
increases  in  strength  as  it  seasons.  The  enormous  beams  sawn  from  this  wood  are 
used  in  heavy  construction  all  over  the  world.  Its  range  of  uses  varies  all  the  way 
from  the  heaviest  to  the  lightest  work,  the  beautiful  grain  of  its  wood  making  it  most 
attractive  for  interior  decoration  purposes.  Douglas  tir  reaches  perfection  on  the 
southern  part  of  the  British  Columbia  mainland  and  on  Vancouver  island,  but  it  is 
also  found  in  considerable  quantities  throughout  Central  British  Columbia. 

Western  hemlock  {Tsuga  heterophylla)  is  also  known  as  gray  fir,  Alaska  spruce, 
western  hemlock  fir,  western  hemlock  spruce,  hemlock  spruce  and  Prince  Albert  fir. 
Four  species  of  hemlock  are  found  in  North  America,  of  which  western  hemlock  is  the 
largest  and  yields  the  best  lumber.  It  grows  from  125  to  150  feet  high  as  a  rule  with 
a  diameter  of  2  to  5  feet  but  sometimes  reaches  greater  proportions.  The  cool,  moist 
climate  of  the  coast  is  especially  favourable  to  its  growth,  but  it  is  found  in  Central 
British  Columbia  in  the  valleys  of  the  South  fork  of  the  Fraser  and  the  upper  part 
of  the  Thompson.  Its  wood  is  light,  fairly  soft,  strong,  tough,  straight-grained,  not 
splintery,  odorless  and  tasteless.  It  contains  no  pitch  or  resin  and  varies  from  light 
to  reddish-brown  in  colour.  It  is  easy  to  work,  and  finishes  most  beautifully.  When 
stained  and  pKjlished  it  is  very  handsome.  The  wood  is  also  suitable  for  the  manu- 
facture of  pulp  and  paper  and  the  bark  is  rich  in  tannic  acid. 

Western  red  cedar  (Thuja  plicata)  is  also  known  as  giant  cedar,  British  Columbi.'i 
cedar,  Pacific  red  cedar,  canoe  cedar,  western  cedar  and  shingle  cedar.  Of  the  four 
true  cedars,  two  of  which  are  found  in  Asia  and  two  in  America,  the  western  red 
species  is  by  far  the  biggest  and  its  wood  the  best.  Its  usual  proportions  are  from 
100  to  150  feet  in  height  and  3  to  8  feet  in  diameter,  but  it  sometimes  reaches  a  height 
of  200  feet  with  a  diameter  of  15  feet.  Its  most  remarkable  characteristics  are  its 
durability  and  resistance  to  decay.  The  wood  is  exceptionally  light,  soft  and  of  close, 
straight  grain.  It  is  easy  to  handle  and  work  and  is  remarkably  free  from  warping, 
shrinking  or  swelling.  These  qualities  make  it  much  in  demand  for  uses  where  it 
will  be  exposed  to  dampness.  It  has  thus  become  the  greatest  shingle  wood  of  North 
America.  It  is  also  used  extensively  for  exterior  finish,  light  frame  construction,  piles, 
posts,  poles,  canoe  and  rowbnat  building,  trellis  work,  fences,  frames  and  sashes  and 
generally  in  places  where  it  will  be  exposed  to  the  weather  or  the  damp  soil. 

It  is  also  widely  used  in  the  manufacture  of  moth-proof  chests,  drawers  and  boxes. 
Its  rich  browni*-h-red  colour,  exceeding  lightness  and  faint  pleasing  aroma  make  it 
especially  popular  for  such  uses.  It  was  these  great  cedars  that  the  coast  Indians  used 
in  the  making  of  their  huge  war  canoes  and  totem  poles.  They  also  used  the  inner 
fibres  of  the  bark  to  make  lopes,  blankets  and  mats  as  well  as  thatches  for  their  cabins. 

The  Sitka  spruce  (Picea  sitchensis)  is  also  called  the  giant  spruce,  silver  spruce, 
tideland  spruce  and  Alaska  spruce.  It  is  the  largest  species  of  the  spruce  family,  of 
which  some  eighteen  varieties  are  found  in  North  America.  It  grows  only  on  the 
Pacific  coa^t  aod  attains  perfection  along  the  coast  of  Central  British  Columbia  and 
on  Queen  Charlotte  island?.  The  average  height  of  this  tree  is  150  feet,  with  a 
diameter  of  4  feet,  but  it  has  been  known  to  reach  over  200  feet  in  height  with  a 
diameter  up  to  10  or  15  feet. 


Forests  25 

The  wood  is  unusually  clear  and  free  from  defects  and  can  be  obtained  in  large 
dimensions.  It  is  even-grained,  long-fibred,  easily  worked,  non-resinous,  odorless, 
tasteless,  flexible  and  resonant.  It  does  not  warp  or  split  and  is  strong  and  light. 
The  colour  is  nearly  white. 

During  the  great  war  it  was  found  that  this  wood  excelled  that  of  any  other  in 
the  world  for  the  construction  of  aeroplanes.  Its  unsurpassed  qualities  and  abundani, 
quantities  were  soon  recognized  and  a  large  trade  in  this  connection  was  quickly 
established  with  the  Imperial  Munitions  Board.  It  is  admirably  adapted  also  foi 
box  and  cooperage  manufacture,  especially  when  foodstuffs  are  to  be  encased.  Its 
resonant  qualities  also  fit  it  especially  for  the  manufacture  of  piano  sounding  boards 
and  stringed  instruments. 

In  the  forest  of  Central  British  Columbia  are  found  nearly  all  the  trees  common 
to  the  great  Pacific  slope  belt,  except  in  those  parts  lying  north  of  the  Arctic-Pacific 
divide  and  east  of  the  Eocky  mountains.  Excellent  specimens  of  the  four  famous 
species  referred  to  in  the  preceding  paragraphs  are  found  in  these  certain  sections. 
The  spruces,  however,  of  which  there  are  several  species,  comprise  nearly  half  the 
available  saw-mill  material  of  this  region  and  are  the  most  widely  distributed.  Nearly 
nine-tenths  of  the  total  supply  is  made  up  of  six  principal  varieties  of  trees,  but  there 
are  some  ten  varieties  in  all  that  have  an  extensive  supply  of  mill  material.  The.se 
principal  species  in  the  order  of  their  extent  are :  spruce,  red  cedar,  balsam,  hemlock, 
lodgepole  pine,  Douglas  fir,  yellow  cypress,  cottonwood,  yellow  pine,  and  white  pine. 
With  the  exception  of  the  cottonwood  they  are  all  evergreens. 

The  spruce  include  four  varieties,  namely,  Sitka,  Engelmann,  white  and  black. 
Sitka  spruce  grows  on  the  coast  only.  The  bulk  of  the  spruce  woods  of  Central  British 
Columbia  are  composed  of  the  Avhite  and  Engelmann  varieties,  which  are  very  similar 
to  each  other.  Engelmann  spruce  is  frequently  called  mountain,  Eocky  mountain 
or  western  white  spruce.  Black  spruce  is  small  and  stunted,  usually  growing  in  cold 
wet  lands;  it  is  commonly  called  swamp  spruce. 

Only  one  species  of  cedar,  the  famous  red,  is  found  west  of  the  prairies.  It  is 
confined  to  the  coast  and  interior  wet  belt  regions  of  British  Columbia.  The  balsam 
or  balsam  fir  is  widely  distributed  throughout  Central  British  Columbia.  Its  wood  is 
largely  used  for  the  manufacture  of  pulp  but  when  sawn  into  lumber  makes  a  finished 
product  of  fair  quality.  Its  winter  buds  are  small,  covered  with  resin  and  not  pointed, 
while  those  of  the  Douglas  fir  are  pointed  and  free  from  resin.  Two  species  of  hemlock 
occur,  the  great  western  and  a  small  tree,  the  'black  or  mountain  hemlock. 

The  lodgepole  pine,  also  known  as  black  pine,  scrub  pine,  shore  pine  and  western 
jackpine,  has  a  very  large  range,  and  is  found  in  all  parts  of  Central  British  Columbia. 
In  dense  stands,  occurring  in  the  eastern  sections,  it  develops  tall,  straight  trunks,  but 
the  coast  trees  are  shorter  and  have  branches  extending  all  the  way  down  the  stem. 
Douglas  fir  grows  to  perfection  on  Vancouver  island  and  the  adjacent  mainland  eoasr, 
but  is  found  in  Central  British  Columbia  throughout  most  of  the  areas  drained  by 
the  Eraser,  Nechako,  Bella  Coola  and  Canoe  rivers.  Its  northern  limit  is  approxi- 
mately latitude  55. 

The  yellow  cypress  is  confined  to  the  coast  districts.  This  tree  is  also  commonly 
known  as  the  yellow  cedar,  Alaskan  cypress  and  the  Nootka  cyprees.  It  grows  in 
association  with  the  Sitka  spruce  and  western  red  cedar  and  is  often  mistaken  for  the 
cedar. 


26  Central   British    Columbia 

The  cottonwoods  belong  to  the  poplar  family,  of  which  there  are  many  species. 
The  black  cottonwood,  otherwise  known  as  the  balsam  Cottonwood,  balm  cottonwood 
or  western  balm,  is  the  only  deciduous  tree  in  Britioh  Columhia  used  to  any  extent  in 
the  manufacture  of  lumber.  It  grows  to  a  large  size  and  is  found  extensively  along 
the  rivers  of  Central  British  Columbia  and  the  coast  regions.  Its  wood  is  non-resinous 
and  is  used  chiefly  in  cooperage  and  box  making  industries.  The  Indians  use  this 
tree  extensively  in  making  their  "dugout"  canoes. 

Small  quantities  of  yellow  pine,  also  known  as  'bull  pine,  are  found  in  the  south 
central  districts  of  British  Columbia.  In  the  same  regions  are  found  also  very  limited 
quantities  of  white  pine,  sometimes  known  as  silver  pine.  Both  yellow  and  w'hite  pine 
make  excellent  lumber,  similar  to  the  fast  disappearing  pine  woods  of  Eastern  Canada. 

Western  larch  and  tamarack  are  found  in  small  quantities  and  are  used  locally  to 
some  extent.  Other  evergreen  trees  found  include  the  western  yew  and  the  Eocky 
mountain  juniper. 

Of  deciduous  trees  the  following  species  are  found  in  the  province:  Garry  oak, 
madrona,  broad-leaved  maple,  vine  maple,  dwarf  maple,  aspen,  balm  of  Gilead,  black 
cottonwood,  paper  birch,  western  birch,  Alaska  birch,  mountain  birch,  mountain  alder, 
red  alder,  Sitka  alder,  white  alder,  Oregon  crabapple,  western  service-berry,  black 
cherry,  black  haw,  western  chokecherry,  western  dogwood,  western  black  willow,  long- 
leaved  willow.  Hooker  willow  and  silky  willow.  The  largest  of  these  is  the  cotton- 
wood. 

In  a  recent  report,  entitled  "  Forests  of  British  Columbia,"  prepared  by  H.  N. 
Whitford,  Ph.D.,  and  E.  D.  Craig,  F.E.,  under  the  direction  of  Clyde  Leavitt,  Chief 
Forester,  Commission  of  Conservation,  Canada,  the  estimated  extent  of  the  available 
saw-mill  material  of  the  province  has  heen  shown.  These  estimates  were  established 
only  after  a  most  exhaustive  study  of  forest  conditions  in  this  province  and  may  be 
considered  substantially  accurate.  The  following  table,  applicable  to  Central  British 
Columbia,  has  been  compiled  from  this  source.  It  consists  of  two  parts,  the  first 
showing  the  timber  by  districts  and  the  second  by  species.  For  this  purpose  Central 
British  Columbia  will  be  found  divided  into  four  principal  regions,  coast,  north 
central,  south  central,  and  east  of  Eocky  mountains.  Each  of  these  regions  is  further 
subdivided  into  local  districts  and  the  total  estimated  amount  of  commercial  timber 
shown  for  each  district.  In  the  second  part  of  the  table  the  estimated  amounts  of  the 
various  species  of  timber  are  shown  for  each  of  the  four  main  regions. 


Forests 


27 


CENTRAL  BRITISH  COLUMBIA 
*EsTiMATED  Amount  of  Merchantable  Timber  (by  districts) 


Region 


District 


M.B.F. 


Total 


South  Central. 


North  Central. 


East  of  Rocky  Mountains. 


Northern  Mainland  Coast . 


Big  Bend  and  Canoe  river. 

Adams  and  Seymour 

North  Thompson 

Bonaparte  and  Mahood 

Bridfie  and  Chilcotin 

Nechako  and  Blackwater. . 

Quesnel  river 

Willow  and  Bowron , 

Upper  Eraser 


Parsnip 

Stuart,  Salmon  and  Nation. 

Upper  Skeena , 

Upper  Nass 

Finlay 


South  Pine 

Peace  river  block 

North  Pine  and  Halfway. 


Smith  and  Rivers  inlet 

Burke  and  Dean  channels 

Gardner  Canal 

Skeena  river  to  Portland  Canal. 


6,266,000 
2,808,800 
4.536  000 
1,814,400 
2,191,360 
4,478,400 
5,736,000 
7,761,600 
10,420,800 

7,382,500 
6,959,600 
10,140,400 
9,908,800 
3,518,400 

6,625,200 

4,545,000 

134,400 

4,705,000 
4,715,000 
6,424,000 
7,131,120 


46,013.360 


37,909.700 


11,304.600 


22,975.120 


Total 118,202,780 


CENTRAL  BRITISH  COLUMBIA 
Estimated  Amount  of  Merchantable  Timber  (by  spectes) 


Species 


Region 


South 
Central 


M.B.F. 


North 
Central 


M.B.F. 


East  of 
Rocky  Mts. 


M.B.F. 


N.  Main 
Coast 


M.B.F. 


Total 


M.B.F. 


Douglas  fir 

Red  cedar 

Hemlock 

Balsam 

Spruce 

White  pine 

Lodgepole  pine. 

Yellow  pine 

Cottonwood . . . . 
Yellow  cypress. 


5,541,190 

10,121,304 

2,888,344 

4,206,442 

19,096,266 

313,355 

3,379,643 

466,816 


841,272 

1.327,292 

4,053,128 

7,195,936 

21,742,819 


331,260 
8,041,040 


1,292.490 
5,148,595 
7,686.270 
3,117,835 
4.368,695 


2.647,849 


2,932.300 


1,680 


101.404 


457,020 
902,525 


7,674,952 

16,597,191 

14,627,742 

14,851,473 

53.248,820 

313.355 

8.961.472 

466,816 

558,424 

902,535 


46,013,360 


37,909.700 


11,304.600 


22.975,120 


118,202,780 


*"Forests  of  British  Columbia, 
of  Conservation.  Ottawa.  Canada. 


by  H.  N.  Whitford,  PhD.,  and  R.  D.  Craig,  F.  E.,  Commission 


28  Central    British    Columbia 

This  eetimate  shows  a  total  of  118,202,780,000  board  feet.  A  conservative  figure, 
in  round  numbers,  would  be  one  hundred  million  of  thousand  board  feet,  including 
much  of  tlie  best  wood  uf  the  world.  Not  only  is  the  present  value  to  be  considered 
but  the  futurf  possibilities  must  be  reckoned  with.  By  a  proi^er  prevention  of  waste 
and  an  adequate  fire  protection,  coupled  with  a  policy  of  selective  cutting  and 
re-fcrestution,   this   source   of  supply   should   prove  inexhaustible   and   permanent. 

Naturally  the  lumbering  industry  has  assumed  great  proportions  in  these  dis- 
tricts. There  are  two  principal  centres  or  belts  where  this  industry  has  centred. 
These  are  the  coast  regions,  of  which  Prince  Kupert  is  the  centre,  and  the  upper 
valley  of  the  Fraser  river,  from  Prince  George  eastward  along  the  Grand  Trunk 
Pacific  railway  as  far  as  McBride.  On  the  coast  are  found  large  and  most  modernly- 
equipped  sawmills.  Logs  are  cut  and  hauled  out  of  the  bush  on  specially  constructed 
railways,  rafted  together  and  towed  by  powerful  tugs  to  the  mills,  where  they  are 
cut  into  the  required  dimensions  at  marvellous  rates  of  speed.  These  regions,  on 
account  of  the  numerous  inlets  and  channels,  make  the  wood  most  accessible,  and 
the  shipping  facilities  by  land  and  sea  to  the  widely-scattered  markets  of  the  world 
are  of  the  best. 

The  interior  mills  are  not  so  large,  nevertheless  their  capacity  ranges  from 
15,000  to  100.000  feet  per  day.  Some  IS  mills  are  located  in  this  belt,  and  it  is 
expected  this  number  will  shortly  be  increased  to  25.  The  output  for  1918  was 
nearly  30  million  board  feet.     This  was  nearly  all  shii)ped  east  to  the  prairies. 

Two  huge  pulp-mills  operate  on  the  coast,  namely,  the  Pacific  Mills  Limited,  at 
Ocean  Falk,  and  the  WhalcJi  Pulp  and  Paper  Mills,  at  Swaneon  Bay.  The  Ocean 
Falls  plant  represents  an  investment  of  over  ten  million  dollars,  and  is  a  splendid 
example  of  a  modern  plant.  Some  850  to  900  hands  are  employed,  including  many 
returned  soldiers.  News,  wrapping  and  kraft  papers  are  manufactured,  the  daily 
output  being  about  225  tons.  A  modern  "  company "  town  gives  ample  housing 
accommodation  to  the  employees.  At  Swanson  Bay  a  sulphite  plant  turns  out  about 
30  tons  of  pulp  daily.     A  sawmill  is  also  run  in  connection  with  it. 

Arrangements  are  under  way  for  the  manufacture  of  pulp  at  Prince  Rupert  and 
Prince   George. 

Almost  unlimited  quantities  of  imlpwood  are  available  in  these  districts.  Many 
other  localities,  both  on  the  coast  and  in  the  interior,  contain  vast  quantities  of  woods 
suitable  for  the  manufacture  of  pulp  and  paper  and  the  expansion  of  this  industry 
may  be  expected.  The  total  amount  of  pulpwood  available  in  the  whole  province  has 
been  estimated  at  225  million  cords. 

Many  small  local  and  jtortable  mills  are  scattered  all  through  the  central  belt. 
Outfide  the  commercial  lumbering  areas  there  is  a  supply  of  wood  sufficient  to  meet 
the  requirements  of  the  settlers  and  farmers  for  a  long  time.  Wood  for  fuel  and 
fencing  is  plentiful,  wliile  the  ever-increasing  mining  industry  finds  a  ready  supply 
for  timbering  purjKises.  Tlie  noble  forests  of  Central  British  Columbia  are  a  source 
of  never-failing  admiration  and  an  asset  of  inestimable  value. 


Seal  Cove  sawmill  and  Canadian  Pish  and  Cold  Storage  Company's  plant   (rear  view), 
Prince  Rupert,  British  Columbia. 


Prince  Rupert  drydocks  and  shipbuilding  yards.      (Photographed  on   February   19,  1920.) 


MINERALS 

The  mineral  resources  of  British  Columbia  are  most  extensive  and  widely  dis- 
tributed and  include  many  precious  and  base  ores  and  non-metallic  substances.  The 
total  production  for  all  years  up  to  and  including  1920  shows  a  gross  value  of  $706,- 
192,978,  according  to  the  estimate  of  the  provincial  Department  of  Mines.  The 
largest  item  is  represented  by  the  coal  and  coke  output,  with  some  $212,573,492  to  its 
credit.  Gold  takes  second  place  with  a  total  output  of  $178,698,026,  and  copper 
third  amounting  to  $161,513,864.  The  total  amount  of  silver  mined  is  quoted  at 
$53,668,284,  lead  at  $46,637,221,  and  zinc  at  $19,896,466.  The  balance  is  made  up  of 
miscellaneous  minerals,  building  stone,  bricks  and  similar  products,  amounting  to 
$33,205,625. 

In  1893  the  total  value  of  British  Columbia's  mineral  output  was  only  about 
three  and  a  half  million  dollars,  in  1897  it  passed  the  ten  million  mark,  and  in  1901 
the  twenty  million  mark.  The  following  three  years  fell  short  of  this  showing,  but 
the  output  increased  again  and  in  1907  was  over  twenty-five  million.  The  years 
1912  and  1913  each  showed  values  over  thirty  million  dollars,  while  1916  jwoved 
the  record,  with  over  forty-two  million  dollars'  worth  of  mineral  production  to  its 
credit.  The  year  1917  fell  behind  by  some  five  million  dollars,  but  1918  was  again 
well  up  and  almost  equal  to  the  great  year  of  1916.  Except  in  the  case  of  gold,  the 
values  of  mineral  products  have  been  subject,  especially  in  recent  years,  to  fluctuations 
of  considerable  extent,  so  that  comparative  values  of  several  years'  output  are 
not  exact  indications  of  their  volumes,  though  generally  speaking  they  serve  to 
illustrate  the  rapid  expansion  of  the  mining  industry  of  the  province. 

The  quantities  and  values  of  mineral  products  for  the  whole  province  for  the 
years  1918,  1919  and  1920  are  shown  on  the  following  table: — 

•QVANTmZS  AND    VaLVES  OF   MiNERAL  PRODrCTS  FOR    1918,    1919  AND    1920 


Customary 
Measure 


1918 


Quantity  i       Value 


1919 


Quantity         Value 


1920 


Quantity         Value 


Gold  placer 

"      lode 

Silver 

Copper 

Ijead 

Zinc 

Coal 

Coke 

MiMcellancous    pro- 

duclB 


Ounces. 

« 
Pounds. 


Tons.  2.240  lb 
'      2.240  " 


10,0011 

1(J4,C.74 

3,49X,172 

61.483.754 

43,899.661 

41.772.916 

2.302,245 

188,907 


;i2o,ooo 

3,403,812 
3. 21.-,, 870 

15,143,449 
2.928,107 
2,899,040 

11,. 'ill,  225 
1,322,709 

1.038,202 


14,325 

1.52,426 

3,403,119 

42,4.59,339 

29,475,968 

.56,737,651 

2, 207.. 541 

91,138 


286,500 
3,1.50,645 
3,592,673 
7.939,896 
1,-526,855 
3,540,429 
11,337.705 
637,966 

1,283.644 


11,080 

120,048 

3,377.849 

44,887.676 

39.331,218 

47,208,268 

2,595,125 

67.792 


221,600 
481,392 
235,980 
832,899 
816,115 
077,979 
,975,625 
474,544 


41,782,474 


33,296.313 


2.426.950 
35,543.084 


•Annual  Report  of  the  Minister  o(  Mines,  Victoria.  B.C.,  for  the  year  ending  December  31st,  1920. 

The  value  of  gold  produced  in  tliese  throe  years  was  $9,86i3,949,  of  which 
$9,035,849  waiJ  recovered  from  lode  mining,  leaving  only  $828,100  as  the  product  of 
the  placer  miner.  Of  the  total  output  of  gold  from  the  early  days  to  the  end  of  1920 
$75,W4,203  in  credited  to  the  placer  fields  and  $102,753,823  to  the  quartz  or  lode  iclaims. 

30 


Minerals  31 

The  total  production  of  copper,  valued  at  $61,513, S>64,  exceeds  by  nearly  sixty  million 
dollars  the  production  of  lode  gold,  though  the  combined  value  of  lode  and  placer  gold 
holds  first  place  in  the  metallics. 

In  the  production  of  placer  gold,  Central  British  Columbia,  has  occupied  a  most 
important  position.  The  discovery  of  this  alluring  metal  on  the  lower  Fraser  river 
and  the  consequent  rush  of  miners,  prospectors  and  fortune-seekers  into  the  then 
unorganized  interior  led  to  the  establishment  of  the  Crown  colony  of  British  Columbia 
in  1858.  The  yield  of  placer  gold  in  1®58  has  been  estimated  at  $705,0i00,  and  for  the 
ten  succeeding  years  at  $28,823,198,  an  average  of  nearly  three  millions  a  year.  The 
heaviest  year  was  1863,  with  $3,913,563  to  its  credit. 

The  Cariboo  goldnfields  of  Central  British  Columbia  became  the  Mecca  of  an  army 
of  gold-seekers  and  a  by-word  in  every  civilized  land.  Creeks  of  abnormal  richness 
were  quickly  washed  out  and  many  fortunes  were  amassed  in  a  single  season.  This 
famous  field,  embracing  an  area  of  some  7,000  square  miles,  has  produced  about 
$45,000,000  in  gold,  or  over  half  the  placer  gold  of  the  entire  province.  It  still  has  an 
average  annual  output  of  about  $200,000.  Barkerville  is  the  centre  of  the  field,  with 
Quesnel  the  local  distributing  point  from  the  Fraser  river,  and  Prince  George  or 
Ashcroft  the  points  of  rail  connection. 

Another  Central  British  Columbia  gold-field  that  sprang  into  early  prominence 
is  the  Omineca  district,  lying  immediately  north  of  the  Arctic-Pacific  divide. 
Production  from  this  field  was  never  as  extensive,  by  any  means,  as  from  the  Cariboo, 
nevertheless  at  one  time  it  was  the  scene  of  great  activity  and  many  rich  diggings 
were  discovered.  At  present  a  few  placer  miners  are  working  on  various  creeks, 
including  O-mineca,  Manson  and  Nation  rivers.  The  total  output  of  the  Omineca 
has  been  estimated  at  $750,000,  though  exact  records  are  not  available. 

Associated  with  the  names  of  these  two  gold  fields  is  also  that  of  Oassiar. 
Cariboo,  Omineca,  and  Cassiar  were  well-known  names  fifty  years  ago.  The  Cassiar 
district,  however,  centered  more  northerly  and  easterly.  Telegraph  Creek,  on  the 
Stikine  river,  being  a  favourite  point  of  entry.  The  headwaters  of  the  Skeena  flow 
from  these  regions. 

The  lack  of  roads  into  these  fields,  the  great  distances  to  be  traversed  in  order  to 
reach  them,  the  difficulties  of  transportation  and  the  high  cost  of  supplies,  together 
with  the  crude  and  primitive  mining  methods  employed  decreed  that  only  the  richest 
and  most  easily  worked  claims  could  be  mined  at  a  profit.  Hence  when  the  cream  of 
the  district  was  taken  off  mining  waned.  The  introduction  of  hydraulic  mining  has 
resulted  in  maintaining  the  industry  where  otherwise  it  would  have  almost  died  away 
and  the  bulk  of  gold  recovered  in  the  Cariboo  district  in  recent  years  has  been  obtained 
by  this  process.  Costs  of  operating,  however,  have  advanced  tremendously  in  recent 
years,  while  the  gold  value  has  remained  stationary,  so  that  the  actual  profits  have 
been  small. 

The  provincial  Department  of  Mines  has  adopted  a  very  active  policy  for  further- 
ing the  mining  industry.  A  district  inspector  and  two  resident  engineers  are  per- 
manently stationed  in  Central  British  Columbia,  namely,  Thos.  J.  'Shenton,  district 
inspector,  at  Prince  Eupert,  J.  D.  'Galloway,  resident  engineer,  at  Hazelton,  and  Geo. 
A.  Clothier,  resident  engineer,  at  Prince  Rupert.  Other  geological  and  mining  officials 
from  the  provincial  Department  of  Mines,  and  several  geologists  from  the  federal 
Department  of  Mines  at  Ottawa  have  from  year  to  year  conducted  investigations  into 


32 


Central    Briiish    Cohnnhia 


various  localities  throughout  this  belt.  Recent  work  of  this  nature  includes  investiga- 
tions of  the  Cariboo  gold-fields  by  B.  R.  McKay,  of  the  Fraoer  valley  by  L.  Reinecke, 
of  the  northern  interior  by  C.  Canisell,  of  the  Telkwa  valley  and  vicinity  by  J.  D. 
MacKenzie  and  of  the  westerly  and  coast  regions  by  J.  J.  O'Neill,  all  of  the  Geological 
Survey  of  Canada,  Ottawa,  Reports  of  their  findings  are  to  be  had  on  application  to 
the  Director.  L.  H.  Cole  and  H.  S.  Spence,  of  the  Mines  Branch,  Department  of 
Mines,  Ottawa,  have  reported  on  occurrences  of  salt  and  mica. 

The  reports  of  the  resident  engineers  are  to  be  found  in  the  annual  reports  of  the 
Provincial  Minister  of  Mines.  Wm.  Fleet  Robertson,  provincial  mineralogist  and 
aseayer,  has  also  spent  considerable  time  in  this  district.  In  IWO  J.  C.  Gwillim 
conducted  investigations  for  the  Provincial  Government  into  the  possibilities  of  oil 
production  in  the  Peace  River  district  of  British  Columba.  Further  investigations 
of  a  similar  nature  were  carried  out  in  the  same  district  in  1'920  by  J.  A.  Dresser  and 
E.  M.  Spieker. 

The  province  is  divided  into  some  forty-two  mining  divisions,  each  under  the 
direct  control  of  a  gold  commissioner  and  a  mining  recorder.  The  office  for  each 
division  is  located  at  a  local  point  of  greatest  prominence,  but  for  the  convenience  of 
miners  sub-offices  are  established  at  various  points  throughout  the  division  and  are  in 
charge  of  sub-recorders.  Central  British  Columbia  is  practically  included  in  the 
following  eight  divisions:  Skeena,  Xass  River,  Portland  Canal,  Bella  Coola,  Omineca, 
Peace  River,  Cariboo  and  Quesnel.  The  offices  and  various  sub-offices  for  these  eight 
divisions  are  shown  on  the  following  table: — 

CEN'TRAL  BRITISH  COLUMBIA 


•Mivivn  Di\  ixiMN-;  \VD  Offices, 

1920 

Mining  Divisions 

1. oration  of  Office 

Location  of  Sub-office 

Skeena 

Prince  Rupert 

Alice  Arm . 

Xa«i  River 

Portland  Canal. 
Hella  Coola 

Omineca 


lAnyox. 
Stewart. 
Prince  Rupert 


Siiiiiher.s 


Pcsoe  River 
♦""aritxxj. 


Fort  St,  John. 
Harkcrvillf 

I.VJ-Mil..  ||,„j., 


Kitimat. 

Port  Simpson. 

Swanson  Bay. 

Copper  City. 

Terrace. 

Stewart  (Portland  Canal). 


Bella  Coola. 

Bella  Bella. 

Ocean  Falls. 

Fort  Crahame. 

Fort  St.  .James. 

Manson  Creek. 

Telkwa. 

Fort  St.  .John. 

Copper  City. 

Terrace. 

Fort  Fraser. 

Junction  Finlay  and  Parsnip  rivers. 

Pacific. 

Hazel  ton. 

Burns  Lake. 

Houston. 

Usk. 

Hudson  Hope. 

Pouce  (.'oupe. 

(jucsnel. 

I'Drt  ( leorge. 

McHride. 

Quesnel. 

Quesnel  Forks. 

Uarkerville. 


'RflNirt  (.f  iho  Mini»l..r  "f  Min..,     \  i<t  .ri»     Hf       1<1' 


Minerals  33 

Following  the  lead  given  by  the  placer  mines  of  the  Cariboo,  prospectors,  miners, 
geologists  and  mining  engineers  have  spread  over  the  entire  central  belt  and  in  nearly 
every  nook  and  corner  minerals  or  traces  of  minerals  to  a  greater  or  lesser  degree  have 
been  found.  The  primitive  methods  of  the  eai-ly  miners  have  been  augmented  by  the 
most  modern  power,  mechanical  and  chemical  processes  known.  The  coast  districts 
have  had  the  advantage  of  water  transportation  which  has  enabled  them  to  forge  ahead 
while  the  interior  has  been  retarded  through  inability  to  get  in  heavy  machinery  or 
ship  out  quantities  of  ore.  With  the  building  of  railroads  and  good  wagon  roads  this 
handicap  is  being  gradually  removed. 

On  the  coast  the  principal  operations  north  of  latitude  5'2  are  at  Anyox,  where  the 
Granby  Consolidated  Mining,  Smelting  and  Power  Company,  Limited,  operates  a 
smelter  and  work  the  "  Hidden  Creek  "  group  of  copper  claims.  The  company  employs 
here  from  1,200  to  1,500  men  and  smelted  an  average  of  about  2,200  tons  of  ore  daily 
for  the  year  1920,  exclusive  of  limestone  and  quartz  used  for  fluxing  purposes.  The 
production  for  the  year  was  approximately  25,104,950  pounds  of  copper,  9,330  ounces 
of  gold  and  439,806  ounces  of  silver.  Power  is  derived  from  a  5,000  horse-power  water 
plant  augmented  by  steam  plants  during  the  winter  when  water  is  low.  The  town  is 
^'  company  "  owned  and  consists  of  a  very  neat  and  substantial  class  of  houses  equipped 
with  modern  conveniences  and  reached  by  plank  roads.  The  mines  are  about  two  miles 
distant  from  the  smelter  and  connected  by  a  narrow  gauge  railway. 

Other  important  coast  properties  include  the  claims  on  Princess  Royal  island  of 
the  Belmont  Surf  Inlet  Mines.  Limited,  from  which  108,082  tons  were  mined  in 
1920,  yielding  44,051  ounces  of  gold,  20,104  ounces  of  silver  and  685,259  pounds  of 
■copper;  the  "Dolly  Varden "  mine,  located  18  mile&  from  the  head  of  Alice  Arm 
and  connected  by  a  newly  constructed  railway  to  tide-water,  now  shipping  a  rich 
^rade  of  silver  ore  to  the  Granby  smelter  at  Anyox;  the  "Drum-Lummon"  copper  mine, 
on  Douglas  channel,  the  "Premier"  gold  mine  of  Stewart;  the  "  Ikeda  "  copper  mine 
■of  Ikeda  bay ;  the  "  Esperanza "  group  on  Alice  Arm ;  the  "  Golskiesh "  mine  of 
Anyox;  the  "Patterson"  group  of  Porcher  island,  and  many  others  with  more  or  less 
-development  acomplished  and  exhibiting  splendid  prospects. 

In  the  interior  two  mines  are  worthy  of  special  mention,  namely,  the  Rocher 
Deboule  and  the  Silver  Standard,  both  located  in  the  Hudson  Bay  mountain  near 
Hazelton.  The  Rocher  Deiboule  is  at  present  closed  down  pending  more  normal 
-conditions.  It  shipped  from  April,  1915,  to  the  end  of  1918,  and  in  this  time  produced 
39,833  tons  of  ore  containing  4,214  ounces  of  gold,  62.865  ounces  of  silver,  and 
.5,746,306  pounds  of  copper. 

The  'Silver  Standard  mine  is  situated  about  six  miles  from  New  Hazelton,  It  is 
.a  silver-lead-zinc  property  and  during  the  year  1920  produced  4,000  tons  of  ore  con- 
taining 218  ounces  of  gold,  103,020  ounces  of  silver,  189,488  pounds  of  lead  and  453,512 
pounds  of  zinc.     A  50-ton  concentrator  was  recently  put  into  operation. 

Actual  lode  mining  in  the  interior  is  confined,  almost  entirely,  to  the  Omineca 
:mining  division,  though  prospecting  and  development  work  on  quartz  claims  are  being 
carried  on  throughout  all  parts.  Many  promising  gold,  silver  and  copper  claims  are 
likely  to  prove  good  producers  when  normal  conditions  and  better  transportation 
facilities  are  available.  It  is  believed  the  Cariboo  district  will  not  only  increase  its 
placer  output  but  will  alsf^  produce  several  quartz  mills.     Good  showings  are  found 

39736 — 3 


34  Central    British    Columbia 

in  extensive  quartz  bodies  at  Mt.  Selwyn,  near  Finlay  (Forks),  and  on  Manson  creek. 
In  fact  the  localities  that  are  already  known  to  contain  mineral  deposits  of  promising 
value  are  too  numerous  to  mention. 

Coal  is  found  in  several  localities  throughout  Central  British  Columbia.  The 
Telkwa,  Groundhog  and  Carbon  creek  Holds  arc  the  principal  areas.  Coal  of  a  good 
quality  is  being  mined  and  shipped  from  a  point  only  4^  miles  from  the  station  of 
Telkwa.  on  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  railway.  On  Goat  creek,  a  small  tributary  of 
Telkwa  river,  a  seam  {<  feet  in  thickness  is  exposed  for  several  hundred  feet.  An 
average  sample  was  found  to  have  the  following  analysis:  Moisture  006  per  cent, 
volatile  matter  3,3 -9  per  cent,  fixed  carbon  5l5  per  cent  and  ash  9-5  per  cent.  As  this 
field  extends  from  4i  to  12  miles  from  the  railway  it  is  favourably  situated  as  regards 
iBt'ans  of  transportation  and  will  likely  develop  quickly. 

The  Groundhog  coal  areas  are  not  as  accessible,  but  may  be  tapped  by  a  line 
extending  north  from  Hazelton  or  easterly  from  the  head  of  Portland  canal.  They  are 
believed  to  be  very  extensive  and  the  coal  of  a  splendid  quality. 

The  Carbon  creek  coal-fields  are  known  to  be  quite  extensive.  The  Carbon  is  a 
tributary  of  Peace  river,  on  its  south  side  and  a  few  miles  above  the  head  of  Eocky 
mountain  canyon  on  the  eastern  slope  of  the  Kockies.  Coal  outcrops  occur  on  small 
tributaries  of  Carbon  creek  itself,  and  on  Gethings  creek,  which  enters  the  Peace  nearer 
the  canyon,  and  in  the  canyon  itself.  A  sample  from  Gethings  creek  shows  the  follow- 
ing analysis:  Moisture  1<J  per  cent,  a^h  2-9  per  cent,  volatile  matter  25-1  per  cent, 
fixed  carbon  Th-4  jut  cent.  It  forms  fair  coke.  These  fields  are  at  present  witlmut 
means  of  transportation,  but  should  the  Pacific  Great  Eastern  or  some  other  railway 
be  built  by  the  Hudson  Hope  route  they  will  become  very  valuable. 

Various  outcrops  of  coal  (jf  more  or  less  value  have  been  found  in  many  other 
sections.  On  tlie  prairies  such  outcrops  would  immediately  be  investigated  and  the 
Coal  used  locally  as  fuel  if  of  sufficient  value.  Throughout  Central  British  Columbia, 
hi;wever,  the  wood  supply  is  still  sufficient  for  local  uses  and  only  those  coal  areas 
which  appear  of  considerable  commercial  value  have  been  seriously  considered.  It  is 
altogether  likely  that  as  tlie  demand  for  this  fuel  increases  and  transportation  facili- 
ties are  extended  the  recovery  of  it  will  be  greatly  stimulated. 

Mining  is  well  established  as  a  permanent  industry  and  the  presence  of  minerals 
in  vast  quantities  is  well  known.  Placer  mining,  the  oldest  of  all  branches  of  this 
industry,  is  reviving,  and,  with  the  introduction  of  hydraulic,  drilling  and  dredgin? 
nnu-hinery.  will  develop  on  a  large  scale.  The  future  of  the  Cariboo  district  depends 
on  su<-h  works.  Geologists  who  have  investigated  this  field  intimate  that  both  placer 
and  I'jde  mining  for  gcjld  may  assume  most  inijjortant  phases  when  railroad  facilities 
are  jirovided. 

Wnrk  is  being  renewed  on  tlie  Peace  and  in  the  Omineca  districts.    A  gold  dredge 
.  -  J. .  .ntiy  Ix-eu  phv,']  ,,ii  Peace  river  at  Fort  St.  John.     Another  may  be  placed 
'   -.ime  river  ab..  '.voii,  where  gold  washing  has  been  carried  on  by  a  small 

(  rcvv  of  men  dui'  :  ,\eur8.     The  Ingenika  river  is  being  drilled  by  a  company 

of  Kdmonton  bti  ■  :i.  who  contemplate  putting  in  a  dredge  if  results  warrant. 

As  water-power  is  avaiial  •  everywhere  throughout  the  placer  districts,  power 

for  the  operation  of  machinery  or  the  pumping  of  water  can  be  depended  upon. 


Minerals 


35 


Strong  saline  springs  wcro  discovered  in  T.M  1  at  Kwinitsa,  a  point  on  the  Grand 
Trunk  Pacific  railway  in  tlie  Skeena  valley,  45  miles  east  of  Prince  liui>ert.  Drilling 
disclosed  extensive  beds  of  rock  salt,  at  depths  varying  from  50  to  250  feet.  Tests 
proved  it  to  be  pure  and  of  the  best  (puility.  The  presence  of  salt  in  close  proximity 
to  the  centre  of  the  fish   industry  is  most  advantageous. 

Mica  is  found  in  tlie  vicinity  of  Tete  Jaune  Cache  and  a  few  claims  have  been 
worked  to  a  limited  decree.  A  very  fine,  clear  grade  is  procured,  but  the  deposits  are 
located  in  mountainous  regions  difficult  of  access.  Muscovite  also  has  been  found 
in  the  Clearwater  mountains  north  of  Canim  lake.  Generally  speaking,  the  explora- 
tory stage  has  not  been  passed  and  the  mica  industry  is  only  in  its  infancy.  Gypsum 
is  found  in  the  Fraser  valley  south  of  latitude  52  and  may  possibly  occur  to  the  north 
also. 

A  promising  prospect  of  molybdenite  has  been  found  in  Timothy  mountain,  about 
35  miles  northeast  of  Lac  la  Plache.  Near  these  molybdenite  claims  there  is  an  occur- 
rence of  peridot,  the  precious  form  of  olivine.  When  cut  these  stones  make  very  fine 
gems.  This  is  the  only  gem  locality  of  commercial  importance  in  Canada,  but  it  is 
as  yet  undeveloped.  Gold,  silver  and  copper  values  have  also  been  found  in  the  same 
vicinity. 

Outcrops  of  promising  fireclay  and  infusorial  earth  are  found  in  the  vicinity  of 
Quesnel.  Building  stones,  sandstone,  limestone,  gravel,  sand  and  brick  clay  are  found 
in  various  places.  Limestone  for  fluxing  purposes  at  the  Granby  smelter  is  obtained 
from  Swamp  point  on  Portland  canal.  About  250  tons  per  day  are  produced.  Hot 
mineral  springs  are  found  at  the  south  end  of  Lakelse  lake  and  in  the  Canoe  Eiver 
valley. 

Platinum  is  found  in  various  localities  in  Central  British  Columbia,  especially 
in  the  Fraser  and  Peace  drainage  basins.  It  occurs  in  both  solid  rock  and  placers. 
In  the  early  days  its  value  Avas  only  a  small  fraction  of  what  it  is  now  and  vei-y  few 
of  the  miners  knew  what  the  metal  was  or  that  it  had  any  value  at  all.  In  fact 
thousands  of  ounces  of  this  precious  metal  were  actually  thrown  away  by  the  placer 
miners  of  the  early  days. 

Oil  is  believed  to  underlie  large  areas  of  Central  British  Columbia,  and  consider- 
able interest  has  been  shown  in  recent  prospecting  and  drilling  operations  inaugurated 
with  a  vew  of  locating  it.  Investigations  for  the  Provincial  Government  have  been 
undertaken  by  geologists  in  the  Peace  River  District,  while  considerable  drilling 
has  been  accomplished  by  the  Imperial  Oil  Company  in  the  vicinity  of  Pouce  Coupe 
and  Eolla.  The  oil  rights  on  large  areas  of  land  in  the  Pouce  Coupe  district  have 
been  leased  by  speculators  and  future  developments  are  being  awaited  with  great 
interest.     Drilling  for  oil  is  also  being  prosecuted  near  Burns  lake. 

The  mineral  occurrences  of  Central  British  Columbia  are  too  numerous  to  men- 
tion. The  few  random  references  given  serve  only  to  illustrate  the  varied  species 
and  their  wide  distribution.  The  field  is  an  attractive  one  for  the  prospector,  miner 
and  capitalist.  The  charming  forests  and  lakes,  with  their  bountiful  supply  of  game 
and  fish,  lessen  the  hardships  and  privations  of  the  prospector  and  nuike  his  lonely 
camp  life  more  pleasant  and  prosperous.  Miners'  wages  and  housing  conditions  are 
very  satisfactory,  while  the  social  and  educational  facilities,  climate  and  living  con- 
ditions in  general  are  unsurpassed  by  any  other  mining  district  in  the  world.  In- 
i^estors  and  capitalists  have  a  legitimate  field  here  for  active  exploitation. 
39736— 3J 


36  Central   British    Cohimhin 

The  mining  laws  of  British  Columbia  are  very  liberal  in  their  nature  and  com- 
pare favourably  with  those  of  any  other  part  of  the  world.  Individual  free  miner's 
certificates  are  issued  good  for  one  year  upon  payment  of  the  sum  of  $5.  Provision 
in  both  the  "  ^Mineral "  and  "Placer-mining"  Acts  is  made  for  the  formation  of 
mining  partnership?,  both  of  a  general  and  limited  liability  character.  A  number  of 
special  Act^  relating  to  mining  have  been  passed  by  the  provincial  legislature  during 
recent  years. 

The  Mines  Development  Act  provides  for  the  expenditure  of  public  money  for 
the  construction  of  trails,  roads  and  bridges  to  facilitate  the  operation  and  develop- 
ment of  mineral  or  placer  claims  or  the  exploration  of  new  districts.  The  Mineral 
Survey  and  Development  Act  of  1917  provides  for:  (1)  a  mineral  survey  of  the  pro- 
vince, (2)  certain  aids  to  prospectors,  (3)  protection  of  wage-earners  on  mining 
works,  and  (4)  protection  of  investors  in  mining  property.  The  Iron  Bounties  Act 
of  19l>  provided  for  the  payment  of  a  bounty  on  pig-iron  manufactured  within  the 
province.  The  bounty  is  $3  per  ton  (2,000  pounds),  when  the  ore  from  which  it  is 
manufactured  is  mined  within  the  province,  and  $1.50  per  ton  otherwise.  The  ^fineral 
Act  Amendment  Act  of  r.>20  provides  for  the  reservation  by  the  Minister  of  Mines  of 
areas  containing  irun  ore  and  the  disposal  thereof  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in 
Council  on  such   conditions   as  may  be  determined. 


FISHERIES 

In  considering  the  fish  resources  of  Central  British  Columbia  it  is  well  to  bear 
in  mind  that  those  are  not  fixed  in  the  same  manner  as  its  lands,  forests,  or  mines. 
This  applies  particularly  to  the  commercial  species.  The  sockeye  salmon  of  the 
Fraser  river,  for  instance,  is  hatched  in  the  spawning  beds  of  the  Fraser,  of  which 
Quesnel  lake  in  Central  British  Columbia  is  one  of  the  most  important.  The  young 
fish  then  find  their  way  to  the  ocean  and  reach  maturity  in  salt  water.  Returning 
years  later  to  the  spawning  grounds  from  which  they  started  out  they  are  caught  by 
the  fishermen  of  the  lower  Fraser  waters  and  Juan  de  Fuca  strait.  The  harvest, 
therefore,  falls  to  the  credit  of  the  southern  part  of  the  province  though  the  spawning 
grounds  of  the  interior  are  a  necessary  and  integral  part  of  the  great  industry. 

For  this  reason  the  fisheries  of  the  entire  province  will  be  taken  into  account  in 
the  statistics  given  herewith.  The  asset  is  a  movable  one  and  no  definite  proportion 
can  be  allotted  to  any  particular  part  of  the  province.  The  salmon  must  be  permitted 
to  reach  their  spawning  grounds  in  the  interior  in  order  that  the  supply  may  be  kept 
up  for  the  fishermen  of  the  coast  regions  about  the  mouths  of  the  various  rivers  which 
the  fish  ascend. 

Second  only  to  the  salmon  in  yield  is  the  halibut.  The  halibut  fishing  industry 
centers  at  Prince  Rupert  and  might  be  particularly  claimed  as  belonging  to  the  central 
part  of  the  province. 

The  fisheries  of  British  Columbia  as  a  whole  are  more  extensive  and  valuable  than 
those  of  any  other  province  of  the  Dominion.  In  1917  they  exceeded  the  combined 
output  of  Nova  Scotia  and  New  Brunswick.  They  also  exceeded  the  output  of  the 
remaining  six  provinces  collectively  and  represented  more  than  one-third  of  the  entire 
Canadian  fisheries  for  the  year.  The  value  of  the  fisheries  production  of  British 
Columbia  has  increased  most  rapidly.  Records  have  been  kept  since  the  year  1876, 
when  the  total  value  of  the  fish  catch  was  given  as  a  trifle  over  one  hundred  thousand 
dollars.  In  1880  it  was  nearly  three-quarters  of  a  million,  while  the  following  year  it 
was  double  these  figures.  In  1888  it  almost  reached  two  million  dollars,  and  the  next 
year  passed  the  three-million  mark.  In  1893  it  reached  beyond  four  million  dollars, 
and  1897  beyond  six  millions.  Values  varied  for  some  years  but  finally  passed  the 
ten-million  mark  in  1909,  fell  below  the  following  year  but  reached  thirteen  millions 
in  1911  and  in  1917  the  remarkable  figure  of  twenty-one  and  a  half  million  dollars. 

Statistics  regarding  the  quantities  and  values  of  all  fish  and  fish  products  marketed 
in  British  Columbia  in  1917  and  the  capital  equipment  and  number  of  employees  are 
shown  in  the  following  tables.  The  information  is  taken  from  the  Census  of  Industry, 
1917,  Part  III,  Fisheries  Statistics,  as  published  by  the  Dominion  Bureau  of 
Statistics.  The  report  was  prepared  in  collaboration  with  Dominion  and  Provincial 
Fieheries  Departments  and  represents  the  most  accurate  and  reliable  information 
covering  the  subject. 


37 


38 


Central   Briii^li    Columhia 


BRITISH  COLUMBIA 
*QuANTmES  AND  Valles  OF  All  Fi<ii  A xd  Fi-^ir  PRnnTTT-;  Marketed,  1917 


Kinds  of  Fish 


Quantity 


Value 


Black  cod,  usetl  fresli. . . 
preen  salted. 

"  smoke 

"  dried 


Brill 

Clams  and  quahaugs,  used  fresh. 

"  canned 

Dulse,  crabs,  cockles,  etc 

Fertilizer 

Fish  oil 

Flounders 

Fur  seal  skins 


Gill  bone 

CJ  ray  fish,  use<l  fresh 

Hake  and  cusk,  used  fresh. 

"  "     smoked... 

Halibut,  usetl  fresh 

"         smoketl 

Herring,  used  fresh 

canned 

"         smoked 

"         dry-salted 

"         pickled 

"         u.stnl  as  bait 

Mixe<l  lish 

Octopus 

Oulachons 

Oysters 


Perch 

Pilchards,  salted 

"  canned 

Rock  cod 

•Salmon,  used  fresh. . . 
"        canned 

.-mi-ked 

dry-salted     . 

iiiild-fured. . 
Salmon  roe  . 

Shad,  used  fresh 

"      salted.... 

Skate 

Smelts 

Soles.. . 
Sturgeon. 

Trout 

Whale  lx)ne  and  meal 

Whale  oil 

Whiting,  used  fresh 

)<riioke<l  . 
Wit.hcs 


Total  valu" 


73,164 

386 

6,786 

8 

5,142 

5,992 

6,006 

5,886 

1,220 

44,820 

2,679 

218 

510 

11,200 

143 

25 

113,285 

122 

87,173 

46,650 

6,263 

161,865 

7,293 

.28,785 

1,648 

184 

1,231 

1,789 

492 

200 

1 ,  090 

1,086 

262,067 

,557,485 

1,418 

12,670 

8,611 

1,564 

21 

15 

1,633 

1,164 

7,806 

445 

414 

291 

436,995 

345 

100 

5 


cwt. 


brl. 
cases, 
cwt. 
ton. 
gal. 
cwt. 
no. 
cwt. 


qtl. 


cases, 
cwt. 


brl. 


brl. 
cwt. 
brl. 
cases 
cwt. 

cases 
cwt. 


brl. 
cwt. 

brl. 
cwt. 

ton. 
gal. 
cwt. 


$ 


743,229 

4,338 

131,709 

128 

51,420 

35,952 

48,048 

48,424 

70,164 

23,892 

23,601 

6,540 

12,802 

4,480 

715 

375 

1.718,500 

2,512 

341,239 

304,017 

29,025 

328,721 

117,828 

71,824 

13,184 

1,656 

10,991 

32,202 

4,920 

2,000 

9,810 

8,088 

2,550,274 

14,017,365 

23,222 

125! 979 

111,943 

7,820 

315 

360 

10,117 

14,270 

78,649 

9,790 

10,350 

10,185 

342,247 

1 ,  725 

1 ,  000 

50 


21,518,595 


In.liiHlrv     I!tl7. 


tM  til.-  «iit:r<  .-ai^-ii  i<i  V.H~  nearly  four-fifths  were  salmon,  with  a  groos  value  of 
*l«,K28,78:j.  Halibut  took  scn-ond  pluce  with  a  value  of  $1,721,012.  Herring  came 
thir«l  and  were  valued  at  $l,ll>2,«r)4.  Black  i-od  accounted  for  $879,404,  clams  and 
qu::'  ;  $84,CM")C>,  h(.l(iii  for  $7S,f»41),  and  ovt^ters  for  $.'32,202.    These  seven    divisions 

of  •  v   n-fourci*  iirodurcd  $2M.Klf;.7o4  out  of  the  total  of  $21,518,5i>5  at  which 

the  catch  of  1017  was  marketed. 

The  share  that  should  be  cn-ditcd  to  the  coast  and  coat;t  rivers  of  Central  British 
Columbia,  of  which  PriiK-o   Rupert   is  the  centre   of   the   industry,   is  shown   on   the 


Fisheries 


39 


followiiiij'  table.  The  principal  varieties  of  fish  are  five  only,  namely:  t-almon,  halibut, 
herring,  black  cod,  and  tholes.  The  subdivisions  of  this  section  are  Skeena  river, 
Prince  Kupert,  Kivers  inlet,  Naas  river.  North  Coast  and  Queen  Charlotte  islands. 
The  fishing  waters  of  these  subdivisions  are  tributary  to  Prince  Rupert,  thus  bring- 
ing to  Central  British  C<»hnn])ia  the  benefit  of  the  industry. 


CENTRAL  BRITISH  COLUMBIA 
♦Commercial  Fisheries  of  1917 


Fishing  Districts 

Salmon 
cwt. 

Halibut 
cwt. 

Herring 

cwt. 

Black  Cod 
cwt. 

Soles 
cwt. 

Skeena  river 

252,074 

25,746 

80,053 

100,375 

222,336 

39,675 

62,879 

19,900 

13,271 

5  717 

Rivers  inlet 

Naas  river 

North  coast 

1,533 

8,528 
189 

510 

Queen  Charlotte  islands 

Total  quantity 

Total  value  marketed 

720, 259 
$7,656,650 

64,412 
$965,320 

28,617 
$44,490 

13,781 
8131,924 

5,717 
857,170 

Grand  total 

$8,855,554 

*Census  of  Industry,  1917. 

The  great  soekeye  salmon  packs  of  the  Fraser,  Skeena  and  Naas  rivers  have 
become  famous  in  all  parts  of  the  wc^rld.  Their  habits  form  most  interesting 
subjects  of  investigation.  Though  normally  a  salt  water  fish  they  ascend  the  rivers 
upon  reaching  maturity  to  spawn  mostly  in  streams  beyond  the  lakes  of  the  interior. 

The  Fraser  river  spawning  grounds  include  such  large  lakes  as  Harrison, 
Lillooet,  Seton,  Anderson,  Chilko,  and  Quesnel.  The  Mcziadin  lake  section  is  one  of 
the  principal  spawning  areas  of  the  Naas  river.  Eggs  are  deposited  and  hatched  in 
these  interior  lakes  after  which  the  parent  fish  die.  The  young  fry,  or  fingerlings 
as  they  are  called,  find  their  waj'  down  stream  to  the  ocean,  where  they  spend  some 
four  years  in  reaching  maturity.  They  then  start  on  their  long  journey  to  the 
spawning  beds  from  which  they  were  hatched,  their  helming  instincts  being  described 
as  most  highly  developed.  It  is  believed  they  actually  are  led  by  this  instinct  to  the 
very  waters  of  their  origin. 

In  countless  millions  they  battle  their  way  up  stream,  crowding  and  hurrying 
forward  as  if  driven  by  relentless  foes.  Seemingly  inaccessible  rapids  and  barriers 
are  scaled  by  feats  of  wonderful  jumping  and  swimiiiing.  Should  impassable  barriers 
halt  their  journey  they  accumulate  in  masses  so  thick  that  the  waters  appear  packed 
full  of  them.  It  is  said  they  do  not  rest  or  feed  cii  these  migrations,  and'  many 
literally  batter  themselves  to  pieces  in  ascending  rocky  rapids. 

Great  losses  to  the  salmon  industry  resulted  from  blocking  their  access  to  their 
spawning  areas  on  the  upper  Fraser.  A  dam  constructed  in  connection  with  mining 
activities  across  the  outlet  of  Quesnel  lake  barred  the  entrance  of  fish  foT  some 
time.  Though  the  soekeye  passed  up  the  Quesnel  river  in  millions,  they  could  not 
enter  the  lake.  Later  a  practical  fishway  was  constructed  to  overcome  the  barrier. 
In  1909  over  four  million  soekeye  entered  this  lake,  while  in  1913,  owing  to  a  blo'^k- 
ade  in   the  Fraser  canyC'ii,   caused  by   a   slide  of  rock   from   the   Canadian    Northern 


40  Central    British    Columhia 

railway  construction,  only  about  half  a  million  reached  these  spawning  grounds. 
The  run  to  Chilko  lake  was  large  in  the  years  1901,  1905  and  1909,  but  email  in  1913 
owing  to  the  same  blockade.  The  importance  of  keeping  the  way  clear  to  these  areas 
is  therefore  apparent. 

The  Meziadin  lake  section  is  now  a  favourite  spawning  ground  for  the  Naas 
soekeye  packs.  Falls  in  the  Meziadin  form  a  natural  barrier,  but  these  are  now  over- 
come by  a  great  fehway  constructed  by  the  Dominion  Fisheries  Branch.  In  the 
spawning  season,  during  the  spring  and  early  summer  months,  these  salmon  push 
their  way  up  the  large  rivers  into  the  many  lakes  lying  inland,  and  even  ascend 
the  smallest  tributaries  to  every  favourable  body  of  water,  however  small,  within 
reaeh. 

Salmon  are  caught  chiefly  by  gill-nets,  seines  and  trap-nets  operated  from  fleets 
of  small  fishing  smacks.  They  are  immediately  taken  to  canneries  constructed  at 
convenient  points  all  along  the  coast  and  put  up  for  trade  in  tin  cans,  packed  in 
wooden  cases.  Fishing  may  be  conducted  only  under  license,  which  must  be  obtained 
from  the  fisheries  officials.  The  Dominion  Government  has  established  a  number 
of  hatcheries  for  the  purpose  of  increasing  this  valuable  species.  Two  are  located 
in  Central  British  Columbia,  one  being  on  Babine  lake  and  one  on  the  Skeena 
river.  From  these  some  13,450,000  soekeye  were  hatched  in  1917  and  liberated  in 
the  Skeena  watershed.  There  are  some  seven  or  eight  additional  salmon  hat'cheries 
in  the  more  southerly  parts  of  the  province,  and  the  total  number  of  salmon  fry 
produced  in  1917  approached  fifty  million. 

The  halibut  fishing  industry  of  the  Pacific  coast  adjacent  to  Prince  Rupert  has 
come  into  considerable  prominence  during  the  last  few  yeai-s  and  is  of  special  interest 
to  Central  British  Columbia.  This  industry  is  carried  on  in  lai'ge,  well-equipped 
steamers  and  vessels.  The  fish  are  captured  by  set  lines  or  hand  trawls,  dories  being 
used  for  setting  and  hauling  the  lines,  as  in  the  Atlantic  deep-sea  fishing.  Herring 
are  mainly  need  for  bait,  the  supply  of  these  fish  being  very  plentiful  in  these  waters. 

The  Pacific  coast,  with  its  numerous  sheltering  islands  and  deep  inlets  and 
fiords,  affords  most  excellent  fishing  grounds  of  unusual  protection.  The  length  of 
this  coast  line,  in  British  'Columbia  waters,  exceeds  7,000  miles.  Luxuriant  forests 
clothe  these  shores,  adding  to  the  general  pleasing  effect. 

At  Prince  Eupert  during  the  height  of  the  fishing  season,  about  July,  the 
"mosquito  fleet,"  as  it  is  called,  comprised  of  fishing  boats  of  an  average  value  of 
about  $8,000  each,  presents  quite  a  busy  scene.  Canneries  are  scattered  at  various 
points  up  and  down  the  shore,  hut  most  of  the  halibut  catch  is  shipped  out  in 
special  trains.  The  Canadian  Fish  and  Cold  Storage  Company,  Limited,  has  a  cold 
storage  plant  at  Seal  Cove  of  14,000,000  pounds'  capacity,  now  being  increased  by 
some  3,500,000  pounds.  Fish  are  delivered  from  the  "mosquito  fleet"  here  and 
loaded  into  special  refrigerator  cars.  Special  "  fish  trains,"  made  up  of  a  number  of 
these  car.s,  leave  Prince  Rupert  three  or  four  times  a  week  and  rusli  through  the 
province  on  their  long  run  by  way  of  Edmonton  and  Saskatoon  to  Winnipeg.  They 
are  there  distributed,  tlie  bulk  of  the  produce  eventually  finding  a  market  in  Chicago 
or  eastern  cities. 

This  great  commercial  industry  is  well  established,  and  with  proper  control 
promises  to  be  a  jiermanent  and  jtrofitable  one  for  the  district. 


Fisheries 


41 


The  follo-\ving  table  shows  a  summary  of  the  value  of  equipment  and  the  number 
of  persons  engaged  in  connection  with  the  fish  industry  in  the  whole  province  in 
1917:— 

BRITISH  COLUMBIA  FISH  INDUSTRY 

*Equipment  and  Employees,  1917 


Equipment 


Value 


Seines,  traps  and  smelt  nets,  etc 

Hand  lines,  weirs,  trawls,  etc 

Salmon  and  crab  traps . 

Piers  and  wharves 

Freezers,  ice  houses,  whaling  stations,  salteries  and  crab  and  oyster  establishments  (approx) 

Canneries  and  fish  and  smoke  houses 

Small  fish  and  smoke  houses  (approx.) 

Vessels,  tugs  and  carrying  smacks  (514) 

Boats,  gasoline  (3,172) 

"       sail  and  row  (3,479) 

Total  capital 


$ 

829,115 

103,681 

l'),70() 

504,047 

152,505 

749,476 

3,200 

2,500,801 

1,837,820 


12 


21,696,345 


Persons  Employed 


Location 


No. 


In  vessels,  etc 

"  boats 

"  freezers,  ice  houses  and  whaling  stations 
"  canneries  and  fish  and  smoke  houses. . . . 

Total 


1,589 

11,378 

292 

7,624 


20,883 


*Census  of  Industry,  1917. 

The  total  number  of  salmon  canneries  in  British  Columbia  is  given  as  87  for  the 
year  1917,  with  one  whale  oil  factory  and  21  fish  and  smoke  liouses. 

While  these  figures  are  interesting  as  amplifying  the  wonderful  extent  and  great 
value  of  the  fishing  resources  of  the  province,  they  are  of  special  value  only  to  those 
concerned  with  the  commercial  side  of  the  subject.  The  great  majority  of  visitors, 
tourists  or  new  settlers  are  more  concerned  with  the  sporting  phase.  Fishing  for 
pleasure  is  a  practice  to  which  the  majority  of  men  who  know  little  or  nothing  of  the 
commercial  phase  are  more  or  less  addicted.  To  the  lovers  of  both  rod  and  gun 
Central  British  Columbia  offers  a  field  of  unparalleled  attractions.  Fly-fishing  of  the 
very  best  awaits  the  angler  throughout  the  length  and  breadth  of  this  district  in  the 
many  lakes  and  streams  with  which  it  abounds.  Gamest  of  all  game  fish  are  found  in 
the  cool,  rippling  mountain  streams  of  the  interior  and  the  crystal  lakes  nestling 
between  towering  ranges  of  snow-capped  mountains. 

Of  the  five  species  of  salmon  found  in  British  Columbia  only  two  will  take  a  troll 
or  fly.  These  are  the  "  Spring  "  and  the  "  Coho  "  salmon.  The  Spring  or  Tyee  salmon 
is  the  largest  and  gamest  of  the  salmon  family.  It  is  known  in  Oregon  as  the 
"  Chinook  "  or  the  "  Columbia,"  in  California  as  the  "  Quinnat,"  and  in  Alaska  as  the 
"  King "  or  "  Tyee."  It  takes  the  troll  quite  freely  in  salt  water  and  occasionally 
rises  to  an  artificial  fly.     These  fish  are  caught  in  great  numbers  all  along  the  coast 


42  Central    British    Columhia 

and  vary  in  weight  up  to  GO  poundc^,  with  records  as  hitih  as  70  poinuls.  The  best 
months  are  from  July  to  Xoveniber.  The  Coho  are  even  more  numerous  than  the 
Spring,  though  smaller  in  size.  They  are  considered  equally  game  and  may  be  taken 
as  late  in  the  year  as  October  or  November.  The  more  southern  waters  are  better 
known  and  more  frequented  by  salmon  anglers,  Campbell  river,  on  the  eastern  coast 
of  Vancouver  island,  being  a  favourite  rendezvous.  The  salmon  rivers  of  the  more 
northerly  parte,  including  the  Skeena  and  Xaas,  should  prove  equally  attractive. 
When  they  become  better  known.  Prince  Rupert  sho\ild  prove  the  centre  of  tourist 
traffic  connected  with  this  branch  of  sport. 

The  trout  of  British  Columbia  comprise  many  species  with  great  variation  in 
colourings  and  markings.  The  steelhead  trout  closely  resembles  in  habit,  form  and 
colour  the  salmon  of  Europe  and  is  still  sometimes  classed  as  a  Pacific  salmon.  ].:ke 
the  salmon,  it  spawns  only  in  fresh  water,  but  differs  in  that  it  survives  and  returns  to 
the  sea,  where  it  remains  until  the  following  spawning  season.  In  some  of  the  larger 
lakes  of  the  province  it  remains  permanently  in  fresh  water.  This  species  weighs 
from  four  to  twenty  pounds,  with  exceptional  weights  as  high  as  thirty  pounds.  Many 
anglers  consider  this  the  gamest  fish  taken  in  fresh  water. 

Numerous  varieties  of  trout  are  found  in  all  the  rivers  and  lakes  of  Central 
British  Columbia.  The  larger  specimens  found  in  the  great  lakes  largely  resemble  the 
sea-run  of  the  steelhead.  The  cut-throat  and  rainbow  trout  are  also  widely  distributed. 
The  many  differences  in  colour,  form  and  habit  of  these  varieties  lead  to  gi'eat 
numbers  of  names  being  applied  to  them,  but  by  whatever  name  they  are  known  they 
are  none  the  less  game. 

Two  very  valaal)le  species  of  charr  are  found.  They  are  the  "Dolly  Varden," 
or  "  Bull  trout,"  and  a  lake  trout  such  as  is  found  in  Lakes  Superior  and  Michigan. 
The  Dolly  Varden  is  found  all  through  the  mainland  and  on  the  coast;  it  is  a  very 
game  fish,  and  ranges  in  weight  from  a  few  ounces  up  to  thirty  jjounds,  but  species 
exceding  two  pounds  in  weight  are  seldom  taken  with  a  fly.  The  larger  ones  freely 
take  a  troll.  The  lake  trout  are  found  in  Quesnel  and  northern  lakes.  They  are  not 
fierce  fighters,  but  are  rated  as  the  best  of  table  fish  found  in  the  fresh  waters  of  the 
province. 

An  enthusiastic  holiday  fisherman  from  Xew  York,  after  hooking  and  laudini:'  three 
speckled  beauties  from  a  single  cast  with  triple  leaders  in  Lakelse  lake,  pronoiuiccd 
these  waters  the  finest  for  trout  fishing  he  had  ever  visited.  All  ihrough  the  interior, 
however,  such  success  may  be  obtained.  The  many  lakes  and  lakeU'ts,  rivers  and 
streams  are  most  plentifully  stocked  with  fish,  and  afi'ord  lu-vcr  failing  si)ort  for  the 
ardent  angler  and  a  source  of  food  supply  for   the  settK  r. 

Large  sturgeon  are  caught  with  hook  and  bait  in  the  lakes  and  rivers  of  the 
interior  plateau.  Whitefish  are  netted  in  great  quantities  in  the  more  northerly 
streams  and  in  Moberly  lake  east  of  the  Rockies.  In  the  Parsnip,  Finlay  and  more 
northerly  streams  a  fish  locally  called  the  "  Arctic  trout"  is  quite  common. 

Settlers  and  others  coming  to  Central  British  Columhia  will  find  great  oitportuni- 
ties  for  recreation  and  profit  in  capturing  the  many  varieties  of  beautiful  and  valuable 
game  and  connnercial  fish  with  which  the  widely  distributed  waters  of  the  district 
abound.  Government  hatcheries  are  doing  a  good  work  in  keeping  up  the  supply,  and 
this  highly  ijrizcd  n.-source  l)ronli^eB  to  be  a  most  substanti;il   and   permanent  one. 


A  slimpse   of  the   Nechako  valley   near   Vanderhoof. 


Road  leading  from  Vanderhoof  north  through  the  Nechako  valley. 


FUR  AND  GAME 

The  lirst  white  men  to  invade  British  Columbia  were  fur  traders  and  the  fur 
industry  held  unrivalled  sway  for  fifty  years,  ^^^len  Alexander  Mackenzie,  in  1793, 
ascended  the  Peace  and  Parsnip  rivers  and  found  his  way  through  the  Eockies  and  to 
the  Pacific  coast  near  Bella  Coola  he  blazed  the  way  for  the  occupation  of  Central 
British  Columbia  by  outpost  agents  of  the  great  fur  company  in  which  he  held  a 
position  as  partner,  namely,  the  Northwest  Company. 

Early  in  the  nineteenth  century  thie  progressive  company  pushed  westward  over 
the  mountains  and  established  a  chain  of  posts  in  the  interior.  Fort  MacLeod,  erected 
in  1S05,  on  the  shores  of  MacLeod  lake,  soon  became  an  important  centre  of  trade. 
Fort  St.  James,  Fort  Fraser,  Fort  George  and  Qoiesnel  quickly  followed  in  line  and 
the  avenues  of  commerce  that  had  halted  for  a  time  at  the  Athabaska  or  Saskatchewan 
were  extended  west  of  the  Rockies. 

The  lure  of  furs  brought  their  great  rivals,  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company,  to  these 
new  found  fields.  It  also  led  to  the  formation  of  a  new  American  enterprise,  the 
Pacific  Trading  Company,  which  established  the  historic  post  of  Astoria  on  the  lower 
Columbia.  The  amalgamation  of  the  two  great  Canadian  companies  in  1821,  under 
the  name  of  the  older,  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company,  and  their  purchase  of  the  unsuc- 
cessful American  interests,  including  Astoria,  are  matters  of  most  interesting  record. 
It  was  the  visions  of  wealth  to  be  derived  from  the  furs  of  the  sea  otter  and  sea  lion 
that  spurred  on  the  Russian  explorers  to  the  acquisition  of  Alaska  and  the  valuable 
coast  waters  of  these  northern  parts. 

For  fifty  years  the  fur  trade  was  carried  on  uninterrupted  by  other  industries. 
The  Hudson's  Bay  Company,  with  a  staff  of  white  traders  and  clerks  and  an  army 
of  native  followers  and  hunters,  reigned  supreme  in  these  regions  and  took  their  toll 
of  wealth  from  every  section  of  the  mountains  and  valleys.  Even  Avhcn  Vancouver 
island  was  declared  in  1S49  the  Crown  colony  "New  Caledonia,"  it  was  practically 
governed  for  years  by  this  great  fur  company. 

Then  came  the  gold  discoveries  on  the  Fraser  river  and  the  great  rush  of  miners 
into  the  interior  in  l8r>C,  1S57,  and  1858.  A  rival  industry  had  come  with  an  onrush 
that  eclipsed  the  fur  trade,  and  for  a  time  pushed  it  almost  into  oblivion.  Gold  was 
the  craze,  and  the  interior  dietrif-ts  of  Cariboo,  Omineca  and  Cassiar  witnessed  scenes 
of  wildest  excitement. 

The  gold  boom  brought  numbers  to  the  district  and  opened  it  W]^  to  the  world  at 
large.  The  fur  traders  no  longer  held  a  inonopoly  of  the  land.  When  mining  waned 
other  industries  sprang  up.  The  wealth  of  the  forests,  fisheries  and  lands  was  realized 
by  the  new  comers,  who  saw  in  these  reginus  unlimited  resources  and  wonderful  possi- 
bilities that  the  fur  traders  could  not  or  wrmld  not  admit. 

Mining,  lumbering,  fishing,  farming,  shi!>building  and  other  industries  have  grown 
into  prominence,  but  the  fur  trade  that  held  lone  sway  for  the  first  fifty  years  of  the 
white  man's  occupation  of  these  parts  goes  on  apace.  The  mountainous  nature  of  the 
province  prohibits  the  settlement  and  cultivation  of  more  than  about  ten  per  cent  of 
its  total  land  area,  thus  leaving  vast  regions  of  wilderness  in  which  the  wild  animal 
and  bird  life  jiropagate  their  specici?. 

44 


Fur    and    Game  45 

In  the  mountainous  and  sparsely  settled  districts  of  Central  British  Columbia  are 
still  to  be  found  in  great  numbers  practically  every  species  of  game  and  fur-bearing 
animal  common  to  these  regions  since  the  earliest  days.  Large  Huml^ers  of  men  still 
pursue  trapping  as  their  sole  occupation,  and,  with  the  high  price  of  furs  that  has  pre- 
vailed in  recent  years,  find  it  a  very  remunerative  calling.  Both  game  hunting  and 
wing  shooting  may  be  enjoyed  to  the  fullest  extent  in  these  parts. 

The  quality  of  furs  obtained  in  Central  British  Columbia  is  the  very  highest. 
Marten  compares  favourably  with  the  Russian  sable,  while  fisher,  lynx,  foxes,  and 
beaver  are  exceptionally  good.  Prince  George  is  the  centre  of  a  gi-eat  fur  trade  and 
the  value  of  raw  pelts  shiipped  from  this  port  in  1918  was  approximately  $400,000. 

The  large  game  includes  moose,  wapiti  or  elk,  cariboo,  deer,  mountain  sheep, 
goats,  bear,  wolves  and  three  species  of  the  cat  family.  The  smaller  fur-bearing 
animals  include  black,  silver  and  cross  foxes,  beaver,  musk-rat,  otter,  raccoon,  marten, 
mink,  wolverine,  badger,  porcupine,  hare,  skunk,  polecat,  weasel,  sea-lion,  hair  seal 
and  a  very  few  sea  otter. 

Moose  are  very  plentiful  throughout  the  interior  and  northern  regions.  The 
biggest  and  best  heads  are  obtained  in  the  Cassiar  district  which  is  best  reached  by 
way  of  the  Stikine  river.  Prince  George  is  also  the  centre  of  an  excellent  moose 
district.  Along  the  upper  Fraser  and  Parsnip  rivers  moose  are  very  plentiful  and 
have  increased  in  numbers  greatly  during  the  last  few  years.  Si)endid  heads  are 
obtained  from  these  districts.  The  grounds  are  easily  accessible  and  hunting  condi- 
tions are  good.  The  district  lying  to  the  north  and  east  of  Prince  George  is  excep- 
tionally good. 

The  wapiti  or  elk  were  at  one  time  quite  numei-ous  but  are  now  exceedingly  rare. 
They  are  now  protected  by  a  continuous  close  season  in  hopes  that  this  noble  species 
will  not  become  extinct. 

Cariboo  are  found  in  plenty.  The  Black  or  Mountain  species  are  found  in  nearly 
all  mountainous  parts  of  the  interior  with  the  Chilcotin,  Quesnel  and  Prince  George 
districts  favourable  hunting  grounds.  In  the  more  northerly  parts  big  bands  of  the 
species  known  as  Osbom's  cariboo  are  found. 

Mule  deer  and  Richardson's  or  large  black-tailed  deer  are  widely  spread  over  the 
more  southerly  parts  of  the  district.  The  Columbia  or  Coast  deer  is  plentiful  along 
the  coast  but  is  not  found  east  of  the  Coast  range  of  mountains.  The  most  common 
and  widely  found  species  of  deer  in  Central  British  Columbia  is  the  white-tailed 
species.     These  are  found  throughout  all  parts  of  the  great  interior  plateaus. 

Mountain  sheep  include  four  species,  namely,  the  Common  Bighorn,  Oris  Stonei, 
Ovis  Tamini  and  Ovis  Dalli  or  Yukon  sheep.  The  three  latter  species  are  very  similar 
and  are  often  found  in  the  same  band.  The  Bighorn  is  found  in  the  more  southerly 
pans,  the  Chilcotin  district  being  a  favourite  range  of  theirs.  The  Ovis  Stonei  are 
the  most  numerous  of  m.ountain  sheep  and  are  particularly  plentiful  in  the  Cassiar 
district.     The  Yukon  sheep  are  also  widely  distributed. 

Mountain  goats  are  very  numerous  all  over  the  district  where  there  are  high 
mountains.  They  are  found  in  the  Coast  mountains  adjacent  to  the  Grand  Trunk 
Pacific  railway  and  north  and  east  of  Prince  George.  They  are  also  plentiful  in  the 
Omineca  and  Cassiar  districts. 

Grizzly  bears  are  plentiful  in  the  mountains  and  northerly  parts  of  the  district. 
The  Naas,  Skeena  and  Stikine  rivers  are  said  to  afford  good  hunting  for  this  ferocious 


4g  Central   British    Columbia 

animal.  Big  game  hunters  Avill  find  in  the  grizzly  a  beast  worthy  of  their  highest 
admiration  and  one  that  affords  the  maximum  of  thrills.  Black,  brown  and  cinnamon 
bears  are  common  all  over  the  interior.  During  the  salmon  run  they  congregate 
along  the  rivers'  edges  and  live  on  these  fish,  which  they  scoop  out  in  a  most  dexterous 
style.  To  obtain  good  skins  these  animals  should  be  hunted  as  soon  as  they  leave 
tlieir  winter  quarters.  The  fur  then  is  thick  and  glossy  and  the  colour  good.  In  a 
short  time  it  becomes  faded  and  ragged  as  the  bear  scrambles  through  thickets  of 
woods  and  tangles  of  berry  bushes  in  the  summer's  heat. 

Timber  wolves  are  found  in  the  northern  parts  and  along  the  northern  coast. 
They  vary  in  colour  from  nearly  black  to  grizzly  grey,  brown,  or  yellow.  They  prey 
lieavily  on  cariboo,  deer,  smaller  fur-bearing  animals  and  the  young  of  the  large 
game.  Coyotes  or  prairie  wolves  are  fairly  common  throughout  the  interior.  They 
will  not  attack  man,  but  prey  on  poultry,  birds  and  smaller  fur-bearing  animals. 

Of  the  cat  family  some  three  species  are  to  be  found.  The  largest  is  the  cougar, 
mountain  lion  or  panth.er.  While  plentiful  in  the  southern  parts  of  the  province  and 
i.n  Vancouver  island,  it  is  seldom  found  in  the  central  parts.  The  common  lynx  may 
be  found  anywhere,  while  a  few  wild-cats  are  sometimes  seen. 

Of  the  smaller  fur-bearing  animals,  there  are  many  species  widely  distributed 
Beaver  are  now  being  protected,  as  this  very  valuable  animal  v\'as  showing  signs  of 
bein''  on  the  deci-ease.  Indians  are  pei-mitted  to  kill  the  beaver  in  summer-time  if  in 
need  of  food — a  convenient  excuse — and  the  practice  no  doubt  has  a  more  serious 
elfect  on  the  decrease  of  the  species  than  the  regular  winter  trapping. 

Red  foxes  are  plentiful,  with  a  fair  number  of  cross,  silver  and  black  scattered 
over  the  district.  Fox  farming  is  an  industry  that  might  prove  very  successful  in 
many  of  the  isolated  valleys  of  the  northern  interior. 

As  approximately  90  per  cent  of  the  total  area  of  the  province  will  remain  in  its 
present  condition  of  unbroken  hills,  covered  with  forests  and  interspersed  with 
streams  and  lakes,  the  hunting  grounds  and  haunts  of  these  animals  will  remain  undis- 
turbed. So  long  as  the  taking  of  them  is  not  permitted  to  become  unduly  excessive  the 
fur  supply  should  remain  a  permanent  asset. 

Of  wild-fowl  there  is  a  large  and  varied  list,  which  affords  excellent  sport  in 
proper  season  and  most  palatable  additions  to  the  table.  Geese  and  swans  are  found 
en  the  northerly  interior  waters,  while  many  species  of  ducks  are  widely  distributed 
uver  both  coast  and  interior  regions.  On  the  coast  they  remain  all  winter,  but  migrate 
from  interior  waters. 

Prairie  chickens  were  scarce  for  some  years,  but  after  a  period  of  protection  they 
are  becoming  more  plentiful.    A  few  six»cies  of  grouse  are  widely  distributed  and  fairly 
plentiful.    Ptarmigan  are  found  in  the  mountain  and  northern  regions  in  large  flocks. 
A   numl^er  of  game  birds   have  been    introduced  from   outside   sources   and    arc 
ir  in   numbers  satisfactorily.     They   include  pheasants,   European   partridges 
I      '.  Wliite  "  <iMail. 
(lame  birds,  birds  of  prey,  .song  birds  and  insectivorous  birds  all  al)oun(l  plenti- 
fully in  (.'ciifral  Briti-'    i"  "       liia.     The  wild  life  of  the  district  is  most  prolific  and 
nsKurc-s  the  maximum  .r.-  to  the  sport>maii,  naturalist  and  lover  of  nature. 


WATER  RESOURCES* 

While  only  a  small  part  of  the  greater  watercourses  of  Central  hVitish  Columbia 
have  been  investigated,  there  is  no  doubt  that,  as  investigations  proceed,  the  amount 
of  power  available  will  be  found  to  compare  favourably  with  any  part  of  the  province. 
The  value  of  these  watercourses,  not  only  in  connection  with  water-pow-er  but  with 
Hshing,  municipal  water  supply  and  irrigation,  cannot  be  overestimated. 

The  utilization  of  a  number  of  the  water-powers  in  connection  with  mining, 
pulp  and  paper  industries  has  contributed  very  largely  to  the  development  of  Central 
British  Columbia.  The  revenue  from  the  output  of  the  mines  and  forests  of  the 
l>rovince  has  greatly  exceeded  that  from  all  other  industries,  and  without  such  powder  as 
has  been  developed,  the  advance  in  the  development  of  these  industries  would  not  have 
been  possible. 

So  far  the  greater  part  of  the  power  development  north  of  the  52nd  parallel  of 
north  latitude  has  taken  place  along  the  coast.  Plants  for  the  manufacture  of  pulp 
and  paper  have  been  established  at  Ocean  Falls  and  Swanson  Bay.  At  Surf  Inlet 
and  Falls  river  the  developments  are  used  for  mining  and  smelting.  The  corporation 
of  Prince  Eupert  has  developed  power  at  Woodworth's  lake,  seven  miles  from  the 
city.  The  power  is  used  to  provide  electrical  energy  for  the  city  of  Prince  Rupert 
and  the  terminals  of  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  railway.  Inland  about  150  miles 
from  Prince  Rupert,  and  4^  miles  from  Skeena  Crossing,  the  Rocher  Deboule  Com- 
pany has  installed  a  small  hydro-electric  plant  in  connection  with  the  development 
of  a  high-grade  copper  proposition. 

In  addition  there  is  still  a  certain  amount  of  power  used  for  placer  mining,  but 
the  output  from  this  branch  of  the  mining  industry  has  dwindled  from  nearly 
$4,000,0€0  in  1863  to  $600,000  in  1915.  At  the  present  time  the  only  operations  of 
any  magnitude  are  carried  on  in  the  vicinity  of  Barkerville.  Water  for  sluicing 
operations  has  been  used  from  Willow-,  Lightning,  and  Williams  creeks  and  their 
tributaries. 

The  water  courses  of  Central  British  Columbia  might  be  classed  under  three 
divisions,  namely,  the  Coast  drainage  basin,  including  the  iSkeena  and  Xaas  River 
basins,  the  Fraser  drainage  basin,  and  the  ^Mackenzie  drainage  basin. 

Of  the  Coast  streams,  the  Skeena  and  Xaas  rivers  possess  the  greatest  potential 
power.  The  power  on  the  Skeena  river  and  its  tributaries,  of  which  Kitsumgallum, 
Zymoetz,  Bulkley  and  IMorice  are  the  miost  important,  has  been  estimated  at  86,000 
horse-power.  The  power  en  the  Xaas  river  and  tributaries  has  been  estimated  at 
145,000  horse-power. 

There  are  altogether  too  many  power  sites  in  the  Coast  drainage  basin  to  make 
mention  of  here.  The  report  on  "  Water  Powers  of  British  Columbia  "f  mentions  114 
power  sites  on  the  mainland  Pacific  coast  between  the  52nd  and  57th  parallels  of 
north  latitude. 

*Data  for  the  section  on  water-power  were  compiled  l)y  Mr.  R.  G.  Swan,  District  Chief 
Engineer  in  charge  of  the  Dominion  Water  Power  Branch  staff  in  British  Columbia,  after  con- 
sultation with  Mr.  Cleveland,  Comptroller  of  Water  Rights  of  the  British  Columbia  Lands 
Department,  Victoria,  B.C. 

t  Commission  oL  Conservation,  1919. 

47 


48 


Central   British    Columbia 


It  might  be  well  to  call  attention  here  to  the  proximity  of  lakes  Loring,  McAuley, 
Emerald,  Tahtsa,  and  Eutsuk  to  tidewater.  The  elevation  of  the  above  mentioned 
lakes  is  approximately  3,CXtO  feet.  The  first  two  drain  into  the  Bulkley  river  and  the 
others  into  the  Xeohako  river.  They  are,  however,  all  within  a  fairly  short  distance 
of  Gardner  canal,  and  the  possibility  of  utilizing  this  head  by  diverting  the  waters 
into  Gardner  canal  will  doubtless  receive  early  consideration. 

Proceeding  eastward,  the  second  division  includes  the  Eraser  river  and  tributaries, 
of  which  the  Chilcotin,  Quesnel,  Blackwater  and  Nechako  rivers  are  the  most  important. 
The  power  in  the  Eraser  River  ba<iin  has  been  estimated  at  000,000  horse-power. 

It  is  possible  that  owing  to  the  proximity  of  the  roadbed  of  the  Grand  Trunk 
Pacific  railway  to  the  Skeena  and  Eraser  rivers,  a  certain  amount  of  the  power  above 
referred  to  cannot  be  developed. 

Of  the  third  division,  tliat  included  in  the  Great  ]\rackenzie  drainage  basin,  or 
more  lofcally  within  the  drainage  basin  of  one  of  its  principal  sources  or  trihutaries, 
the  famous  Peace  river,  the  water-ix)wer  possibilities  are  practically  unknown.  West 
of  the  Rocky  mountains,  the  principal  rivers  are  the  Einlay  and  Parsnip,  which 
unite  to  form  the  Peace,  and  the  Omineca  and  Nation,  which  are  tributary  to  the 
Einlay.  East  of  the  Rockies  the  principal  tributaries  of  the  Peace  in  Central 
British  Columbia  'territory  are  the  Pine  and  South  Pine  rivers. 

Next  in  importance  to  mining  and  lumbering  comes  the  fishing  industry.  It 
is  one  that  must  be  seriously  considered  in  all  power  development  schemes  in  order 
that  such  an  important  industry  shall  not  in  any  way  be  damaged. 

The  preservation  of  salmon  is  of  vital  necessity  to  the  province,  and  to  that 
end  a  number  of  hatcheries  have  been  established  on  the  inland  waters  for  the 
propagation  of  the  young  salmon.  No  obstruction  should  be  allowed  to  remain  in 
any  stream  which  might  hinder  the  fish  from  reaching  their  spawning  grounds,  or 
the  acceee  of  the  young  fish  to  the  sea.  In  every  power  development  which  includes 
any  form  of  dam  the  laws  of  the  province  require  that  provision  be  made  to  allow 
of  the  passage  of  fish. 

The  use  of  water  for  municipal  water  supply  is  unquestionably  one  of  its  most 
important  utilizations,  and  no  effort  should  be  spared  to  prevent  the  pollution  of 
waters  by  domestic  sewage  and  industrial  wastes.  It  is  of  interest  to  note  that  before 
the  Provincial  Government  will  grant  a  water  license  for  this  purpose  the  quality 
of  the  water  must  be  approved  by  the  Provincial  Board  of  Health.  Both  the 
Dominion  and  Provincial  Governmentfi  have  placed  resei'ves  on  many  watersheds  in 
the  interests  of  communities,  and  in  several  instances  not  only  the  water,  but  all 
other  resources  on  the  watersheds  have  been  reserved. 

Throughout  the  province  are  many  navigable  lakes  and  rivers.  In  the  development 
different  railroad  systeme  the  flat-bottomed  stern-wheeler  has  played  an 
iiipi.rtant  part  in  tlio  transportation  of  men  and  supplies  along  the  limes  of  the  railway. 
There  are  stretches  on  many  of  the  large  streams  that  are,  however,  not  navigable. 
The  ercvtion  of  dams  for  power  purposes  would,  at  a  number  of  places,  improve  the 
rivers  for  navigation  by  drowrjinf?  out  the  rapids.  For  the  most  part,  the  railways  of 
the  province  follow  th*-  larjror  river  valleys  and,  since  the  completion  of  the  roads, 
river  «iteam-booting  has  been  gradually  dying  out.     Under  the  circumstances,  the  fact 


Water  Resources  49 

that  the  interest  of  navigation  has  generally  been  coneidered  prior  to  those  of  power, 
is  not  likely  to  conflict  with  any  important  future  power  development  or  other  uses 
of  the  water  resources. 

Eelatively  little  irrigation  in  British  Columbia  at  the  present  time  is  carried  on 
north  of  the  5'2nd  parallel  of  north  latitude.  This  ie  no  doubt  due  to  the  fact  that, 
owing  to  the  difficulty  in  transporting  farm  produce,  the  greater  part  of  the  land  has 
been  used  in  connection  with  stock  raising.  No  doubt  when  the  line  of  the  Paoific 
Great  Eastern  railway  opens  up  thie  country,  a  great  part  of  the  land  will  be  taken 
up,  and  while  the  average  rainfall  is  greater  than  in  the  dry  belt,  still  to  insure 
successful  farming  it  will  be  necessary  in  some  localities  to  supplement  the  rainfall 
by  irrigation. 

Investigations  of  the  water  resources  of  British  Columbia  are  being  made  by 
both  federal  and  provincial  engineers.  The  Dominion  Water  Power  Branch  of  the 
Department  of  the  Interior,  Ottawa,  acts  in  co-operation  with  the  Provincial  Water 
Eights  Branch,  Victoria,  in  carrying  out  an  extensive  hydrometric  survey  of  the 
province.  R.  G.  Swan  is  the  chief  engineer  of  these  federal  operations  and  E.  A. 
Cleveland  is  comptroller  of  water  rights  for  the  province.  A  number  of  reports, 
covering  the  progress  of  this  hydrometric  survey  from  1'913  to  lO'lS,  have  been  issued 
by  the  Dominion  Water  Power  Branch.  They  comprise  Water  Resources  Papers 
Nos.  1,  8,  14,  18,  21,  and  23.  Under  the  direction  of  Mr.  Cleveland  the  province  is 
carrying  on  detailed  surveys  of  the  more  important  power  sites  and  are  also  investi- 
gating the  storage  possibilities  of  many  irrigation  streams  for  the  purpose  of 
augmenting  the  water  supply. 

An  excellent  report  on  the  water-powers  of  British  Columbia,  by  G.  R.  G. 
Conway,  Consulting  Engineer  of  the  British  Columbia  Electric  Railway  Company,  is 
embodied  in  Water  Resources  Paper  No.  16,  entitled  "Water  Powers  of  'Canada." 

The  Commission  of  Conservation  have  recently  issued  an  exhaustive  report 
entitled  "  Water  Powers  of  British  Columbia."  The  subject  is  treated  very  fully,  the 
report  containing  over  ©CO  pages,  with  numerous  maps  and  illustrations.  Numerous 
sites  in  Central  British  Columbia  were  investigated  by  the  author  of  this  report  and 
the  available  power  estimated. 

The  report  "  Central  Electric  Stations  in  Canada  "  is  more  recent  and  has  been 
printed  in  two  parts.  Part  I,  Statistics,  is  issued  by  the  Dominion  Bureau  of 
Statistics  as  a  Census  of  Industry,  1917.  It  was  prepared  in  collaboration  with  the 
Dominion  Water  Power  Branch.  Part  II.  Directory,  by  J.  T.  Johnston,  Assistant 
Director  of  W^ater  Power,  has  been  published  as  Water  Resources  Paper  No.  27. 

The  administration  and  control  O'f  the  water  resources  of  the  province  are  in 
the  hands  of  the  Provincial  Government,  which  issues  regulations  governing  their 
disposal  or  development. 


39736—4 


Outdoor  ruses   in    Skecna  valley. 


y&S&mim<^ 


A   Kllmpflc  of  I'rlncc   Ituijerlh   magnilicent   harbour. 


TRANSPORTATION  AND  COMMUNICATIONS 

By  the  completion  of  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  railway  in  1014  Central  British 
Columbia  attained  the  initial  advantage  of  a  through  tranecontinental  service  and  a 
solid  foundation  on  whi'ch  to  build  up  an  elaborate  and  adequate  local  system  of 
inland  transportation.  The  Pacific  terminus,  Prince  Rupert,  is  several  hundred 
miles  nearer  the  Orient  than  Vancouver,  Seattle  or  San  Francisco,  and  the  estab- 
lishment of  a  transpacific  steamship  service  from  this  point  is  expected  in  the  near 
future.  To  form  some  estimate  of  what  these  advantages  will  mean  one  has  only  to 
observe  the  wonderful  advancement  attained  by  southern  British  Cc'lumbia  following 
the  building  of  the  Canadian  Pacific  railway.  This  road  was  only  completed  in 
1885,  prior  to  w'hich  date  the  central  belt  of  the  province  was  better  known  than  the 
southern.  Immediately  conditions  were  reversed,  and  the  growth  and  development 
of  territory  adja-cent  to  this  railway  has  been  mc'St  marked,  with  Vancouver,  its 
Paqific  terminus,  becoming  a  great  commercial  and  shipping  centre. 

The  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  railway  proper  is  the  western  part  of  the  great  Cana- 
dian transcontinental  line  built  by  or  with  the  assistance  of  the  Government  of 
Canada  between  the  years  1904  and  1914.  This  section  of  the  line  extends  from 
Prince  Rupert,  the  Pacific  terminus,  to  Winnipeg,  while  the  eastern  section  extends 
from  Winnipeg  to  Moncton.  The  original  arrangement  called  for  the  construction 
of  the  eastern  part  by  the  Government,  the  construction  of  the  western  part  by  the 
Grand  Trunk  Pacific  Railway  Company  and  the  operation  of  the  entire  line  by  the 
company,  the  Government  to  receive  a  certain  rental  for  its  part.  The  company, 
however,  operated  only  the  western  lines,  while  the  eastern  lines  were  absorbed  as 
part  of  the  Government  railway  system.  Arrangements  were  later  completed  for  the 
taking  over  by  the  Government  of  the  balance  of  this  line,  and  before  the  end  of  the 
year  1'9'20  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  railway  became  a  part  of  the  great  government- 
owned  and  operated  "  Canadian  National  Railways." 

Another  great  Canadian  transcontinental  railway  passes  through  a  small  portion 
of  Central  British  Columbia,  namely,  the  road  formerly  known  as  the  Canadian 
Northern  railway,  now  owned  by  the  Government  of  Canada  and  known  under  the 
name  of  "  Canadian  National  Railway."  It  enters  this  district  from  the  east  by  the 
same  route  as  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific,  namely,  through  the  Yellowhead  pass.  How- 
ever, it  soon  swings  southerly  by  way  C'f  the  North  Thompson  valley,  and  at  Kam- 
loops  comes  in  contact  with  the  Canadian  Pacific  railway.  It  parallels  this  road 
westerly  from  this  point  to  Vancouver,  which  city  is  also  its  Pacific  terminus. 

The  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  is  therefore  the  main  thoroughfare  for  east  and  west 
traffic  in  Central  British  Columbia.  From  tide-water  at  Prince  Rupert,  which  is  an 
excellent  location  for  an  ocean  terminus,  having  an  unexcelled  natural  harbour,  it 
ascends  the  valley  of  the  Skeena  river,  serving  the  numerous  canneries  found  along 
these  waters  and  the  lumber,  pulp  and  mining  industries  springing  into  prominence 
on  this  part  of  the  coast. 

In  passing  through  Hazelton  it  assures  this  mining  centre  of  adequate  and 
permanent  shipping  facilities  for  the  great  tonnage  of  ore  and  coal  that  will  doubt- 
less soon  be  forthcoming  from  the  Groundhog  areas. 

307SC — 'li 

51 


52 


Central    Biiiish    Columhia 


It  then  traverses  the  famous  Bulkley  valley,  with  rich  farms  and  ranches  on  the 
level  lands  and  coal  and  minerals  in  the  adjacent  mountains.  The  coast  summit  is 
reached  at  Rose  lake,  with  an  altitude  of  only  2,368  feet. 

The  great  fertile  interior  plateaus  are  then  traversed,  opening  up  vast  agricultural 
areas    along  the  Endako  river,  Fraser  lake,  ISiechako  river  and  upper  Frascr  valley. 

The  lowest  point  on  tbs  railway  in  this  interior  section  is  at  Prince  George,  where 
the  elevation  is  1,8GT  feet  above  sea-level.  Easterly  from  this  city  the  railway  ascends 
the  Fraser  river  to  its  headwaters,  passing  through  a  wide  fertile  valley  covered  with 
immense  quantities  of  valuable  spriice  and  other  woods. 

The  continental  divide  and  the  British  Columbia-Alberta  boundary  is  crossed  at 
the  Yellowhead  pass,  the  elevation  of  which  is  only  3,716  feet.  The  total  distance  from 
Prince  Rupert  to  this  point,  that  is  the  length  of  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  in  British 
Columbia,  is  704  miles.  Another  21'9  miles  brings  the  line  to  Edmonton,  while  the  total 
distance  from  Prince  Rupert  to  Winnipeg,  the  entire  main  line  of  this  railway,  is 
1,752  miles. 

From  Red  Pass  Junction,  at  mileage  677  east  of  Prince  Rupei't,  to  Lobstick  Junc- 
tion in  Alberta,  at  mileage  8S4  east,  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  and  Canadian  National 
railways  now  use  a  common  track.  The  original  tracks  paralleled  each  other  very 
closely  through  the  Yellowhead  pass.  During  the  progress  of  the  war  the  Government 
arranged  for  the  joint  use  of  one  set  of  rails  on  this  section,  thus  releasing  the  other 
for  overseas  construction.  Now  that  both  lines  have  come  under  permanent  govern- 
ment control,  this  ai*rangement,  with  certain  modifications,  will  in  all  probability  be 
adhered  to. 

The  construction  of  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  railway  is  of  a  most  thorough  and 
permanent  natui-e.  The  location  has  been  most  carefully  chosen  and  the  road-bed 
solidly  built.  It  is  constructed  on  a  four-tenths  per  cent  grade  and  the  sharpest  curve 
is  four  degrees.  No  other  railway  crossing  the  Rockies  has  so  low  a  grade,  and  the 
curvature  is  the  easiest  of  any  transcontinental  line  in  America.  Bridges  and  culverts 
are  designed  to  the  highest  and  most  modern  standards.  Standard  main  line  rails  are 
used  throughout. 

Over  one  hundred  stations  have  been  provided  for  within  Central  British  Colum- 
bia of  which  seven  are  divisional  points.  Coaling  stations,  water  tanks,  wyes  and  side 
tracks  have  been  amply  supplied.  Both  telegraph  and  telephone  equipments  are 
installed  and  trains  are  operated  by  telephone.  At  present  trafiic  is  comparatively 
light,  but  with  the  further  development  of  the  district  and  the  establiehment  of  trans- 
pacific steamship  connections,  it  may  be  expected  rapidly  to  assume  greater  propor- 
tions. The  road  has  been  built  in  anticipation  of  this  and  is  of  the  highest  standard 
throughout. 

Some  interesting  facts  are  disclosed  on  comparing  the  British  Columbia  section 
of  this  railroad  with  that  of  the  Canadian  Pacific.  The  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  crosses 
the  Rockies  and  enters  British  Columbia  at  Yellowhead  pass  and  the  Canadian  Pacific 
does  so  at  Kicking  Horse  pass.  The  elevation  reached  at  the  Yellowhead  is  3,716  feet, 
that  at  Kicking  Horse  pass  is  5,332  feet,  being  1,G1G  feet  higher  than  the  more  north- 
erly route. 

The  elevation  reached  by  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  in  crossing  the  intervening 
divide— the  Coaat  range— is  2,363  feet,  while  the  Canadian  Pacific  climbs  to  3,787 


Transportation    and    Communication  53 

feet  in  the  now  Eogers  pass  tunnel  on  the  Selkirk  divide.  The  old  summit  here  was 
4,340  feet.  The  tracks  of  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  at  Prince  Rupert  are  19  feet  above 
sea-level,  while  those  of  the  Canadian  Pacific  at  Vancouver  are  14  feet. 

The  mileage  of  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  from  the  Yellowhead  pass  to  Prince 
Rupert  is  704.  That  of  the  Canadian  Pacific  from  Kicking  Horse  pass  to  Vancouver 
is  519.  The  Canadian  National  railway  has  a  length  of  516  miles  between  Vancouver 
and  Yellowhead  pass.  The  Yellowhead  route  to  Vancouver  is  thus  3  miles  shorter 
within  British  Columbia  than  the  Kicking  Horse  route,  while  the  length  of  the  Grand 
Trunk  Pacific  from  this  divide  to  the  sea  is  nearly  200  miles  longer  than  either  of  the 
others.  Every  mile  of  this  distance,  however,  is  rich  in  natural  resources  of  one 
species  or  other  and  the  railway  serves  a  vast  territory  of  YOO  miles  in  length  by  some 
300  in  breadth. 

There  are  two  other  railways  to  which  Central  British  Columbia  looks  for  the 
development  of  a  more  north  and  south  line  of  transportation.  These  are  the  Pacific 
Great  Eastern  railway  and  the  Edmonton,  Dunvegan  and  British  Columbia  railway. 
The  Prince  George  Eastern  is  now  in  the  hands  of  the  Provincial  Government  of 
British  Columbia.  It  was  commenced  some  few  years  ago  from  Squamish,  a  point 
at  the  head  of  tide-water  in  Howe  sound,  a  few  miles  north  of  Vancouver,  and  built 
northeasterly  to  cross  the  Eraser  river  at  Lillooet.  The  grading  was  carried  northerly, 
and,  meeting  the  Eraser  again  at  Soda  creek,  followed  up  its  valley  as  far  as  Prince 
George.  The  location  was  then  carried  north  and  east  to  cross  the  Rockies  by  the 
Pine  pass  and  enter  the  plateaus  of  the  Peace  River  district. 

The  Edmonton,  Dunvegan  and  British  Columbia  railway  belongs  to  the  J.  D. 
McArthur  interests.  Its  operation  was  taken  over  in  1920  by  the  Canadian  Pacific 
Railway  Company.  It  commences  at  Edmonton  and  runs  northerly  and  westerly  to 
McLennan  and  Spirit  River  in  the  Peace  River  district.  Erom  McLennan,  a  branch, 
known  as  the  Canada  Central,  runs  northerly  to  Peace  River.  Erom  Spirit  River 
another  branch,  part  of  the  main  system,  runs  south  to  Grande  Prairie.  The  extension 
of  the  main  line  westerly  from  Spirit  River  has  been  graded  some  55  miles  further 
to  enter  the  province  of  British  Columbia  at  Pouce  Coupe. 

It  has  been  generally  supposed  that  these  railroads  should  connect  somewhere 
about  this  point,  the  one  traversing  British  Columbia  and  the  other  Alberta.  Together 
they  would  give  a  line  from  Edmonton  to  Vancouver  by  way  of  the  great  agricultural 
areas  of  the  famous  Peace  River  and  Central  British  Columbia  districts.  Both  roads 
fell  behind  their  building  schedule.  The  Edmonton,  Dunvegan  and  British  Columbia 
appears  to  be  indefinitely  halted  at  Spirit  River  but  construction  on  the  Pacific  Great 
Eastern  is  again  under  way.  Steel  reached  Quesnel  some  time  ago  and  is  now  as 
far  as  Cottonwood  canyon.  Between  this  point  and  Prince  George  contractors  are 
now  at  work.  It  should  be  a  matter  of  only  a  short  time  till  steel  has  been  laid 
to  connect  with  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific. 

The  matter  of  the  extension  of  this  line  north  of  Prince  George  and  through  the 
Rockies  to  the  Peace  River  district  is  now  receiving  the  attention  of  the  provincial 
authorities.  It  has  been  advocated  by  many  that  a  better  route  than  the  Pine  pass 
would  be  found  by  following  the  Parsnip  river  to  Finlay  Eorks  and  thence  following 
the  Peace  river  through  the  mountains  by  way  of  Hudson  Hope.  This  would  make 
accessible  the  great  Omineca  mining  district  and  the  mineral  deposits  of  Mount  Selwyn 
and  coal  deposits  of  the  Carbon  River  district. 


54  Central   British    Columhia 

At  any  rate  it  is  evident  that  the  line  must  be  pushed  without  dehiy  into  this  part 
of  the  province,  which,  by  nature  of  its  geographical  position,  is  now  cut  off  from  the 
main  part.  The  road  will  not  only  weld  this  district  to  the  mother  province  but  will 
prove  an  avenue  of  commerce  by  which  the  agricultural  products  of  the  great  Peace 
Kiver  district  will  find  their  way  to  the  Pacific  coast — their  logical  shipping  point. 
An  air  line  from  Peace  River  town  to  Prince  Rupert  is  about  525  miles  in  length  as 
compared  with  1.273  miles,  the  approximate  length  of  a  similar  line  to  Fort  AYilliam. 
The  distance  to  Vancouver  is  about  the  same  as  that  to  Prince  Rupert.  It  is  thus 
evident  that  the  logical  direction  for  the  movement  of  the  Peace  River  products  is 
west. 

The  bonds  of  the  Edmonton,  Dunvegan  and  British  Columbia  railway  are  guar- 
anteed by  the  Provincial  Government  of  Alberta.  As  the  improvement  and  extension 
of  the  road  is  now  becoming  a  matter  of  vital  importance  and  economic  necessity  it 
may  be  safely  assumed  that  some  action  will  shortly  be  taken  by  provincial  or  federal 
authorities  to  insure  this  work  being  carried  out. 

Central  British  Columbia  may  therefore  expect  to  have  the  additional  advantage 
of  north  and  south  lines  of  transportation.  With  these  main  trunk  lines  radiating 
from  the  vicinity,  with  Prince  George  as  centre,  the  interior  development  should  be 
assured.  Branch  lines  and  feeders  to  tap  various  agricultural,  mining  or  lumbering 
regions  could  then  be  built  as  required  with  a  minimum  of  expense. 

Along  the  coast  are  to  be  found  a  nun:ber  of  short  railways  built  and  operated 
by  various  companies  in  connection  with  their  mining,  lumber,  or  pulp  industries. 
These  lines  are  usually  narrow  gauge  and  in  some  cases  electrified. 

Of  water  transportation  two  principal  divisions  may  be  considered,  namely,  ocean 
and  inland.  These  may  each  be  subdivided,  the  ocean  navigation  into  foreign  and 
coast  service,  and  the  inland  into  steamboat  and  small  craft  operations. 

Foreign  or  transpacific  steamship  service  from  Central  British  Columbia  has 
not  yet  been  established  or  developed  to  any  great  extent.  It  offers,  however,  a  most 
attractive  field  for  investment.  Prince  Rupert  is  built  on  Kaien  island,  and  is 
surrounded  and  hemmed  in  by  groups  of  islands  and  overhanging  hills,  forming  a  most 
extensive  and  safe  natural  harbour.  It  is  the  natural  outlet  for  the  products  of  the 
great  fertile  interior  of  Central  British  Columbia  and  Northern  Alberta  and  the 
centre  of  the  great  fishing,  lumbering  and  mining  industries  of  the  coast  regions  north 
of  Vancouver  island. 

The  geographical  location  of  this  port  gives  it  a  tremendous  advantage  in  Oriental 
connections.  It  is  4S0  miles  nearer  Yokohama  than  is  Vancouver.  Its  splendid 
liarbour,  rich  adjacent  territory  and  transcontinental  railway  connections,  together 
with  its  mild  climate,  making  it  an  all-tlie-year-round  port,  should  result  in  the 
establishment  shortly  of  regular  steam/ship  services  to  the  principal  Pacific  ports  of 
call. 

The  coast  steamship  service,  unlike  the  foreign,  is  highly  develoiied,  and  vessels 
in  this  service  are  continually  coming  and  going,  to  and  from  Prince  Rupert  and 
other  ports  of  call.  The  Pacific  const,  from  the  strait  of  Juan  de  Fuca  to  the  head  of 
Lynn  canal,  provides  one  of  the  mo^t  beautiful  and  famous  land-locked  ocean  routes 
in  the  world.     It  is  protected  fn.m  the  main  oceaji  by  the  insular  system,  ci)iiii)rising 


Transportation    and    Comm^micatinn  55 

groujie  of  islandc  of  varying  size,  stretching  over  almost  the  entire  course  and  afford- 
ing protection  and  an  "inside  passage"  of  approximately  1,000  miles  in  length. 
Snow-capped  mountains,  whose  lower  slopes  are  clothed  in  dense  evergreen  woods,  rise 
from  the  she^re  lineo  on  both  islands  and  mainland.  Here  and  there  rocky  fissures 
or  gleaming  glaciers  break  the  expanse  of  green  by  slashing  it  from  the  snowline  to 
the  water's  edge.  Many  deep  and  irregular  inlets,  fiords  and  countless  islands  of 
green  woods  and  grey  rocks  give  an  intricate  and  ever-ehanging  route  of  pleasing 
variety.  Lighthouses,  buoys  and  beacons  niark  out  the  c(jurse  which,  in  places,  narrows 
down  between  numerous  islands  to  resemble  a  winding  river.  This  is  a  favourite 
voyage  for  tourists. 

There  are  several  steamship  lines  operating  on  the  coast  run,  which  extends  from 
Seattle,  Victoria  and  Vancouver  on  the  south  to  Anyox  and  Skagway  on  the  north. 
Principal  of  these  are  the  Canadian  Pacific,  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  and  Union  Steam- 
ship companies.  Chief  ports  of  call  in  Central  British  Columbia  are  Ocean  Falls, 
Swanson  Bay,  Prince  Rupert,  Port  Simpson,  Anyox  and  Stewart.  Fleets  of  smaller 
steamers,  gasolene  boats,  fishing  smacks  and  sailing  vessels  give  the  coast  a  busy 
appearance.  With  the  establishment  of  extensive  dry  docks  and  shipbuilding  plant 
at  Prince  Rupert  calls  of  large  and  small  vessels  for  repairs  are  becoming  numerous. 

Before  the  building  of  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific,  especially  during  the  gold  boom 
days,  river  steamboats  plied  the  Skeena  .from  Port  Eseington  to  Hazelton.  Others 
operated  on  the  ujjper  Fraser,  Xechako  and  Stuart  rivers.  Their  services  are  now 
practically  discontinued  except  on  the  Fraser  between  South  Fort  George  and  Soda 
Creek. 

On  the  Peace  river  steamboats  with  headquarters,  at  the  town  of  Peace  River 
operate  up  stream  as  far  as  the  Roicky  Mountain  canyon.  The  principal  ports  of  call 
inside  the  British  Columbia  line  are  Pouce  Coupe  landing,  Fort  St.  John  and  Hudson 
Hope.  The  commodious  and  modern  steamer  D.  A.  Thomas  is  operated  on  this  route 
by  the  Peace  River  Development  Company,  Limited.  A  smaller  boat,  the  Pine  Pass, 
and  several  gasolene  boats  also  follow  this  run. 

Above  the  canyon  there  is  a  triangular  run,  consisting  of  the  upper  part  of  Peace 
river  and  the  lower  parts  of  its  affluents,  the  Finlay  and  Parsnip.  No  regular  service 
is  yet  maintained  on  these  waters,  though  a  few  small  motor  boats  and  numerous 
canoes  are  to  be  seen.  The  Finlay  river  could  now  be  navigated  by  small  steamers 
-as  far  as  Fort  Graham  and  the  mouth  of  the  Ingenika,  while  the  Parsnip  offers  a 
stretch  to  the  mouth  of  the  Misinchica,  with  possibly  entrance  to  McLeod  lake  at  high 
stages  of  the  water. 

Throughout  the  district  there  are  to  be  found  many  networks  of  lakes  and 
connecting  rivers,  which  offer  means  of  travel  by  water  in  every  direction.  The  many 
lakes  also  offer  excellent  fields  for  boating  both  for  pleasure  and  convenience.  As 
settlement  spreads  around  these  bodies  of  water  small  service  boats  are  soon  placed 
on  them;  these  serve  a  useful  purpose,  especially  in  the  early  days  of  development, 
when  roads  are  few  and  poor. 

As  to  roads  and  trails,  Central  British  Columbia  is  singularly  fortunate.  In 
opening  up  now  as  a  new  country  it  finds  itself  in  possession  of  many  excellent  high- 
ways provided  by  or  for  the  use  of  the  mining  population  of  old  days.     Most  worthy 


56  Central   British    Columbia 

of  mention  among  these  is  the  world  famous  "  Cariboo  road,"  built  by  the  Koyal 
Engineers  with  the  assistance  of  the  miners  themselves  under  the  direction  of  Governor 
Douglas  during  the  early  sixties.  This  excellent  highway  is  the  main  artery  of 
commerce  for  the  interior.  Commencing  at  Ashcroft,  a  town  on  the  Canadian  Pacific 
railway  in  the  Thompson  valley,  now  also  served  by  the  Canadian  National  railway, 
it  runs  northerly  220  miles  to  Quesnel  and  thence  easterly  an  additional  60  miles  to 
Barkerville,  the  centre  of  the  Cariboo  gold-fields.  Climbing  from  an  altitude  of 
1,000  feet  at  Ashcroft  it  reaches  Clinton  by  way  of  the  picturesque  Bonaparte  valley. 
The  distance  is  about  34  miles  and  the  grade  very  steep. 

From  Clinton  the  road,  now  closely  paralleled  by  the  P.  G.  E.  railroad  grade, 
climbs  onto  the  high  plateaus  of  the  interior  and  runs  by  way  of  Lac  la  Hache  and 
l.')0-Mile  House  to  the  east  bank  of  the  Eraser  at  Soda  Creek.  It  closely  follows 
this  bank  through  Macalister,  Alexandria  and  Kersley  to  Quesnel. 

This  road  is  still  in  a  remarkable  state  of  preservation  and  is  subjected  to  heavy 
traffic.  The  completion  of  the  Pacific  Great  Eastern  railway  will  witness  the  passing 
of  the  long  through  stage  service  but  it  will  always  remain  a  main  trunk  road  of  this 
part  of  the  Eraser  valley.  Auto  stages  make  regular  trips  between  Ashcroft  and 
Quesnel,  covering  the  220  miles  as  a  rule  in  one  day.  They  also  run  betweem  Quesnel 
and  Barkerville.     This  section  is  good  but  has  very  heavy  grades. 

Erom  this  main  trunk  highway  roads  and  trails  branch  off  east  and  west  to  serve 
Horsefly,  Quesnel  lake,  Chilcotin  and  Blackwater  districts.  A  trail  from  the  Barker- 
ville district  leads  easterly  to  the  valley  of  the  south  fork  of  the  Eraser  and  meets  the 
Grand  Trunk  Pacific  railway  at  Rooney,  while  one  from  the  Chilcotin  crosses  to  the 
Bella  Coola  valley  and  follows  it  to  the  end  of  a  road  leading  to  the  coast. 

A  wagon  road  with  stage  service  operating  on  it  runs  from  Vanderhoof  to  Eort 
St.  James,  and  trails  lead  from  that  point  to  Manson  Creek  and  Eort  McLeod. 
Another  good  wagon  road  with  stage  service  runs  from  Burns  lake  south  to  Erancois 
and  Ootsa  lakes. 

Along  the  old  Ashcroft-Yukon  telegraph  line  a  road  follows  from  Quesnel  to  Eort 
Eraser,  with  a  branch  leaving  at  the  Blackwater  crossing  to  run  into  Prince  George. 
From  Fort  Eraser  the  road  traverses  the  Endako  and  B'ulkley  valleys  to  Hazelton  and 
for  some  45  miles  up  the  Skeeoia  river  above  this  point. 

A  road,  now  in  rough  condition,  leads  from  Giscome,  on  the  Eraser  river,  some  7 
miles  across  the  "Giscome  portage"  to  Summit  lake.  A  road  leading  north  from 
Prince  George  joined  this  road  about  half  a  mile  north  of  the  Eraser  river,  but  now  a 
short-cut  has  been  built,  giving  a  direct  line  from  Prince  George  to  Summit  lake  and 
cutting  out  the  old  road.     A  great  amount  of  traffic  follows  this  route. 

The  Cariboo,  Upper  Eraser,  Nechako  and  Bulkley  districts  have  a  fair  asset  of 
reads  and  trails  for  a  new  district  and  they  are  being  added  to  and  improved  from 
year  to  year.  The  Terrace  district  has  good  local  roads,  also  the  lower  parts  of  many 
coast  valleys. 

Better  transportation  farilitios  arc  rcciuired  for  the  Xaas  district.  A  trunk 
road,  giving  an  outh-t  from  the  Bulkley  and  Kispiox  valleys  and  following  down  the 
Skf-enn  vallr-y  to  sf-rvo  thi?  territory  locally  and  connect  with  Prince  Rupert,  would 
al.-io  be  a  great  advantage.  The  road  from  Quesnel  to  Prince  George  requires 
improvement 


Transportation    and    Communication  57 

For  so  large  a  district  with  such  scanty  population  the  roads  compare  favourably 
with  any  district  so  situated,  and  the  Highways  Department  of  the  province  is  keeping 
pace  with  the  growth  of  tlie  country  in  meeting  the  request  for  more  and  better  roads. 
It  is  not  a  difficult  country  in  which  to  build  trails  or  roads  and  excellent  transpor- 
tation facilities  will  be  a  feature  of  the  development. 

The  railways,  steamboats  and  stages  operating  in  this  district  all  carry  mail,  which 
is  further  distributed  by  numerous  regular  carriers.  Except  in  the  most  outlying 
settlements  mail  service  is  reasonably  frequent  and  quite  reliable.  The  number  of 
post  offices  in  Central  British  Columbia  is  being  constantly  added  to.  The  gross 
postal  revenue  for  the  year  ending  March  31,  1918,  amounted  to  $22,817.42  at  Princo 
Eupert  and  $4,462.61  at  Prince  George. 

The  district  is  singularly  fortunate  in  being  provided  with  a  number  of  telegraph 
lines.  During  the  years  1878  to  1887  the  Dominion  Government  constructed  a  lino, 
for  the  benefit  of  the  Cariiboo  mining  district,  from  Ashcroft  to  Quesnel  and  thence  to 
Barkerville,  It  is  276  miles  in  length  and  follows  the  Carbioo  road.  It  is  now 
adapted  to  both  telegraph  and  telephone  uses.  At  Ashcroft  connection  with  the 
Canadian  Pacific  telegraph  lines  gives  service  to  all  outside  points.  A  branch  line, 
added  in  1902,  from  150-Mile  House  to  Quesnel  Forks,  gives  service  to  Harper's  Camp 
and  the  Quesnel  Lake  district.  It  is  89  miles  in  length.  These  lines  are  used  locally 
to  a  great  extent. 

When  the  rush  to  the  Klondike  gold-fields  took  place  the  need  of  telegraphic 
connection  with  new  centres  then  springing  up  became  urgent.  Commencing  in  1899, 
the  Dominion  Government  constructed  the  famous  Ashcroft-Dawson  line,  which  now 
reaches  to  the  Yukon-Alaska  boundary  line  at  Eagle — a  total  distance  of  1,777  miles. 
It  follows  the  Cariboo  road  as  far  north  as  Quesnel,  then  cuts  across  to  Fort  Eraser, 
and  traverses  the  Endako  and  Bulkley  valleys  to  Hazelton.  Thence  runs  north, 
traversing  the  Kispiox  valley  and  following  the  divide  at  the  head  of  ISTaas  river  to 
cross  the  Stikine  at  Telegraph  Creek,  beyond  which  it  reaches  AtHn,  "Whitehorse  and 
Dawson. 

From  Hazelton  a  line  was  built  down  the  Skeena  valley  during  the  years  1901-07 
to  Prince  Rupert,  Fssington  and  Port  Simpson.  It  is  218  miles  in  length,  with  some 
twenty-two  offices.  A  number  of  local  telephone  lines  also  radiate  from  the  Hazelton 
office. 

From  Terrace,  on  the  Hazelton-Prince  Rupert  section,  another  branch  of  174 
miles  was  constructed  in  1910-11  to  Anyox  and  Stewart.  It  follows  up  the  Kitsum- 
gallum  valley,  crosses  the  ISTaas  river  at  Upper  Naas,  and  swings  around  the  head  of 
Alice  Arm.     There  are  eight  offices  on  this  section. 

In  1912  a  branch  line  was  built  from  150-Mile  House  on  the  Ashcroft-Quesnel 
line  westerly  through  the  Chilootin  district,  across  the  Coast  range  of  mountains  and 
down  Bella  Coola  valley  to  the  coast.  The  length  of  this  branch  is  329  miles,  with 
twenty-eight  offices.  It  touches  Chimney  Creek,  Riske  Creek,  Hanceville,  Alexis 
Creek,  Redstone,  Chilanko  Forks,  Tatla  Lake,  and  other  points.  Telephones  only 
are  now  used  on  this  section. 

Still  another  Dominion  Government  line  serves  the  Peace  River  district  east  of 
the  Rockies.     It  is  some  700  miles  in  length,  running  from  Edmonton  to  Peace  River 


Oat  field  on  ranch  at  Frangois  lake,  Briiish  Columbu 


Historic   Town   of   Huzolton,   fcntre   of   Ihu    <>niineca  mining   activity. 


Educaiion  and  Social  Life  '  59 

and  serving  in  British  Columbia  cuoh  points  as  Swan  Lake,  Pouce  Coupe,  Fort  St. 
John,  Halfway  River  and  Hudson  Hope. 

On  the  eoai?t  there  are  several  wireless  stations,  giving  direct  connection  with 
each  other,  bhips  at  sea,  and  the  principal  wireless  stations  of  the  more  thickly 
settled  southerly  parts.  Many  large  industrial  plants  have  wireless  systems  of  their 
own. 

There  is  no  reason  to  doubt  that  the  e.xtension  of  these  facilities  will  keep  pace 
with  the  development  of  the  country.  Prince  Eupert  and  Prince  George  now  have 
telephone  systems  of  their  own.  A  telephone  line  from  Prince  George  to  Blackwater 
gives  connection  with  the  Ashcrc-ft-Dawson  line.  Additional  to  these  lines  are  the 
wires  of  railway?,  which  give  a  commercial  service  from  all  stations.  The  extension 
of  the  mail  service  to  include  rural  free  delivery  in  agricultural  settlements  and  the 
establitliment  of  rural  tehphone  lines  is  only  a  matter  cf  time. 


EDUCATION  AND  SOCIAL  LIFE 

Edueational  facilities  throughout  Central  British  Columbia  are  essentially  the 
same  as  exist  over  the  entire  province,  excepting  that  possibly  the  handicap  caused 
by  the  isolation  of  families  in  remote  corners  is  felt  to  a  greater  degree.  Education 
in  Canada  is  administered  by  the  Provincial  Governments  independently  of  each 
other.  The  departments  of  these  various  Governments  dealing  with  this  important 
matter  strive  to  keep  abreast  of  or  outdo  each  other,  with  the  result  that  most  pro- 
gressive and  thorough  educational  policies  are  being  carried  out. 

The  education  of  all  children  in  public  schools  erected  and  maintained  by  the 
.Education  Department  is  both  free  and  compulsory.  In  the  larger  centres  high 
schools  are  maintained  in  like  manner.  Attendance  on  the  part  of  the  children  at 
these  institutions  is  also  free. 

The  great  areas  with  scanty  population  in  Central  British  Columbia  make  the 
duty  of  providing  for  the  education  C'f  the  children  a  most  serious  matter.  In  its 
endeavour  to  place  within  the  reach  of  every  child  the  opportunity  of  acquiring  an 
elementary  education  the  Government  has  gone  so  far  as  to  provide  for  the  erection 
/of  a  S'choc'l  house  and  the  supplying  of  a  teacher  where  a  minimum  number  of  ten 
children  are  found  in  any  locality.  An  average  attendance  of  eight  was  required  to 
keep  such  schools  open.  As  may  be  readily  imagined  in  such  outlying  localities, 
some  of  these  children  would  have  long  distances  to  go  to  and  from  school.  Roads  in 
such  localities  are  not  of  the  best,  and  when  inclement  weather  occurred  it  was  diffi- 
cult for  such  children  to  maintain  a  regular  attendance.  The  average,  therefore,  has 
been  reduced  from  eight  to  six,  in  order  to  permit  the  cc'iitinuance  of  some  schools 
which  would  otherwise  be  forced  to  close  down.  It  has  often  been  suggested  that 
the  minimum  might  be  made  still  lower. 

Another  suggestion  that  is  being  considered  by  the  Department  of  Education  is 
the  establishment  of  central  resident  schools  thrC'Ughout  the  rural  districts.  With 
the  improvement  of  roads  it  might  often  be  found  advantageous  to  establish  con- 
solidated schools,  embracing  several  small  districts  and  providing  for  the  transporta- 
tion of  children  by  stage  or  motor-car. 


60 


Central   British    Columhia 


The  department  is  most  anxious  that  every  boy  and  girl  growing  up  in  any  part 
of  the  province  should  be  provided  with  a  free  preliminary  education.  The  difficul- 
ties of  carrying  this  out  in  remote  and  sparsely  settled  sections  are  only  too  obvious. 
Not  only  would  the  expense  entailed  be  out  of  all  proportion  to  the  results  obtained, 
but  it  would  be  impossible  to  secure  the  services  of  teachers  willing  to  isolate  them- 
selves in  such  parts.  Hunters,  trappers,  prospectors  and  other  men  who  follow 
similar  occupations  rarely,  if  ever,  take  their  families,  if  they  have  any,  into  the 
isolated  districts.  Hence  their  self-banishment  concerns  themselves  only.  The 
settler,  however,  who  takes  with  him  a  young  family  into  a  new  district  of  Central 
British  Columbia  carries  with  him  the  responsibility  of  his  children's  education.  It 
should,  therefore,  be  his  aim  to  guard  against  locating  in  any  isolated  part  where 
he  is  likely  to  be  cut  off  for  many  years  from  the  advantages  of  the  school. 

By  keeping  closer  to  the  older  settled  parts,  or  by  entering  those  districts  which 
are  being  opened  up  and  settled  in  a  pronounced  manner,  he  is  sure  of  finding  the 
educational  advantages  keeping  pace  with  other  development.  Should  the  locality  in 
which  he  desires  to  locate  be  a  remote  one  it  would  be  to  his  ultimate  advantage,  and 
the  immediate  advantage  of  his  children,  if  other  families  having  children  of  school 
age  could  accompany  him,  in  order  that  the  minimum  number  of  ten  children  might 
be  found  in  the  locality.  With  the  rapid  settlement  of  large  areas  of  Central  British 
Columbia's  fertile  lands  and  the  springing  up  of  numerous  towns,  the  disadvantage 
due  to  lack  of  means  of  education  will  rapidly  disappear.  The  gathering  together 
of  large  numbers  of  families  in  the  lumbering,  mining  and  fishing  centres  also 
makes  the  providing  of  schools  for  their  children  an  easy  matter. 

There  are  two  municipal  school  districts  in  Central  British  Columbia,  namely, 
the  cities  of  Prince  Rupert  and  Prince  George.  At  Prince  Rupert  there  are  graded 
schools  of  seventeen  divisions,  and  at  Prince  George  of  six  divisions.  At  Prince 
Rupert  there  is  a  high  school  of  three  divisions.  Prince  George  has  also  high  school 
advantages.  In  addition  to  these  city  schools,  there  are  public  schools  at  nearly 
one  hundred  centres  scattered  throughout  Central  British  Columbia. 

On  the  coast  schools  elsewhere  than  at  Prince  Rupert  are  to  be  found  at  Alice 
Arm,  Granby  Bay,  Granby  Bay  Mine,  Stewart,  Bella  Coola,  Bella  Coola  Lower,  Cedar- 
vale,  Copper  City,  Essington,  Phelan,  Kitsumgallum,  Mctlakatla,  MacKenzie,  Noos- 
atsum,  Ocean  Falls,  Osland,  Pacific,  Port  Clements,  Sandspit,  Simpson,  Sunnyside 
Cannery,  Surf  Inlet,  Surf  Inlet  Mine,  Swanson  Bay,  and  Usk. 

In  the  interior  districts  adjacent  to  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  railway,  and  the 
Peace  River  District,  the  following  settlements,  in  addition  to  Prince  George,  have 
schools:  Beaverley,  Blue  River,  Braeside,  Chief  Lake,  iChilco,  Collishaw,  Dawson 
Creek,  Dome  Creek,  Dunster,  Ellesby,  Engen,  Fort  Eraser,  Fort  George,  Fort  George 
South,  Giscome,  Hartley,  Ilutton,  Lake  District,  Landry,  Lee,  Loos,  Lucerne,  Maps, 
Mud  River,  McBride,  Nechako,  Pouce  Coupe,  Pouce  Coupe  Central,  Pouce  Coupe 
North,  Rose  Valley,  Saskatoon  Creek,  Stuart  River,  Swift  Creek,  Vanderhoof,  "Willow 
River,  Bulkley  North,  Bulkley  South,  Burns  Lake,  Endako,  Francois  Lake,  FranQoie 
.Lake  South,  Hazolton,  New  Hazelton,  Houston,  Alexander  Manson,  Nithi  River, 
Oofsa  Lake,  Round  Lake,  Smithers  and  Telkwa. 

The  Cariboo  district  has  schools  at  Alexandria,  Barkerville,  Beaver  Lake,  Castle 
Rock,  Chilcotin,  Chimney  Creek,  Dragon  Lake,  Glencoe,  Harper's  Camp,  Hilborn, 


Education  and  Social  Life  61 

Meldrum   Creek,   Macalister,   Quesiiel,    Rose   Lake,    Sister's   Creek,    Soda    Creek,   and 
Williams  Lake. 

The  teaching  etati"  of  Central  British  Columbia  numbers  about  liO.  Of  these 
about  twenty-four  hold  academic  qualificatione.  There  are  about  the  same  number 
holding  firet-class  teachers'  certificates,  forty-five  holding  second-class  certificates, 
twenty  holding  third-clase,  with  twenty-five  or  thirty  temporary  and  special  teachers. 
Male  teachers  constitute  about  one-third  of  the  total. 

Throughout  the  province  the  average  salary  paid  teachers  in  the  year  191G-17  was 
$1,002.96.  Male  teachers  received  average  salaries  according  to  certificate  as  follows : 
Academic,  $1,587.60;  first-claes,  $1,454.28;  second-elass,  $1,175.70;  third-class,  $957. 
Female  teachers  received  average  salaries  according  to  qualifications  of:  Academic, 
$1,075.92;  first-cla&s,  $936.60;  second-class,  $856.56;  third-class,  $827.52. 

The  ^buildings  erected  for  school  purposes  are  substantial  and  modern,  and  as 
nearly  as  possible  designed  to  meet  the  requirements  of  each  individual  section.  They 
are  well  heated  and  lighted  and  provided  as  far  as  possible  in  all  cases  with  the  most 
complete  sanitary  arrangements.  The  furniture  and  equipment  is  of  the  best  and  the 
children  are  supplied  with  free  text  books.  The  qualifications  of  the  teaclars  are  of  a 
uniformly  high  standard. 

The  local  control  of  the  school  and  the  engagement  of  teachers  rests  in  the  hands 
of  a  board  of  trustees  appointed  by  the  ratepayers  of  the  district.  The  administration 
of  the  educational  affairs  of  the  province  at  large,  however,  rests  with  the  Department 
of  Education,  presided  over  by  a  Minister  of  the  Cabinet.  The  standard  of  qualifica- 
tions for  teachers,  the  receiving  and  voting  of  money  for  educational  purposes,  the 
opening  and  maintaining  of  schools,  the  authorization  of  text  books,  the  laying  out  of 
school  curriculum,  and  the  fixing  of  examinations  are  controlled  by  the  department, 
assisted  by  a  staff  of  inspectors.  Schools  are  visited  by  these  inspectors  at  least  once 
or  twice  a  year,  sometimes  oftener.  The  schools  attended  by  the  children  of  Central 
British  Columbia  and  the  progress  accomplished  along  educational  lines  are  said  to 
compare  favourably  with  those  of  any  of  the  older  settled  parts  or  largest  cities  of 
the  Dominion. 

The  social  advantag'es  of  Central  British  Columbia  are  on  a  par  with  those 
of  any  parts  of  the  country  classed  as  "  new,"  or  "  frontier."  True,  the  settlement  is 
sparse  and  scattered  and  includes  people  of  many  nationalities.  Yet  it  is  singularly 
peaceful  and  law-abiding.  The  prompt  and  determined  action  of  Governor  Douglas,  in 
despatching  troops  to  prevent  threatened  lawlessness  and  violence  during  the  early 
mining  days  in  the  Cariboo,  left  a  salutary  effect  that  is  not  forgotten.  The  arm  of 
the  law  is  long  and  British  justice  fair,  but  unfailing.  There  is  no  room  in  this 
district  for  "  outlaws,"  even  though  it  is  wild  and  lonely  by  nature.  Deeds  of  violence 
are  not  tolerated.  Criminals  of  this  class  have  found  to  their  astonishment  that  the 
world  is  small  and  the  apparent  impregnable  hiding  grounds  of  these  regions  are  an 
open  book  to  the  handful  of  unflinching  police  who  patrol  their  dei>ths.  The  inability 
of  desperadoes  to  perpetrate  a  crime  and  "  get  away  "  with  it  in  the  interior  of  Canada's 
lone  lands  is  now  well  known  and  few  are  foolish  enough  to  attempt  it.  The  unlocked 
doors  and  unguarded  herds  are  seen  on  every  hand.  This  feature  is  most  marked 
and  pleasing. 


62  Central    BrUish    Columbia 

The  wholesome  respect  manifest  throughout  the  length  and  breadth  of  this  vast 
land  for  the  laws  of  the  country  is  most  encouraging.  The  new-comer  has  the 
aesurance  that  his  life  and  property  are  as  safe  from  acts  of  violence  perpetrated 
through  lawlessness  as  if  he  were  in  any  more  densely  settled  section.  This  applies 
not  only  to  the  rural  or  isolated  parts,  but  to  the  mining  centres,  lumbering  camps 
and  towns. 

There  ie  another  praiseworthy  feature  in  connection  with  the  laws  of  these  lands 
that  might  be  n:eutioned,  and  that  is  the  straightforward  attitude  of  the  Federal  and 
Provincial  Governments  in  their  dealings  with  new-comers.  Regulations  by  which 
persons  may  acquire  lands  and  timber,  fishing  and  mining  rights,  hunting  and  trap- 
ping privileges  or  generally  become  posseseed  of  or  permitted  to  enjoy  the  resources, 
the  property  of  the  state,  are  formulated  and  made  public.  Printed  copies  of  these 
regulations  are  always  to  be  had  upon  application  to  Government  agents.  Persons 
acquiring  rights  under  the  tei-ms  of  any  such  regulations  will  find  that  upon  fulfilment 
of  the  terms  stipulated  therein  the  government  will  complete  their  contract  with 
despatch  and  furnish  the  coveted  documents  of  possession.  Xo  quibble  or  technicality 
that  might  defeat  the  accomplishment  of  their  efforts  are  permitted  to  be  entertained. 
As  long  as  a  bonda  fide  applicant  has  fulfilled  the  terms  laid  down  he  gets  his  reward 
without  question. 

The  transportation  facilities  of  all  but  the  more  remote  parts  permit  of  travel  to 
and  fro  under  modern  conditions.  Mail,  express  and  freight  are  also  carried  with 
despatch.  Telegraph  lines  are  found  cross-cutting  the  interior  and  giving  service  at 
nearly  every  small  center.     A  number  of  wireless  stations  are  located  along  the  coast. 

Newspapers  are  published  in  several  of  the  larger  towns.  Libraries  and  reading 
rooms  are  found  in  the  cities  and  in  several  towns,  while  the  Provincial  Government 
has  a  system  of  libraries  by  which  the  rural  districts  are  furnished  free  with  good 
literature. 

Churches  and  hospitals  are  found  in  nearly  all  urban  centres,  the  smaller  towns 
all  have  some  accommodation  for  the  holding  of  religious  meetings,  and  nearly  all 
have  cottage  hospitals.  Clubs,  societies,  and  patriotic  and  athletic  associations  are 
widely  found.     Agricultural  societies  hold  annual  fairs  in  s:everal  localities. 

The  ever-increasing  tourist  and  holiday  traffic  keeps  up  a  continued  activity. 
The  opening  up  and  development  of  various  agricultural  districts,  lumbering  areas 
and  new  mines,  and  the  springing  up  of  new  towns,  creates  and  fosters  a  keen  and 
]\v,-]v  uit.-r.-T  -T,  :r,.-  ,r.f>ial  welfare  of  the  entire  central  belt. 


THE  FORT  GEORGE  DISTRICT 

The  Fort  George  Land  Recording  Division  embraces  a  vast  area  lying  on  the 
western  slope  of  the  main  Rocky  Mountain  range.  Its  eastern  boundary  is  the  summit 
of  this  range,  on  whir-h  are  found  such  distinctive  landmarks  as  Yellowhead  pass. 
Pine  pass  and  Mt.  Selwyn.  Westerly  it  includes  the  valley  of  the  Fraser  to  its 
eonfluence  with  the  Nwhako  at  Prince  George  and  the  lower  part  of  the  Nechako 
valley  to  a  point  aU'ut  midway  between  Prince  George  and  Fraser  lake.  It  extends 
northerly  and  westerly  to  include  the  territory  drained  by  the  Parsnip,  Finlay  and 
Omineca  rivers.     To  the  south  lies  the  famou?  Cariboo  district.     The  upper  part  of 


The  Fort   Georye  District  63 

Canoe  river  basin  is  included  in  the  Fort  George  division  but  the  main  Columbia 
valley,  into  which  it  drains,  is  excluded.  The  Tliompson-Fraser  divide  also  forms  part 
of  the  southern  boundary.  The  main  Fraser  valley  below  the  confluence  of  the 
Xechako  is  included  as  far  a^  Fort  George  canyon. 

From  west  to  east  the  principal  sections  of  the  southerly  part  of  this  division  are: 
the  lower  Nechako  and  Chilako  valleys,  the  Prince  Goorg'e-IIansard  lake  district,  the 
Salmon  riTor  country,  the  South  Fort  George  district,  the  South  Fork  of  the  Fraser 
river  and  the  Canoe  river  valley. 

The  city  of  Prince  George,  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  divisional  point,  located  on 
the  flats  immediately  south  and  west  of  the  confluence  of  the  Fraser  and  Nechako 
rivers,  is  the  principal  business  and  administrative  centre  of  Central  British  Colum- 
bia. About  a  mile  and  a  half  to  the  south,  on  the  right  limit  of  the  main  Fraser 
river,  is  located  the  town  of  South  Fort  George,  and  it  is  here  that  the  Government 
Land  Eecording  Office  for  the  Fort  George  division  is  located.  On  a  high,  level, 
gravelly  bench  on  the  right  limit  of  the  Nechako  river  and  just  west  of  Prince  George 
is  the  townsite  of  Fort  George.  There  has  been  much  rivalry  and  some  litigation  as  to 
which  of  these  locations  should  become  the  main  centre,  but  the  business  houses 
have  settled  down  to  make  Prince  George  the  choice,  with  a  possibility  of  residence 
-ections  spreading  out  to  the  other  locations  as  the  city  grows.  The  location  of  the 
Pacific  Great  Eastern  railway  also  passes  through  this  city,  and  it  promises  to 
become  an  important  shipping  and  distributing  point. 

Prince  George  was  incorporated  as  a  city  in  1915.  Its  electric  light  and  water 
systems  are  municipally  owned.  Several  miles  of  streets  have  been  graded  and 
sidewalks  built.  The  educational  facilities  are  excellent,  consisting  of  public  and 
high  schools  of  high  standard.  There  are  also  three  churches  with  resident  ministers. 
Two  of  the  leading  chartered  banks  of  Canada  have  established  branches  and  all 
mercantile  lines  are  well  represented.  The  hotel  accommodation  is  particularly  good 
for  a  new  country. 

Prince  George  has  a  very  central  and  strategic  location  with  respect  to  the  new 
areas  of  this  part  of  Canada  now  about  to  be  exploited.  The  Grand  Trunk  Pacific 
railway  gives  it  a  western  outlet  to  Prince  Kupert  and  an  eastern  one  to  Edmonton. 
It  is  hoped  that  the  Pacific  Great  Eastern  and  Edmonton,  Dunvegan  and  British 
Columbia  railways  will  eventually  be  completed  and  give  it  direct  connection  to  the 
south  with  Vancouver  and  to  the  north  with  the  town  of  Peace  River.  Prince  George 
occupies  a  hub  position  with  these  four  important  centres  radiating  to  the  cardinal 
points  of  the  compass  at  almost  equal  distances  of  from  400  to  500  miles  each.  Its 
waterways  also  afford  alternative  routes  over  correspondingly  large  areas.  One  of  the 
most  used  of  these  waterways  is  that  travelled  by  the  trappers  and  prospectors  of 
Finlay.  It  leads  from  the  city  north  over  Giscome  portage  to  Summit  lake  and  thence 
by  way  of  Fort  McLeod  and  the  Parsnip  river  to  Finlay  and  Peace  rivers. 

The  lower  part  of  the  Nechako  and  Chilako  valleys  forms  part  of  the  great  interior 
plateau  of  rich  agricultural  lands  lying  along  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  railway.  They 
extend  in  a  wide  ibelt  from  Fraser  lake  to  Prince  George,  the  greater  area  lying  north 
of  the  Nechako  river.  Most  of  this  district  has  been  surveyed  and  a  fair  part  of  it 
already  taken  up.  There  are  many  pre-emptions  open,  also  considerable  land  for  sale. 
The  country  generally  is  level  to  rolling,  well  watered  with  numerous  small  lakes  and 
creeks,  well  drained,  open  or  lightly  wooded  and  v^iila  a  large  percentage  of  its  soil  very 
rich. 


64 


Central    British    Columbia 


Wagon  roads  on  the  south  side  of  the  river  run  from  Prince  George  to  Vanderhoof 
and  from  Prince  George  for  a  few  miles  up  the  Chilako  valley.  On  the  north 
side  of  the  river  there  is  a  road  from  Prince  George  to  Chief  lake,  crossing  the 
Xechako  on  a  substantial  bridge  opposite  old  Fort  George.  Chief,  ISTukko  and  Swamp 
lakes  lie  about  15  miles  to  the  northwest  of  Prince  George  and  in  this  vicinity  there 
is  a  good  settlement  with  a  school  and  a  post  otfice.  The  stations  on  the  railway  from 
Prince  George  west  are  Otway,  Miworth,  Chilako,  Bednesti,  ISTichol,  Isle  Pierre, 
Hutchison,  Wedgewood  and  Stuart,  the  latter  just  west  of  the  mouth  of  Stuart  river. 
3fcMillan  creek  enters  the  Nechako  on  its  north  limit  opposite  the  west  end  of  Prince 
George.  The  route  of  the  Pacific  Great  Eastern  railway  follows  up  its  valley,  also  the 
Prince  George-Summit  lake  wagon  road.  There  are  no  meadow  lands  in  this  section. 
The  lower  valley  is  heavily  wooded  but  the  upper  part  has  been  burned  off  and  much 
is  now  under  cultivation. 

Xortheast  of  Prince  George,  and  north  and  east  of  Shelley  station  as  far  as 
Willow  River,  there  is  considerable  bench  land  from  300  to  500  feet  above  the  Fraser 
river  and  on  its  left  limit.  The  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  railway  follows  the  river  in  this 
section,  and  there  is  also  a  wagon  road  which  runs  east  from  Prince  George  to  6-Mile 
lake,  thence  northeasterly  to  Tsadestsa  creek  and  north  to  Willow  River.  In  these 
sections  there  is  considerable  good  land  open  for  settlement.  East  of  Prince  George, 
however,  the  woods  become  heavier  and  the  cost  of  clearing  land  increases.  Willow 
River  has  a  school,  post  office  and  stores.  A  few  miles  south  is  an  outcrop  of  rock 
where  several  mining  claims  have  been  staked. 

East  of  Willow  River  the  railway  follows  a  lake  depression  for  some  25  miles 
up  the  centre  of  the  valley  till  it  meets  the  river  again  at  Hansard  where  it  crosses 
to  its  north  shore.  In  this  depression  are  Eaglet,  Aleza,  Hansard  and  other  small 
lakes.  The  valley  here  is  wide,  the  Fraser  river  following  the  northerly  bank  till  it 
sweeps  southerly  in  a  big  curve  to  Willow  River.  A  short  distance  below  Hansard 
the  McGregor  or  North  Fork  of  the  Fraser  joins,  while  from  a  point  in  the  bend  a 
few  miles  north  of  Willow  River  a  wagon  road  some  7  or  8  miles  in  length  leads  over 
Giscome  portage  to  Summit  lake.  Bear  river  enters  the  Fraser  from  the  south  nearly 
opposite  McGregor.  The  Fraser  river  for  some  distance  east  and  west  of  Hansard 
lake  is  an  alluvial  flood  plain,  with  deposits  of  alluvium  hundreds  of  feet  in  depth 
extending  over  a  width  of  several  miles. 

There  is  considerable  surveyed  land  available  for  settlement  between  Prince 
George  and  Hansard  lake.  The  surface  consists  mainly  of  willow  swamps,  open 
meadows  and  lightly  timbered  swamps  with  belts  of  willows,  poplars  and  cottonwoods 
bordering  on  the  river.  The  soil  is  uniformly  good.  Some  areas  are  wet  and  will 
require  drainage,  while  others  have  heavier  woods  requiring  expensive  clearing. 
There  are  several  sawmills  in  this  section,  located  at  Prince  George,  Willow  River, 
Giscome,  on  the  west  end  of  Eaglet  lake,  Newlands,  Aleza  lake  and  Hansard  lake. 

South  of  Prince  George  the  land  on  both  sides  of  the  river  has  been  surveyed  as 
far  as  Fort  George  canyon,  the  southerly  limit  of  the  Fort  George  division.  The 
Pa''ific  Great  Eastern  railway  grade  follows  the  east  bank  of  the  river.  On  the  west 
side  a  wagon  road  leads  south  to  Blackwater,  on  Blackwater  river,  by  way  of 
Nad-silnich  lake,  which  lies  between  the  Fraser  and  Chilako  rivers.  As  a  rule  this  is  a 
rolling  country,  having  low-lying  hills  usually  running  in  a  north  and  south  direction, 
wit^i  Irvfl  benches  on  depressions  between.    The  soil  on  these  is  uniformly  good  while 


llie  Fort    George  District  65 

on  the  ridges  it  varies  from  good  to  sandy  and  gravelly.  Much  of  this  district  has 
been  heavily  wooded,  though  fires  have  burnt  over  large  areas.  Light  woods  cover 
almost  the  entire  area.  Clearing  will  cost  $15  to  $75  per  acre  in  these  light  woods 
and  up  to  $150  per  acre  in  the  heavily  wooded  areas.  Conditions  indicate  that  when 
cleared  it  will  make  a  good  mixed  farming  section. 

The  Salmon  river  rises  in  the  district  northeast  of  Fort  St.  James  and  runs  in 
a  southeasterly  direction  to  join  the  Fraser  at  a  point  nearly  opposite  Willow  River. 
It  drains  a  large,  rolling  tract  of  fairly  good  bench  lands,  averaging  from  100  to  150 
feet  above  its  valley  proper.  Much  of  this  area  has  been  burned  over  and  is  now 
quite  open.  The  soil  is  a  rich,  brown  clay  loam  in  the  lower  valley,  sandy  nearer  the 
head  of  the  river,  gravelly  on  many  of  the  ridges  and  in  some  sections  rather  badly 
burned  by  forest  fires.  One  of  its  principal  tributaries  is  Wright  creek.  The  route 
of  the  Pacific  Great  Eastern  follows  the  Salmon  for  some  distance  above  the  mouth 
of  the  Wright  and  the  Prince  George-Summit  lake  road  crosses  it  immediately  below. 
The  valley  bottoms  are  fairly  heavily  wooded  and  the  benches,  where  not  burnt  over, 
more  lightly. 

The  South  Fork  of  the  Fraser  river  rises  in  the  Yellowhead  pass  in  the  Rocky 
mountains  and  flows  in  a  general  northwesterly  direction  to  the  junction  of  the  North 
Fork  or  McGregor  river  a  few  miles  below  Hansard.  The  river's  course  is  very 
winding,  making  its  length  nearly  double  that  of  the  valley  itself,  which  is  fairly 
straight,  narrow  and  bordered  by  high  hills  and  mountains.  The  Grand  Trunk  Pacific 
railway  follows  the  centre  of  the  valley  throughout,  while  the  Canadian  National 
railway  traverses  it  from  the  Yellowhead  pass  as  far  down  as  Tete  Jaune,  and  then 
swings  southerly  in  the  McLennan  river  valley.  The  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  railway 
mileage  from  the  Pass  to  Hansard  is  191  miles  and  to  Prince  George  237  miles.  Its 
elevation  at  Yellowhead  pass  is  3,716  feet  above  sea-level,  at  Tete  Jaune  2,402  feet, 
at  Hansard  2,005  feet  and  at  Prince  George  1,867  feet.  In  the  191  miles  above 
Hansard  the  river's  fall  is  thus  1,711  feet.  The  Grand  canyon  of  the  South  Fork  is 
found  about  two  stations  above  Hansard. 

This  part  of  Central  British  Columbia  gradually  merges  from  the  great  interior 
plateau  into  the  Rocky  mountain  district.  It  is  a  very  rich  lumbering  district,  the 
valley,  benches  and  lower  hillsides  being  heavily  wooded,  chiefly  with  spruce.  While 
not  so  large  as  the  coast  species,  these  trees  make  excellent  lumber,  which  finds  a  ready 
market  in  the  Prairie  Provinces  to  the  east.  Minerals  and  water-power  resources  are 
also  extensive. 

When  cleared  the  flats  and  bench  lands  as  far  up  as  Tete  Jaune  will  make 
excellent  farms,  the  soil  being  very  rich  and  the  climate  favourable.  Vegetation  in 
this  valley  is  very  luxuriant.  The  heavy  snowfall  and  lack  of  range  will  not  permit 
of  extensive  grazing  but  intensive  farming  should  prove  successful. 

The  principal  points  in  this  valley  are  McBride  and  Tete  Jaune.  Between 
Hansard  lake  and  McBride  there  is  much  good  timber,  and  also  farming  land  that 
will  be  very  valuable  when  cleared.  McBride  is  a  railroad  town  and  a  divisional  point 
on  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific.  It  has  a  school,  church,  post  office  and  substantial  array 
of  business  houses,  hotels  and  residences.  The  valley  here  is  about  four  or  five  miles 
wide  and  lightly  wooded.     The  soil  is  good,  though  some  of  it  is  swampy  and  will 

39736—5 


56  Central   British    Columbia 

require  draining.  A  considerable  settlement  has  taken  place  here  and  farming 
operations  are  proving  very  successful.  Excellent  results  are  obtained  in  the  growing 
of  small  fruits  and  garden  supplies. 

Tete  Jaune  is  located  at  the  junction  of  the  McLennan  river  with  the  South 
fork  of  the  Fraser.  The  merging  of  these  valleys  here  gives  a  wide  plain,  open 
or  lightly  wooded  and  somewhat  sandy  and  stony.  This  point  was  the  upstream  limit 
for  light  draught  steamers  which  plied  on  the  Fraser  before  the  completion  of  the 
Grand  Trunk  Pacific  railway.  It  is  less  than  50  miles  west  of  the  summit  of  the 
Rockies  and  may  be  considered  the  gateway  of  these  regions.  The  Canadian  National 
railway  here  swings  to  the  southwest,  follows  up  the  right  limit  of  McLennan  river 
to  Cranberry  lake  on  a  low  summit,  thence  crosses  the  head  of  Canoe  river  and  follows 
the  Thompson  river.  Mount  Robson  park,  an  area  of  approximately  409,000  acres, 
set  aside  by  the  British  Columbia  Government,  extends  from  a  few  miles  above  Tete 
Jaune  to  the  summit  of  the  Rockies  and  the  Alberta  boundary.  In  this  area  are 
found  lake  and  mountains  of  unparalleled  beauty  and  magniture,  including  the  highest 
of  all  Canadian  peaks.  Mount  Robson,  with  an  elevation  of  13,068  feet. 

The  upper  part  of  Canoe  river  valley  is  included  in  the  Fort  George  division. 
This  river  is  a  tributary  of  the  Columbia  and  joins  it  at  Boat  Encampment,  the  point 
where  the  Columbia  reaches  its  farthest  north  and  makes  its  remarkable  right-about 
turn.  There  are  some  good  bottom  lands  open  for  pre-emption  in  this  valley.  A  few 
settlers  are  located  here  and  have  successfully  grown  crops  for  several  years.  About 
Cranberry  lake  there  are  some  good  bench  lands  which  can  be  fairly  easily  cleared. 
The  elevation  here  is  2,590  feet  and  summer  frosts  sometimes  occur. 

In  the  Canoe  valley  are  found  the  Canoe  river  hotsprings,  situated  alongside  a 
small  lake  lying  at  the  foot  of  the  mountains  and  surrounded  by  large  cedar  trees. 
The  merits  of  these  springs  have  not  yet  been  determined,  but  it  is  believed  they  could 
be  exploited  to  considerable  advantage. 

North  of  the  Fraeer-Parenip  divide  and  west  of  the  Rocky  mountains  there  has 
as  yet  been  no  serious  attempt  made  to  farm  or  ranch  on  account  of  the  lack  of  trans- 
portation facilities.  However,  anticipating  such  advantages,  trappers,  miners  and 
others  have  proved  up  on  a  considerable  area  at  Finlay.  Here  the  Finlay  and  Parsnip 
rivers,  the  one  flowing  southeasterly,  the  other  northwesterly,  meet  almost  head  on, 
and,  uniting  to  form  the  Peace,  turn  easterly  and  follow  the  gorge  through  the 
Rockies.  At  the  point  of  their  confluence  there  occur  flats  and  bench  lands  of  excellent 
soil,  though  fairly  heavily  wooded.  Small  crops  have  been  raised  here  for  many 
years,  and  vc-getables,  hay  and  grain  have  been  found  to  grow  very  successfully. 

While  it  is  generally  supposed  that  the  upper  waters  of  the  Peace  are  derived  from 
purely  mountain  streams,  it  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  principal  affluents,  the 
Finlay  and  the  Parsnip,  are  themselves  large  rivers,  draining  a  vast  territory  in  the 
nature  of  a  trench  or  basin  about  300  miles  in  length  and  averaging  nearly  75  miles  in 
width.  Included  in  this  area  are  many  thousand  acres  of  exceedingly  fertile  lands, 
found  on  various  flats  and  benches  along  these  rivers  and  their  numerous  tributaries, 
in  big  bends  of  rivers  and  creeks,  and  around  the  shores  of  countless  lakes  The  soil, 
as  a  rule,  is  river  silt,  vegetable  mould,  or  sandy  clay  loam.  Many  of  these  tracts  are 
heavily  wooded,  but  others  are  more  open  and  natural  meadows  are  sometimes  found. 
From   th'-'--    ''■'■■■*'"■'■.    ♦i.-*-o   tracts  prove  valuable  lands,  being  usually   sheltered  by 


Power  house  and  workmen's  coa;;ges,  Granby  Consolidated    Mining   and   .SnieUing 
Company,   Anyox,   British   Columbia. 


The  historic  town  of  Barkerville  as  it  now  appears. 


39736^5^ 


68  Central    British    Columbia 

overhanging  banke  or  adjacent  mountains,  well  watered  and  with  an  abundance  of 
wood  at  hand.  When  local  markets  are  created,  by  the  development  of  mineral  and 
otlier  adjacent  assets,  these  lands  will  prove  most  valuable  locations  for  the  production 
of  garden,  poultry  and  dairy  supplies,  hay,  grain  and  meat,  and  for  limited  sheep 
and  cattle  ranching. 

The  principal  tributaries  of  the  Finlay  river  are  the  Manson,  Omineca  and 
Ingenika  rivers,  all  entering  from  the  west.  The  territory  comprises  the  famous 
Omineca  mining  district,  in  which  a  limited  amount  of  placer  mining  for  gold  is  still 
being  carried  on.  The  principal  trading  post  is  Fort  Grahame,  on  the  Finlay,  a  few 
miles  below  the  mouth  of  the  Ingenika.  Gasolene  boats  reach  this  post  without 
difficulty  from  Finlay  (Forks).  Other  posts  are  Germansen  and  New  Hogem,  on  the 
Omineca.  In  the  early  mining  days  a  pack  route  was  made  from  Hazelton  to  these 
points,  and  goods  are  still  brought  in  over  this  trail  to  a  limited  extent. 

Tributaries  of  the  Parsnip  include  the  Nation  river,  which  might  be  included  as 
part  of  the  Omineca  mining  district,  and  the  Pack  river,  draining  McLeod  lake.  Both 
of  these  enter  from  the  west.  From  the  east  are  the  Mischinsinlia  and  the  Misinchinca, 
both  heading  in  Pine  pass.  From  Summit  lake  the  Crooked  river  leads  into  iMcLeod 
lake.  The  usual  canoe  route  from  Prince  George  to  Finlay  and  Hudson  Hope  is  by 
way  of  Summit  lake.  Crooked  river,  McLeod  lake  and  Pack  and  Parsnip  rivers. 
Steamboat  navigation  would  be  feasible  on  the  Parsnip  as  far  up  as  the  mouth  of  the 
Pack,  and  a  light  draught  boat  might  even  reach  McLeod  lake  at  high  stages  of  water. 
The  principal  centre  of  this  district  is  the  old  Hudson's  Bay  post  at  Fort  McLeod, 
on  McLeod  lake. 

About  this  post  excellent  gardens  are  to  be  found,  but  trapping  is  the  principal 
occupation  of  the  Parsnip  valley.  Fur-bearing  animals  are  plentiful,  and  the  high  price 
of  furs  has  resulted  in  an  influx  of  trappers  that  are  already  overlapping  each  other's 
lines.  Trapping,  prospecting  and  mining  are  the  only  real  activities  of  the  upper 
Peace  Eiver  district  as  yet,  with  a  number  of  pre-emptors  proving  up  lands  in  hopes 
of  being  able  to  farm  or  sell  to  advantage  when  the  district  is  opened  up. 

Various  estimates  put  the  amount  of  suitable  agricultural  land  in  the  iFinlay- 
Parsnip  valley  as  high  as  a  million  acres,  and  the  soil,  climate  and  other  conditions 
necessary  to  successful  farming  are  believed  to  be  such  that  mixed  farming  and 
dairying  particularly  will  prove  highly  remunerative  when  settlement  becomes  more 
general. 

THE  PEACE  RIVER  DISTRICT 

The  Peace  River  Land  Recording  Division  of  British  Columbia  includes  that 
part  of  the  Peace  River  drainage  basin  lying  east  of  the  main  Rocky  Mountain  range 
and  within  thia  province.  Its  southern  and  western  boundary  is  the  summit  of  tlie 
range.  The  northern  boundary  is  the  height-of-land  between  the  Liard  and  Peace 
rivers  while  its  eastern  limit  is  the  Alberta-British  Columbia  boundary  line,  here 
being  the  120th  degree  of  west  longitude.  In  this  area  is  included  the  Dominion 
Government  Peace  River  block  of  three  and  one-half  million  acres.  It  is  nearly  75 
miles  square,  and  adjoins  the  provincial  boundary,  with  the  Peace  river  cutting  it 
into  two  almost  equal  parts.  Fort  St.  John  is  located  near  the  centre  of  the  block 
and  Iludfon  Hope  just  within  its  westerly  limit. 


Peace  River  District  69 

Within  this  block  are  found  most  of  the  level  and  open  lands  of  Central  British 
Columbia.  Since  they  are  controlled  by  the  Dominion  Government  their  disposal 
is  in  accordance  with  the  Federal  regulations.  That  part  of  the  block  lying  south 
of  the  river  falls  within  the  Grande  Prairie  Land  district,  the  local  agency  of  which 
is  located  at  the  town  of  Grande  Prairie,  Alberta,  with  a  sub-office  at  Pouce  Coupe, 
B.C.  The  lands  north  of  the  river  are  included  in  the  Peace  River  Land  district. 
The  local  agency  for  this  district  is  at  the  town  of  Peace  River,  Alberta,  but  there 
is  a  sub-office  at  Fort  St.  John,  B.C. 

North  of  the  river  there  is  considerable  good  surveyed  land  open  for  settlement 
iinder  the  Federal  homestead  regulations  and  on  both  sides  of  the  river  there  are  large 
areas  of  unsurveyed  land  suitable  for  grazing  purposes. 

The  Fort  St.  John  district,  north  of  the  river,  is  admirably  suited  to  mixed  farming 
and  small  ranching,  though  the  distance  from  markets  makes  the  latter  the  more 
suitable  pursuit  at  present.  The  post  itself  is  located  on  the  river  flats,  and  there  is 
a  limited  amount  of  excellent  land  on  various  flats  in  bends  of  the  river.  The  extensive 
areas,  however,  lie  on  a  vast  plateau  about  800  feet  above  the  level  of  the  river  «nct 
with  an  average  elevation  above  sea  level  of  about  2,400  feet.  The  land  is  nearly 
level,  except  where  cut  by  deep  ravines  leading  to  the  valley  of  the  Peace,  and  is  of  a 
park-like  nature,  being  open  or  slightly  wooded. 

The  soil  is  a  deep  black  loam  and  vegetation  is  very  luxuriant.  Peavine  and  wild 
grasses  grow  in  great  profusion.  Vegetables  and  grains  do  exceedingly  well  and  are 
seldom,  if  ever,  injured  by  summer  frosts.  Tomatoes  have  been  ripened  on  the  vines 
and  nothing  but  the  lack  of  better  transportation  facilities  seems  to  stand  in  the  way 
of  this  section  becoming  as  prosperous  a  farming  region  as  any  other  part  of  the 
prairies. 

The  snowfall  is  light  and  the  effects  of  the  Chinook  winds  are  frequently  felt,  so 
that  cattle  can  often  graze  out  during  parts  of  the  winter.  It  is  advisable,  however, 
that  a  stock-owner  here  should  put  up  about  three  tons  of  hay  per  head  of  stock  for 
winter  feeding  in  case  severe  weather  should  be  encountered. 

Excellent  grazing  lands  are  found  around  Charlie  lake,  with  an  abundance  of 
natural  meadows  and  plenty  of  water.  Good  areas  are  also  to  be  found  along  the 
North  Pine  river  though  the  country  is  more  broken  by  deep  ravines,  many  of  which 
are  fairly  heavily  wooded. 

During  the  summer  months  a  regular  steamboat  service  is  maintained  on  the 
river,  connecting  at  the  town  of  Peace  River  with  rail  for  E'dmonton.  A  wagon  road 
from  Dunvegan  to  Hudson  Hope  leads  through  this  district  and  it  is  also  connected 
by  trail  with  Pouce  Coupe.  The  Dominion  Government  telegraph  line  from  Edmonton 
to  Hudson  Hope  passes  through  the  post  and  affords  a  constant  service  to  the  outside 
world.  General  stores  are  operated  at  Fort  St.  John  by  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company 
and  Revillon  Freres,  and  at  a  few  points  along  the  river  front  by  individual  parties. 
Settlers  are  beginning  to  locate  in  increasing  numbers  and  cattlemen  are  bringing  in 
stock  very  rapidly.     The  district  promises  to  advance  with  a  rush. 

The  Pouce  Coupe  district  on  the  south  side  of  the  river,  comprises  several  town- 
ships of  gently  rolling  prairie  and  a  number  with  scattered  bluffs  and  light  woods. 
The  best  area  is  included  in  a  block  of  about  25  by  40  miles.  This  is  practically  all 
taken  up.  There  are  still  a  few  good  locations  for  farming  and  much  excellent  grazing 
land  along  the  Pine  and  other  rivers  nearer  the  foothills. 


70  Central    British    Columbia 

Like  the  Fort  St.  Jolm  district,  it  lies  on  an  elevated  plateau  and  the  soil  and 
climatic  conditions  are  equally  favourable.  The  principal  centres  of  settlement  are 
Pouce  Coupe  and  Rolla.  About  these  villages  are  to  be  seen  some  excellent  farms, 
and  no  better  crops  of  wheat,  oats,  barley  or  rye  could  be  found  in  any  part  of  Western 
Canada  during  the  seaaon  of  1921  than  in  this  section.  For  mixed  farming  it  cannot 
be  surpassed. 

The  Edmonton,  Dunvegan  and  British  Columbia  railway,  which  now  operates 
trains  as  far  as  Peace  River,  Spirit  River  and  Grande  Prairie,  is  graded  from  Spirit 
River  into  Pouce  Coupe  village.  It  is  hoped  that  the  laying  of  steel  on  this  55-mile 
section  will  eventually  be  undertaken  and  also  that  the  railway  will  be  extended 
westerly.  At  present  there  are  roads  leading  into  the  district  from  Spirit  River, 
from  Grande  Prairie  by  way  of  Beaverlodge,  and  from  a  steamboat  landing  on  Peace 
river  about  30  miles  due  north  of  Pouce  Coupe  village.  This  village  is  also  a  station 
on  the  Government  telegraph  line. 

Pouce  Coupe  and  Rolla  have  business  houses,  banks  and  schools.  With  the 
extension  of  steel  to  give  adequate  transportation  facilities,  this  district  will  have  a 
very  promising  future.    Boring  for  oil  is  being  vigorously  prosecuted  in  this  vicinity. 

Hudson  Hope  is  the  gateway  from  the  great  plains  to  the  motintain  regions,  being 
at  the  foot  of  Rocky  Mountain  canyon.  From  this  point  the  river  is  navigated  without 
interruption  as  far  north  as  Vermilion  chutes,  a  distance  of  some  525  miles. 

On  the  flats  adjoining  the  river  are  to  be  found  some  excellent  lands,  now  nearly 
all  taken  up.  On  the  higher  plateaus,  on  either  side,  there  is  much  good  land  suitable 
for  grazing,  and  a  considerable  area  that  would  make  excellent  farming  land  wi:th  a 
little  clearing.  Grain  and  vegetables  have  been  grown  with  success  for  years.  To  the 
north  and  east  there  is  good  grazing  land  along  the  Halfway  river.  Large  herds  of 
cattle  have  recently  been  taken  in  there.  Eighteen  miles  south  of  Hudson  Hope  ie 
Moberly  lake,  about  which  lies  some  excellent  land,  very  rich  and  open  or  lightly 
wooded.  Some  of  the  choicest  locations  here  are  under  reservation  for  Indians.  Along 
Moberly  river  good  grazing  lands  are  found  in  patches,  but  some  of  the  land  is 
thickly  wooded. 

The  canyon  is  passed  by  a  14-mile  wagon  road  leading  from  Hudson  Hope  to  the 
upper  end  of  the  rapids.  Along  this  road  there  is  some  good  land,  with  one  fine  stream 
and  several  meadows,  but  some  sand  ridges  also  occur.  The  country  is  gently  rolling 
and  only  lightly  wooded. 

Hudson  Hope  has  a  regular  steamboat  service  during  the  summer  months  aiid 
is  the  terminus  of  the  Government  Peace  River  telegraph  line.  It  is  connected  by  wagon 
road  with  Fort  St.  John.  By  river  it  is  some  229  miles  above  the  town  of  Peace  River. 
Above  the  canyon  there  is  good  navigation  to  the  head  of  the  Peace  at  Finlay.  A 
transport  service,  as  required,  is  maintained  on  the  portage  by  settlers  located  at 
Hudson  Hop< 

The  Peace  Jiivcr  rMiiio  would  afford  a  railway  an  excellent  pass  through  the 
Rocky  mountains,  though  the  Pine  pass,  a  few  miles  further  south,  has  received  more 
publicity.  With  the  development  of  this  part  of  the  country  it  is  not  unlikely  that 
both  routes  might  be  utilized.  The  canyon  affords  a  site  for  extensive  water-power 
development,  and  in  this  vicinity  large  areas  of  high  grade  coal  are  known  to  exist. 
Hudson   Hope  thus  occupies  a  very  strategic  position,  and  some  day  may   become 


The  Cariboo  District  71 

an  important  centre,  when  the  varied  resources  of  the  surrounding  district  are  more 
fully  developed  and  through  transportation  is  established. 

The  agricultural  lands  east  of  the  Rockies  and  not  included  in  the  Peace  River 
block  are  not  extensive.  Below  Mount  Selwyn  the  valley  of  the  Peace  is  very  narrow, 
the  mountains  rising  practically  from  the  water's  edge  on  both  sides,  as  far  down  as 
the  mouth  of  Ottertail  creek.  Here  is  found  a  small  V-shaped  flat,  where  the  gorge- 
like  valley  of  the  creek  merges  into  the  river's  valley,  and  for  the  remainder  of  the 
distance  to  the  head  of  the  canyon  such  flats  are  found,  in  varying  extent,  at  the 
mouths  of  all  tributary  streams. 

Below  Carbon  creek  the  valley  of  the  Peace  becomes  wider  and  several  large  fertile 
flats  occur  at  bends  of  the  river.  A  number  of  lots,  chiefly  coal  claims,  have  been 
surveyed  on  both  sides  of  the  canyon,  while  scattered  pre-emptions  have  been  taken  up 
along  those  portions  lying  outside  the  block  of  the  Halfway,  Lynx,  Moberly  and  Pine 
rivers.  South  of  Pouce  Coupe  a  number  of  townships  have  been  surveyed  adjoining 
the  south  boundary  of  the  block  and  the  Alberta-British  Columbia  boundary.  Here  a 
considerable  settlement  has  taken  place,  particularly  around  Swan  lake.  This  is  an 
excellent  cattle  district,  and  much  good  agricultural  land  could  be  easily  cleared.  The 
trail  and  telegraph  line  from  Grande  Prairie  to  Pouce  Coupe  pass  through  this 
section. 

At  present,  owing  to  natural  barriers,  this  part  of  British  Columbia  is  to  a 
certain  extent  cut  oif  from  the  remainder  of  the  province  and  is  more  closely  connected 
in  its  development  with  the  Peace  River  districts  of  the  adjoining  province  of  Alberta. 
This  condition  will  be  overcome  to  a  great  extent  when  a  railway  is  constructed  to 
give  direct  connection  to  Central  British  Columbia  and  the  Pacific  coast.  To  keep 
closely  in  touch  with  this  part  of  its  domain  the  Provincial  Government  recently 
established  a  Land  Recording  office  for  the  Peace  River  district  at  Pouce  Coupe. 


THE  CARIBOO  DISTRICT 

The  Cariboo  Land  Recording  Division  embraces  those  historical  gold-fields  which 
were  the  scenes  of  wild  excitement  in  the  middle  of  the  nineteenth  century.  The 
stampede  of  miners  to  these  fields  heralded  the  first  extensive  invasion  by  the  white 
man  of  the  mainland  of  British  Columbia.  Started  by  discoveries  of  gold  on  the 
Lower  Fraser  and  Thompson  rivers  in  1856  by  a  few  isolated  prospectors  and  trappers, 
the  tide  of  frenzied  gold-seekers  swept  northerly  and  up  the  Fraser  river  till  they 
reached  their  goal  in  the  Cariboo  mountains.  Here  the  magic  towns  of  Richfield  and 
Barkerville  sprang  up,  and  for  many  years  the  Cariboo  district  constituted  the  metro- 
polis of  the  whole  mainland  colony.  The  52nd  parallel  of  north  latitude  is  the  southern 
boundary  of  this  land  division,  and  the  124th  degree  of  west  longitude  its  western 
boundary.  Easterly  it  extends  to  the  Xorth  Thompson  divide  and  northerly,  generally 
speaking,  to  the  summit  overlooking  the  valley  of  the  South  Fork  of  the  Fraser  river 
and  to  Fort  George  canyon  on  the  main  Fraser. 

Midway  through  this  district,  from  north  to  south,  flows  the  Fraser  river.  The 
grade  of  the  Pacific  Great  Eastern  railway  follows  it  fairly  closely  throughout.  The 
river  is  navigable  from  Prince  George  to  within  about  25  miles  of  the  south  boundary 
of  the  Cariboo  division.     The  points  of  call  for  steamers  on  this  route  are:   South 


72  Central   British    Columbia 

Fort  George,  Fort  George  canyon,  Mile  20,  Woodpecker  island.  White's  landing,  Black- 
water,  Cottonwood  canyon,  Queenel,  Kereley,  Australian  ranch,  Windfs,  Castle  Eock 
ferry,  Twan's,  Steamboat  landing,  Macalister  and  Soda  Creek,  the  southern  terminus 
of  navigation.  Below  Soda  Creek  the  Fraser  is  very  tortuous  until  it  is  joined  at 
Lytton  by  its  great  tributary  the  Thompson. 

Quesnel  is  the  business  centre  and  principal  settlement  of  this  district.  It  lies 
on  a  bench  on  the  east  side  of  th^  Fraser  and  at  the  mouth  of  Quesnel  river.  The 
site  is  exceptionally  favourable  and  the  town  very  picturesque.  It  was  established  in 
1808  and  named  after  Jules  Maurice  Quesnel,  a  member  of  Simon  Fraser's  exploratory 
party  who  descended  the  Fraser  river  that  year.  In  the  gold  boom  days  it  became  an 
important  distributing  centre  for  the  Barkerville  and  other  districts  and  attained 
a  popiilation  of  about  10,000.  This  has  dwindled  to  about  800.  The  town  occupies 
a  geographical  location  about  midway  between  the  warm  dry  belts  of  the  south  and 
the  colder  plateaus  to  the  north,  and  participates  in  the  advantages  of  both.  There  is 
much  good  agricultural  land  in  its  vicinity,  especially  suited  to  dairy-farming,  and 
the  prosperous  days  of  the  mining  regime  may  soon  be  restored  by  its  development. 

The  main  avenue  of  overland  travel  in  the  Cariboo  district  is  the  famous  "  Cariboo 
road,"  built  by  the  Eoyal  Engineers  and  miners  under  the  instructions  of  Governor 
Douglas  in  the  early  sixties  From  Ashcroft,  on  the  main  line  of  the  Canadian  Pacific 
and  Canadian  Northern  railways  in  the  valley  of  the  Thompson  river,  this  famouJ^ 
road  rune  north  through  the  Bonaparte  valley  to  Clinton,  the  centre  of  the  Lillooet 
district  and  an  important  point  on  the  Pacific  Great  Eastern  railway.  This  part  of 
the  road  is  most  prolific  in  rugged  scenery.  Above  Clinton  it  climbs  by  a  long,  steep 
winding  grade  to  the  high  plateau  lands  of  the  interior.  North  of  Lac  la  Hache,  the 
east  shore  of  which  it  follows,  it  reaches  the  Cariboo  division,  150-Mile  House  being 
the  first  important  point  within  this  division.  Above  this  point  the  road  soon  take^ 
a  turn  to  the  west  and  meets  the  Fraser  river  at  Soda  Creek,  following  its  east  bank 
north  to  Quesnel.  The  distance  from  Ashcroft  to  Quesnel  by  this  road  is  220  miles. 
Few  such  pioneer  highways  are  to  be  found  anywhere  in  the  world.  Though  it  runs 
through  a  sparsely  settled  and  rugged  country  it  is  in  splendid  condition  and  offers 
a  most  serviceable  and  scenic  route  to  the  interior.  Eoad  houses  are  established  all 
along  the  way  for  the  convenience  of  the  traveller  though  the  present  day  method  of 
travel  is  by  motor-car.  Stage  cars,  carrying  passengers,  mail  and  express  make  regular 
trips  from  Ashcroft  to  Quesnel  or  return  often  in  a  single  day  of  ten  or  twelve  hours. 

This  road  is  continued  easterly  from  Quesnel  to  Barkerville,  an  additional  65 
miles.  Other  roads  lead  out  from  Quesnel  to  Prince  George,  Fort  Fraser,  Quesnel 
Forks  and  Hydraulic,  Chilcotin  and  White's  landing.  The  grade  of  the  Pacific  Great 
Eastern  railway  passes  close  to  Quesnel  and  it  will  doubtless  be  an  important  railway 
point.  Steel  has  recently  reached  this  point.  Consequent  alterations  in  systems  of 
trafiic  and  transportation  are  being  adjusted.  A  through  train  service  to  the  ooa&l 
is  now  available. 

Barkerville  is  located  on  Williams  creek,  in  the  Cariboo  mountains.  This  little 
creek  in  its  day  has  produced  about  forty-five  million  dollars  in  gold.  At  one  time 
the  population  of  the  Cariboo  was  estimated  to  be  35,000,  centering  around  Barkerville 
and  Richfield.  It  has  now  dwindled  away  till  Richfield  is  deserted  and  only  a  handful 
of  miners  are  to  be  found  at  Barkerville.     A  little  placer  mining  is  still  being  carried 


The  Cariboo  District  73 

on  and  it  is  hoped  the  introduction  of  machinery  will  revive  the  industry,  also  that 
many  quartz  veins,  known  to  he  rich,  will  shortly  be  exploited.  The  completion  of  the 
Pacific  Great  Eastern  railway  will  do  much  to  revive  mining  in  this  section.  The 
district  is  out  of  the  agricultural  limits,  Barkerville  having  an  elevation  of  over  4,000 
feet  above  sea-level.  Lightning  and  Antler  creeks,  in  this  region,  have  also  become 
famous  through  their  yields  of  gold.  On  Lightning  creek  are  found  centres  at  Wing- 
dam,  Beaver  Pass  and  Stanley  or  Van  Winkle  post  office. 

Quesnel  Forks  and  Hydraulic  are  also  old  mining  centres  in  the  Quesnel  river 
district.  They  are  reached  by  a  wagon  road  from  Quesnel.  Beaver  creek  joins  the 
Quesnel  river  at  Beavermouth  and  in  its  valley  are  found  some  excellent  agricultural 
lands.  About  midway  up  the  valley  is  Beaver  Lake  post  office  and  settlement.  Thi~ 
point  is  also  reached  by  wagon  roads  from  Alexandria,  Soda  Creek  and  150-Mile 
House,  easterly  via  Quesnel  and  Cariboo  lakes.  Quesnel  is  a  long,  narrow  lake, 
branching  into  two  arms  towards  the  east.  Great  numbers  of  placer  claims  are 
located  about  it  in  anticipation  of  hydraulic  operations.  Keithley  'Creek  post  office 
is  located  on  Cariboo  lake.  Quesnel  lake  is  also  an  extensive  spawning  bed  for 
Fraser  river  sockeye  salmon. 

From  the  standpoint  of  possible  agricultural  development  the  Cariboo  district 
might  be  considered  under  three  divisions,  namely,  the  Fraser  valley  and  adjoining 
bench  lands,  the  Chilcotin  country  to  the  west,  and  the  Williams  and  Horsefly  districts 
to  the  southeast.  In  these  districts  are  found  a  wide  range  of  climate,  altitude  and 
soil.  On  these  factors  will  depend  to  a  large  extent  the  nature  of  agricultural  activity 
best  suited  to  the  various  localities.  Ranching,  dairy-farming  and  fruit-growing  all 
have  a  place.  Some  sections  have  plenty  of  precipitation,  while  others  require  irri- 
gating to  get  best  results.  Roughly  speaking,  the  limit  of  the  southern  interior  dry 
belt  might  be  said  to  he  reached  at  Soda  Creek.  Below  this  point  the  Fraser  valley, 
as  a  rule,  requires  irrigation,  while  to  the  north  it  is  not  absolutely  necessary  though 
pMDSsibly  a  paying  proposition. 

The  people  who  first  came  to  the  Cariboo  district  did  so  for  the  purpose  of  mining 
gold,  not  looking  for  farm  lands  or  agricultural  opportunities.  Any  other  occupation 
than  mining  or  such  work  as  w^as  directly  and  necessarily  connected  with  it  was  not 
seriously  considered.  Hence  the  farming  possibilities  of  the  district  were  lightly 
overlooked.  'Such  agricultural  operations  as  were  carried  on  by  a  few  men  in  scattered 
localities  were  done  so  only  in  some  form  of  connection  with  the  main  industry, 
mining,  and  not  with  a  view  to  the  permanency  of  the  calling.  Earlier  farming 
efforts  were  in  the  same  category  as  roadhouse  keeping  and  freighting;  in  fact,  from 
the  old  road  houses,  established  at  choice  localities  all  along  the  roads,  have  evolved  the 
best  farmsteads  of  the  district. 

In  the  boom  days  as  many  as  forty  or  fifty  freight  teams  were  constantly  going 
up  and  down  the  Cariboo  road.  As  each  team  consisted  of  four,  six  or  even  eight 
horses  the  business  created  by  their  presence  can  be  easily  imagined.  A  great  demand 
arose  for  accommodation  at  frequent  intervals  along  these  routes  for  the  many 
freighters,  miners  and  travellers  that  thronged  the  way.  With  a  view  to  securing  this 
business,  men  selected  choice  locations  along  the  road,  erected  commodious  road  houses 
and  stables,  cleared  and  planted  vegetable  gardens  and  oat  fields  and  opened  up  large 
meadows  for  the  production  of  supplies  for  their  trade.  Oats  sold  for  from  2  to  4 
and  even  as  high  as  6  cents  a  pound.     Hay  brought  an  equally  profitable  price,  reaching 


74  Central    British    Columbia 

as  high  as  $120  per  ton  during  the  construction  of  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  railway. 
This  has  been  the  extent  and  style  of  farming  indulged  in  heretofore.  Indeed  it 
could  not  well  expand  beyond  euch  scope.  The  working  of  the  mines  and  the  building 
of  the  railway  created  a  local  market  for  a  limited  amount  of  supplies  and  beyond 
this  there  could  be  no  expansion  without  favourable  means  of  transportation  to  more 
extensive  markets. 

The  old  markets  have  practically  failed,  and  the  district  has  been  experiencing  a 
period  of  near-etagnation  pending  the  establishment  of  new  ones.  Radical  changes  in 
the  whole  method  of  conducting  both  mining  and  farming  operations  are  about  to  be 
experienced.  The  completion  of  the  Pacific  Great  Eastern  railway  should  save  the 
situation.  It  will  give  a  direct  route  to  Vancouver  and,  by  way  of  Prince  George,  to 
Prince  Rupert  and  Edmonton.  It  would  also  appear  that  the  sho^rt  gap  between 
Cinton  and  Ashcroft  could  be  connected  by  steel  to  good  advantage,  thus  giving  more 
direct  connection  to  the  east  and  south.  Instead  of  having  the  consumer  come  to  the 
old  road  house  on  the  ranch  for  his  supplies,  the  ranch  must  now  be  prepared  to 
revolutionize  the  whole  system  by  shipping  its  supplies  to  the  consumer. 

The  river  bottoms  and  bench  lands  of  the  Eraser  are  admirably  suited  to  dairy- 
farming.  The  climate  is  mild.  Hay  and  clover  grow  most  abundantly  and  the  more 
broken  areas  on  hillsides  afford  excellent  grazing.  Fruit-growing  south  of  Soda 
Creek  should  prove  profitable  if  the  land  were  irrigated,  while  north  of  this  point  small 
fruits  and  potatoes  do  exceedingly  well.  Apples  can  be  grown,  though  as  a  com- 
mercial undertaking  alone  would  hardly  be  advisable.    Strawberries  grow  to  perfection. 

North  of  Quesnel  there  is  considerable  good  land  on  both  sides  of  the  river  as 
far  as  Cottonwood  canyon  and  the  mouth  of  Cottonwood  river.  A  wagon  road  and  the 
railway  grade  follow  the  east  side,  running  past  10-Mile  lake,  about  which  there  is 
good  land  already  surveyed.  From  Cottonwood  canyon  to  Fort  George  canyon  there  is 
a  narrow  strip  of  good  surveyed  land.  Blackwater,  White's  landing.  Woodpecker 
island  and  Mile-20  are  points  of  steamboat  call  in  this  section.  West  of  the  river  there 
is  some  settlement  about  Boucher  or  6-Mile  lake  on  the  Fort  George  road.  Another 
road  branches  off  here  and  leads  into  the  ISTazko  valley,  a  tributary  of  Blackwater 
river.    A  trail  extends  from  the  end  of  this  road  southerly  to  the  Chilcotin  district. 

The  Blackwater  valley  is  deep  and  narrow  near  its  lower  end  and  fairly  heavily 
wooded.  The  bottom  lands  are  very  fertile  and  there  are  extensive  plateaus  of  good 
land  farther  up  on  the  Euchiniko  river,  its  tributary.  A  tract  of  50,000  acres  has  been 
surveyed  for  pre-emption  here. 

Southeast  of  Quesnel  is  Dragon  lake,  about  which  lies  some  good  land,  lightly 
wooded,  that  could  be  cleared  at  a  cost  of  approximately  $60  per  acre.  Along  the 
Cariboo  road,  from  Quesnel  to  Soda  Creek,  are  found  many  old-time  ranches.  One  of 
the  choicest  of  these  is  the  "  Australian  Ranch,"  on  Australian  creek.  It  consists  of 
some  1,200  acres,  of  which  300  are  cleared  and  irrigated.  Another  300  might  be 
added,  the  balance  being  hilly  and  broken  but  comprising  good  pasture  land.  Kersley, 
Alexandria  and  Macalister  post  offices  lie  along  this  section.  A  number  of  creeks 
enter  the  Fraser  on  the  west  side  opposite  this  section,  of  which  the  principal  are 
Baker,  Dc*erters,  Xarcosli  and  Mackin.  They  have  sufficient  flow  to  irrigate  con- 
siderable land,  of  wliich  several  small  areas  are  found  in  these  valleys. 

While  the  choicest  lands  are  usually  found  in  the  bottom  of  the  valley,  there  are 
large  areas  of  good  bench  lands.    Of  those  surveyed  it  has  been  estimated  that  about 


A  real  farm  in  Central  British  Columbia. 


A  picturesque  homestead  at  Frangois  lake,  British  Culumbia. 


76  Central   British    Columbia 

one-third,  on  an  average,  is  suitable  for  cultivation,  that  ie,  the  average  160-acre  lot. 
will  give  about  50  acres  of  good  tillable  land,  ^vhile  the  balance  will  be  mostly  avail- 
able for  pasture  and  what  is  left  will  produce  wood.  These  benches  are  well  watered, 
but  subject  to  summer  frost.  Hay  and  oats  do  exceedingly  well,  so  that  such  farms 
are  good  for  dairying  and  email  ranches.  Cattle  will  require  feeding  for  three  to 
four  and  one-half  months  here  during  the  winter.  Vegetables  and  small  fruits  do 
well,  but  wheat,  apples  and  similar  cereals  and  fruits  only  fair  to  uncertain. 

Taking  the  Quesnel  district  as  a  whole  it  appears  to  be  most  particularly  suited 
to  dairy  farming.  The  climate  is  very  agreeable  and  dairy  cattle  thrive  exceptionally 
well.  The  summer  pasture  is  plentiful  and  nutritive,  water  pure  and  plentiful,  and 
the  choicest  hay,  clover  and  oats  can  be  grown  in  abundance  for  winter  fodder. 

In  the  southeasterly  part  of  this  division  there  is  a  large  district  that  promises 
to  prove  exceedingly  valuable  for  stock  raising.  It  extends  from  Williams  lake  on 
the  Cariboo  road  easterly  to  Horsefly  lake,  which  lies  a  few  miles  south  of  Quesnel 
lake,  Williams  river  flows  northwesterly  from  Lac  la  Hache,  through  Williams  lake, 
and  enters  the  Fraser  a  few  miles  below  Soda  Creek.  The  Cariboo  road  and  railway 
grade  follow  it  closely.  Williams  Lake  post  office  and  150-Mile  House  are  in  the 
centre  of  this  section.  A  number  of  roads  run  northeasterly  to  the  Horsefly  district 
in  whioh  the  principal  settlement  is  centered  about  Harper's  Camp.  The  range  in 
the  Horsefly  district  is  said  to  be  very 'good  but  it  is  considered  too  elevated  and  frosty 
to  make  an  agricultural  country.  About  Williams  lake  mixed  farming  could  probably 
be  successfully  carried  on.  Horses,  cattle  and  sheep  are  reported  to  do  well  in  these 
sections. 

The  famous  Chilcotin  ranching  district  lies  west  of  the  Fraser  river  in  the 
southern  part  of  the  Cariboo  and  the  north  part  of  the  Lillooet  divisions.  It  com- 
prises a  vast  elevated  plateau  extending  from  the  Coast  range  of  mountains  easterly. 
It  is  cut  with  numerous  deep  valleys,  the  principal  of  which  is  that  of  the  Chilcotin 
river.  The  bottom  lands  of  these  valleys  are  very  fertile  and,  when  irrigated,  produce 
prolific  crops  of  all  varieties  of  grain,  grass  and  fruits  common  to  the  province.  The 
upper  lands  are  fairly  open,  with  numerous  natural  meadows,  but,  on  account  of  their 
elevation,  are  subject  to  summer  frosts.  Added  to  this  drawback  is  the  light  precipita- 
tion prevailing,  which  has  caused  these  plateaus  to  be  rejected  as  farming  lands  and 
devoted  only  to  ranging.  The  climate  is  comparatively  mild,  cattle  requiring  winter 
feeding  for  an  average  of  two  and  a  half  to  three  months  only.  With  its  numerous 
meadows,  mild  climate,  good  range  and  sufficient  lakes  and  streams  to  provide  water 
for  drinking  purposes  this  district  has  attained  great  success  in  ranching. 

The  Chilcotin  district  is  reached  by  a  main  road  from  150-Mile  House,  which 
passes  around  Williams  lake  and  crosses  the  Fraser  river  on  a  bridge  at  Chimney 
Creek  and  follows  westerly  along  the  Government  telegraph  line.  Trails  also  lead  in 
from  Soda  Creek  and  Nazko  river.  Another  road  enters  from  Clinton,  while  a  trail 
following  the  telegraph  line  gives  connection  with  Bella  Coola  on  the  coast.  The 
principal  centres  in  this  part  of  the  district  are  Alexis  Creek  and  Redstone.  The 
main  tributaries  of  the  Chilcotin  are  the  Chilanko  and  Chilko  rivers,  which  rise  in 
the  Tatla  and  Chilko  group  of  lakes.  One  mountain  peak,  the  Anahim,  with  an 
elevation  of  over  6,0C»O  feet,  stands  out  as  a  striking  Iniidinnrk  visible  from  nearly 
every  part  of  the  Chilcotin  plateau. 


The  Cariboo  District  77 

As  a  range  country  the  district  is  already  sufficiently,  if  not  excessively,  stocked, 
but  it  is  believed  that  by  practising  dry  farming  methods  large  areas  of  range  land 
could  be  made  more  profitable.  It  is  possible  that  the  adoption  of  euoh  methods  will 
result  in  much  of  the  district  being  brought  under  cultivation  and  being  more  thickly 
settled. 

THE  FORT  FRASER  DISTRICT 

The  Fort  Fraser  Land  Recording  Division  includes  the  drainage  area  of  Nechako 
river,  except  for  the  last  few  miles  of  the  river's  valley,  which  are  within  the  Fort 
George  division.  The  Nechako  is  the  main  branch  of  the  Fraser  in  the  central 
interior  part  of  the  province.  Flowing  from  the  west  it  drains  the  great  areas  of 
fertile  plateau  lands  that  gently  fall  away  from  the  summit  of  the  Cascade  or  Coast 
range  of  mountains.  At  Prince  George  it  joins  the  main  branch  of  the  Fraser,  which, 
rising  in  the  Rocky  mountains,  flows  in  an  opposite  direction  through  an  ever-widening 
valley  of  rich  lands  and  valuable  woods.  Meeting  from  these  opposite  directions,  the 
waters  now  flow  southerly  to  join  the  sea  at  Vancouver,  which  lies  almost  due  south 
of  Prince  George  and  nearly  325  miles  distant  in  an  air  line. 

The  Fort  Fraser  division  is  traversed  by  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  railway  from 
west  to  east  midway  between  its  northern  and  southern  boundaries.  Commencing  at 
Rose  Lake,  on  the  summit  between  the  Skeena  and  Fraser  watersheds,  or  more  locally 
between  the  Bulkley  and  Endako  rivers,  the  railway  follows  the  latter  river  easterly  to 
Fraser  lake,  thence  skirting  the  south  shore  of  this  lake  it  crosses  the  Nechako, 
which  flows  from,  the  south  to  almost  enter  the  lake  at  its  eastern  extremity.  The 
Nechako  now  swings  east  and  the  railway  follows  its  south  bank  to  Prince  George. 

Midway  between  Fraser  lake  and  Prince  George  the  Stuart  river  joins  the  Nechako 
from  the  north.  This  point  approximately  defines  the  easterly  limit  of  the  Fort 
Fraser  Land  Division.  It  extends  northerly  to  the  Arctic-Pacific  divide,  westerly  to 
the  Skeena-Fraser  divide,  and  southerly  to  the  height-of-land  parting  the  drainage 
area  of  the  Nechako  and  its  tributaries  from  that  of  the  Dean  and  Blackwater.  Its 
boundaries  are  very  irregular,  but  its  average  dimensions  are  nearly  125  miles  east  and 
west  by  150  miles  north  and  south.  This  area  probably  contains  more  agricultural 
and  grazing  lands  than  any  other  of  equal  extent  in  British  Columbia. 

Before  the  completion  of  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  railway  this  splendid  district 
was  without  means  of  transportation  and  was  therefore  unsuitable  for  extensive  settle- 
ment purposes.  Its  favourable  climate,  highly  productive  soil  and  general  qualities 
that  are  essential  to  a  successful  agricultural  country  have  long  been  known.  Fort 
Fraser,  at  the  east  end  of  Fraser  lake,  and  Fort  St.  James,  at  the  east  end  of  Stuart 
lake,  were  established  as  trading  posts  by  the  Northwest  Company  in  1806.  The 
diaries  of  resident  officials  of  this,  and  later  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company,  bear 
ample  testimony  of  the  success  attained  in  limited  horticultural  and  agricultural 
undertakings  conducted  about  these  posts.  Many  entries  also  comment  in  glowing 
terms  on  the  future  possibilities  of  the  district  at  large  along  such  lines.  The  inac- 
cessibility of  the  district,  and  the  absence  of  markets  even  if  settlement  were  forced, 
have  held  back  this  large  area — and  possibly  fortunately — from  earlier  exploitation. 

Along  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  railway  from  west  to  east  the  country  falls  into 
three  natural  local  divisions,  namely,  the  Endako  valley  and  Burns  lake  district,  the 


78  Central    Briii^h    Columbia 

Fraser  lake  district  and  the  Neehako  A-alley  district.  North  of  the  railroad  there  are 
two  principal  sections  -worthy  of  special  mention,  the  Stuart  lake  district  and  the 
Babine  lake  country.  Immediately  south  of  the  railway  are  found  two  other  choice 
parts,  namely,  the  Frangois  and  Ootsa  lakes  district  and  the  upper  Neehako  valley. 
Still  farther  south  and  on  higher  altitudes  are  some  good  grazing  districts  about 
Cheslatta  lake,  Entiako  river  and  Eutsuk  lake.'  The  southwest  corner  of  the  Fort 
Fraser  division  extends  to  near  the  Blaekwater  divide  and  includes  the  upper  valley  of 
the  Chilako  river. 

The  Endako  valley  and  Burns  lake  district  contains  some  good  farming  and 
grazing  lands  adjacent  to  the  railway.  Endako  river  has  its  source  on  the  summit 
at  Eose  lake,  and  flowing  easterly  passes  through  Decker  and  Burns  lakes. 
The  station  of  Palling  is  located  above  the  head  of  Decker  lake,  practically  bn 
the  ridge  between  the  Endako  and  Bulkley  rivers.  There  is  a  little  good  land 
here  and  more  of  a  light  and  gravelly  nature.  Decker  Lake  station  is  located  about 
midway  along  the  north  shore  of  thie  lake  and  to  the  north  and  west  is  some 
fairly  good  land,  lightly  wooded  with  poplar  and  jackpine,  open  for  settlement.  At 
Burns  lake  a  townsite  was  surveyed  and  sold  in  1917.  It  is  expected  this  i)oint  will 
become  the  distributing  centre  for  the  Fra->er  and  Ootsa  lakes  district  and  the  Babine 
lake  country,  wagon  roads  leading  out  in  both  directions.  Very  rich  black  alluvial 
soil  with  clay  subsoil  is  found  about  Burns  lake  and  vegetation  is  very  profuse.  From 
Burns  lake  to  Endako^he  bottom  lands  of  the  valley  consist  of  a  rich  black  loams  with 
rank  vegetation.  On  the  benches  the  land  is  usually  lighter  but  free  from  stones. 
Endako  is  a  divisional  point  on  the  railway  and  the  town  is  growing  rapidly,  the  sur- 
rounding land  being  now  nearly  all  settled  on.  Endako  river  ecmpties  into  Fraser 
lake  a  few  miles  east  of  this  point.  The  total  length  of  this  river,  from  Eose  lake  to 
Fraser  lake,  is  about  50  miles.  The  valley  proper  does  not  average  much  over  a  mile 
in  width,  but  the  low  bench  lands  extend  considerably  back  on  either  side. 

The  Fraser  lake  district  contains  an  area  of  good  agricultural  land,  estimated  at 
15,000  acres,  together  with  much  rough  land  suitable  for  grazing.  Most  of  this  land 
lies  south  of  the  lake,  but  good  land  with  a  uniform  settlement  extends  all  around  the 
lake.  The  soil  is  a  white  clay  silt,  with  vegetable  loam,  and  is  very  fertile  and  easy  to 
till.  Fraser  lake  is  about  12  miles  long  and  2  miles  wide.  The  Endako  and  Stallako 
rivers  enter  at  its  western  extremity.  A  short  outlet,  the  Xautley  river,  at  the  eastern 
end,  drains  into  the  Neehako.  The  railway  and  a  wagon  road  follow  the  south  shore, 
while  the  old  government  telegraph  line  follows  its  north  shore.  The  old  trading  post 
of  Fort  Fraser  is  located  at  the  northeast  corner  of  the  lake  and  is  about  5  miles 
distant  from  the  new  townsite  and  railway  station  of  Fort  Fraser.  A  wagon  road 
connects  them.  The  land  recording  office  for  this  division  is  located  at  the  new  town. 
For  over  one  hundred  years  land  in  this  vicinity  has  been  cultivated  and  the  produc- 
tiveness of  the  district  has  been  amply  verified.  About  this  lake  are  located  many 
"old-timers,"  who  found  their  way  here  in  connection  with  the  fur  trade,  the  building 
of  the  Government  telcpraiph  line,  or  later  with  the  survey  and  construction  of  the 
Grand  Trunk  Pacific  railway.  Tlie  attractions  of  the  district  induced  them  to  settle, 
in  spite  of  the  certain  long  wait  for  development. 

The  Neehako  valley,  extending  along  the  railway  from  Fraser  lake  to  Prince 
George,  and  especially  that  part  above  the  mouth  of  Stuart  river  and  within  the  Fort 
Fraser  land  division,  constitutes  one  of  the  largest  and  best  single  areas  of  farm  lands 


The  Fort  Fraser  District  79 

to  be  found  anywhere  in  the  province  of  British  Columbia.  The  Nechako  river  has  its 
source  in  ISTatalkuz  and  Cheslatta  lakes.  It  flows  in  a  northeasterly  direction  for  about 
70  miles  to  the  east  end  of  Fraser  lake,  then  turns  easterly  and  flov?s  for  about  100 
miles  to  .ioin  the  i'raser  at  Prince  George.  It  has  a  strong  swift  current  and  is  quite 
deep,  with  an  average  width  of  some  400  or  500  feet.  Before  the  completion  of  the 
Grand  Trunk  Pacific  railway  it  was  navigated  by  steamboats  as  far  as  Fort  Fraser, 
and  light-draught  boats  have  been  run  for  20  miles  above  this  point.  With  slight  river 
improvements  it  is  believed  this  run  could  be  extended  some  35  miles  farther  up 
stream. 

On  both  sides  of  the  river  the  valley  gradually  rises  and  spreads  out  into  a  vast 
gently  rolling  plateau,  extending  northerly  to  Stuart  lake  and  southerly  to  the  Black- 
water  divide.  Its  average  elevation  is  about  2,400  feet.  The  surface  is  gently  rolling, 
well  watered  and  well  drained  by  numerous  small  streams.  Several  small  lakes  are  also 
found,  of  which  the  principal  are  Tachick,  JSTulki  and  Sinkut,  lying  a  few  miles  south 
of  the  railway.  Fifteen  or  twenty  years  ago  this  plateau  was  more  open  than  at  present, 
much  of  the  surface  having  recently  been  covered  by  a  light  growth  of  poplar,  spruce 
and  black  pine.  On  the  whole,  it  is  now  lightly  wooded  with  many  meadows  and  small 
patches  of  prairie  occurring.  Most  of  the  trees  will  average  from  three  to  five  inches 
in  diameter,  with  a  few  of  large  dimension.  This  plateau  very  much  resembles  the 
"  park  lands  "  of  the  Prairie  Provinces.  The  advantages  derived  from  the  shelter  it 
affords  are  considerable,  while  the  yield  of  firewood,  fencing  and  building  material 
is  of  no  small  value  to  the  settler. 

The  soil  of  the  whole  district  is  uniformly  rich,  consisting  of  a  deep  deposit  of  silt 
mixed  with  a  chocolate  loam,  extending  from  five  to  thirty  feet  deep  and  resting  on  a 
clay  subsoil.  This  silt  is  believed  to  be  the  remains  of  a  pre-historic  lake  bed  which 
once  covered  this  area,  and  is  exceedingly  rich.  The  whole  is  further  enhanced  by  the 
presence  of  decomposed  vegetable  matter. 

The  climate  of  this  district  is  very  favourable  and  the  precipitation  sufficient  for 
successful  farming.  The  winters  are  fairly  cold,  but  not  severe,  bright  and  compara- 
tively free  from  winds.  The  snowfall  is  medium.  The  summers  are  noted  for  long 
bright  days  and  cool  nights.  Summer  frosts  are  rare  and  disappear  as  the  land  is 
cleared  up. 

The  clearing  of  the  land  has  been  found  to  average  about  $12.50  per  acre,  including 
stumping.  Good  unimproved  lands  may  be  purchased  at  prices  varying  from  $15  to 
$25  per  acre.  A  number  of  improved  farms  are  also  listed  for  sale.  Area  No.  2  of  the 
Land  Settlement  Board  is  located  to  the  north  of  Vanderhoof. 

This  district  is  fairly  well  served  by  roads,  which  are  being  extended  year  by  year. 
The  river  is  bridged  at  Vanderhoof.  Easterly  from  Fort  Fraser  the  railway  stations 
are  Marten  Lake,  Engen,  Coll,  Vanderhoof  and  Sinkutt.  The  principal  centre  of  the 
Nechako  valley  is  Vanderhoof.  To  the  south  lie  Sinkutt  lake  and  Mapes  on  the 
telegraph  line,  and  a  few  miles  north  of  the  river  is  Chilko  settlement  and  post  office. 
A  wagon  road  runs  northerly  from  Vanderhoof  to  Fort  St.  James  and  southerly  to 
Sinkutt  lake  and  thence  along  the  telegraph  line.  Eoads  from  Fort  Fraser  also  lead 
southeasterly  to  Sinkutt  lake.  In  this  district  there  is  considerable  good  unimproved 
land  for  purchase  and  some  open  for  pre-emption.  The  Land  Settlement  Board  is 
placing  a  number  of  returned  soldiers  on  the  land,  and  there  is  now  quite  an  influx  of 
new   settlers.     The   district  is   pre-eminently   suitable   for   dairy    farming   and  small 


80  Central   British    Columbia 

ranching.  A  ready  market  is  available  for  all  such  produce.  In  the  town  of  Vander- 
hoof  are  found  all  the  requisite  places  of  business  necessary  for  the  convenience  and 
trade  of  the  district.  A  board  of  trade  here  is  alert  to  the  future  welfare  of  the 
valley,  and  intending  settlers  or  those  interested  in  this  locality  cannot  do  better  than 
write  the  secretary  for  desired  information. 

The  Stuart  lake  district  is  an  extension,  in  a  northerly  and  westerly  direction,  of 
the  Nechako  district.  It  contains  very  similar  lands,  equally  valuable  except  for  the 
lack  of  railway  facilities,  and  has  the  advantage  of  containing  much  larger  areas  open 
for  pre-emption.  The  centre  of  this  district  is  Fort  St.  James,  a  Hudson's  Bay  post, 
eetablished  by  the  Northwest  iCompany  at  the  southeast  end  of  iStuart  lake,  in  the 
year  1S06.  A  wagon  road  38  miles  long  connects  it  with  Vanderhoof.  There  is  also 
a  trail  to  Fort  Fraser,  a  trail  to  Fort  MacLeod  and  a  trail  to  Manson  Creek.  The 
two  latter  cross  the  Arctic-Pacific  divide  to  the  upper  Peace  River  district. 

The  Stuart  lake  country  is  very  extensive  and  includes  three  large  lakes,  Stuart, 
Tremblay  and  Takla,  connected  by  the  Tache  and  Middle  rivers  and  forming  a 
continuous  chain  of  waterways  extending  for  100  miles  northwest  from  Fort  St. 
James.  This  area  is  drained  by  the  Stuart  river  flowing  through  a  wide  valley  from 
Fort  St.  James  to  the  Xechako  river.  The  Necoslie  river  occupies  part  of  the  same 
valley  and,  flowing  from  an  almost  opposite  direction,  curves  around  and  joins  the 
Stuart  at  the  outlet  of  the  lake.  The  two  are  practically  one  and  the  same  river, 
draining  the  lake  at  this  sharp  bend.  Navigation  is  possible  on  these  waterways  for 
boats  of  considerable  size,  a  70-foot  steamer  having  ascended  from  Quesnel  during 
the  boom  days  of  the  gold  rush. 

It  is  estimated  that  there  are  many  hundred  thousand  acres  of  first-class  arable 
land  in  the  Stuart  basin.  Areas  suitable  for  grazing  are  more  extensive,  and  while  no 
definite  estimate  can  be  made  without  more  complete  data  being  secured,  there  is  no 
doubt  that  scattered  locations  are  to  be  found  all  the  way  to  the  Manson  and  Parsnip 
valleys  and  thence  to  the  Peace.  A  branch  line  from  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  railway 
would  be  of  inestimable  value  in  opening  up  this  district,  and  there  is  no  question 
that  its  development  under  present  circumstances  will  soon  warrant  its  construction. 
Many  returned  soldiers  are  taking  up  land  here. 

About  Babine  lake  there  is  also  a  large  tract  of  good  agricultural  land  and  large 
areas  admirably  suited  to  ranching.  Much  of  the  country  is  fairly  open  and  level  or 
gently  rolling.  Wild  grasses  and  peavine  grow  most  profusely.  Stock  would  require 
winter  feeding  here  on  account  of  the  snowfall,  which  is  rather  deep. 

The  southern  end  of  Babine  lake  is  reached  by  an  old  trail  from  Fort  Fraser, 
following  the  Beaver  or  Sutherland  river.  A  twelve-mile  wagon  road  leads  across  the 
portage  from  this  end  of  the  lake  to  Stuart  lake,  on  which  freight  teams  are  main- 
tained by  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  during  the  summers.  Another  road  leads  to 
Babine  lake  from  Burns  lake.  The  old  Hazelton-Omineca  pack  trail  also  touches  the 
lake  at  Fort  Babine  at  the  extreme  northwest  end.  This  lake  is  about  100  miles 
long  and  parallels  the  Babine  range  of  mountains  which  lies  to  the  west  of  it.  It 
drains  by  the  Babine  river  into  the  Skeena  above  Hazelton. 

The  Frangois-Ootsa  lakes  district  is  now  attracting  the  attention  of  stockmen 
particularly.  It  occupies  an  undulating  plateau,  with  an  average  elevation  of  about 
2300  feet,  is  dotted  with  lakes,  and  has  scattered  ranges  and  peaks  rising  from  500  to 
1,000  feet  above  the  lake  levels.     Around  these  numerous  lakes  are  found  rich  arable 


The  Fort  Fraser  Disirict  81 

lands  and  many  benclies  and  gently  sloping  hillsides,  which  are  lightly  wooded  and 
covered  with  grass  and  peavine.  Other  parts  have  heavier  woods  with  open  grassj 
areas  intervening. 

A  good  wagon  road  14  miles  in  length  leads  south  from  Burns  lake,  on  the  Grand 
Trunk  Pacific,  to  Frangois  lake.  This  lake  is  about  55  miles  in  length  and  2^  miles 
wide,  running  in  an  east  and  west  direction.  The  road  meets  it  about  midway  on  the 
north  shore.  A  ferry  crosses  the  lake  here  and  the  road  continues  southerly  some  2i 
miles  additional  to  Ootsa  lake.  This  lake  is  also  long  and  narrow,  measuring  about 
45  miles  by  3  miles ;  it  lies  in  a  partial  crescent,  the  eastern  part  swinging  somewhat 
to  the  south.     The  road  reaches  its  north  shore  also  about  the  centre. 

The  west  end  of  Frangois  lake  is  reached  also  by  a  wagon  road  from  Houston  and 
the  east  end  hy  roads  from  Endako,  Stellako  and  Fraser  lake.  On  the  north  shore 
of  Frangois  lake  are  located  Frangois  Lake  and  Colley mount  post  offices,  connected  by 
road.  The  Houston  road  passes  the  west  end  of  this  lake  and  runs  south  to  Wistana 
on  Ootsa  lake,  then  turns  east  and  joins  the  Burns  lake  road.  Branches  lead  to  the 
head  of  Cheslatta  lake  and  to  various  localities  throughout  this  district.  Some  of  the 
principal  settlements  are  found  aJbout  Skins,  Spencha,  Takysic,  Uncha,  Mollice,  Tata- 
laska,  Bickle,  Tatalrose  and  Spud  lakes  between  Frangois  and  Ootsa  lakes  and  about 
Tchesenkut  lake  to  the  north.  Bickle  and  Ootsa  Lake  post  offices  are  located  between 
these  two  large  lakes. 

This  district  promises  to  develop  rapidly  into  a  first-class  area  for  mixed  and  dairy- 
farming  and  small  ranching.  Its  climate  is  moderated  to  some  extent  by  warm 
breezes,  which  find  their  way  through  the  Coast  range  of  mountains. 

Eutsuk  lake  lies  to  the  southwest  of  Frangois  and  Ootsa  lakes  and  might  be  included 
as  part  of  the  same  district.  It  has  a  similar  form,  and  its  surrounding  country  is 
much  the  same,  though  reaching  a  higher  altitude  and  being  farther  distant  from  the 
railway.  Cheslatta  lake  lies  between  the  eastern  ends  of  Frangois  and  Ootsa  lakes 
and  forms  part  of  the  source  of  the  Nechako  river.  The  lands  about  it  are  slightly 
rougher  than  between  these  lakes  but  -contain  small  scattered  areas  of  good  land  and 
some  meadows.  Similar  country  is  found  about  the  Entiako  river  and  the  upper 
reaches  of  the  Nechako. 

The  Chilako  valley  forms  part  of  the  drainage  basin  of  the  Nechako  river,  into 
which  it  empties  only  a  few  miles  above  its  confluence  with  the  Fraser.  Most  of  this 
valley  is  included  in  the  Fort  George  land  division,  the  upper  reaches  only  being  in 
the  Fort  Fraser  division.  The  'bottom  lands,  though  not  extensive,  are  exceedingly 
rich,  while  the  benches  and  plateau  at  the  head  are  most  prolific  in  wild  grasses.  The 
district  has  heen  burnt  over  and  now  has  many  large  patches  of  prairie  meadows  and 
lightly  wooded  areas.  The  government  telegraph  line  between  Quesnel  and  Fort 
Fraser  crosses  this  valley  near  its  southern  limit. 

The  Fort  Fraser  Land  Division  stands  out  pre-eminently  as  an  agricultural 
country.  In  all  the  other  divisions  of  Central  British  Columbia  the  predominating 
industries  are  fishing,  mining  or  lumbering,  with  agriculture  taking  an  inferior  place. 
Here  the  lands  appear  to  be  the  greatest  resource,  and  their  development  along  dairy- 
farming  lines  would  appear  to  have  most  enticing  possibilities. 


39736- 


32  Central   British    Columbia 


THE  HAZELTON  DISTRICT 

The  Hazelton  Land  Recording  Division  lies  immediately  east  of  the  Skeena 
division,  and  includes  all  the  upper  drainage  areas  of  the  Skeena  river.  It  is  a  some- 
what mountainous  division  but  also  contains  several  rich  agricultural  valleys  and 
plateaus.  The  Coast  range  of  mountains  forms  its  westerly  limit,  dividing  it  from  the 
Skeena  division.  The  Boundary  line  between  these  land  districts  crosses  the  Skeena 
river  and  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  railway  at  Copper  City,  a  few  miles  east  of  Terrace, 
The  centre  of  the  Kitsumgallum-Kitimat  valley.  Northerly  the  Hazelton  district 
extends  to  Skeena-Stikine  divide  and  northeasterly  to  the  Skeena-Omineca  divide. 
Along  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  railway  it  extends  as  far  east  as  Rose  lake,  the  height- 
of-land  between  the  Skeena  and  Fraser  river  drainage  basins.  This  height  constitutes 
its  easterly  and  southerly  boundary. 

Within  this  division  lies  the  main  valley  of  the  Skeena  river  from  Copper  City 
to  Hazelton.  Its  principal  tributaries  in  this  section  are  the  Copper  and  Kitwanga 
rivers.  At  Hazelton  the  Skeena  valley  becomes  divided,  the  river  forking  in  opposite 
directions.  The  main  river  flows  from  the  north,  while  the  Bulkley  here  joins  it  from 
the  southeast.  A  few  miles  above  these  forks  the  main  branch  is  joined  by  the  Kispiox 
and  farther  up  by  the  Babine. 

At  Copper  City  there  is  a  small  settlement  connected  with  the  railway  by  a  ferry 
and  with  Terrace  by  a  wagon  road.  Small  fruits  and  vegetables  thrive  here.  The 
climate  is  mild  and  this  section  might  be  included,  for  descriptive  purposes,  with  the 
Kitsumgallum-Kitimat  district.  Limited  areas  of  good  land  are  found  on  flats  and 
benches  along  the  Skeena  but  are  not  extensive.  The  soil,  however,  is  exceptionally 
good,  the  climate  mild  and  the  moisture  ample  but  not  excessive.  Sucli  areas  are 
admirably  suited  to  fruit  growing  and  truck  and  dairy  farming,  and  have  the  advan- 
tage of  rail  and  river  transportation  close  at  hand. 

The  Kitwanga  valley  contains  some  excellent  lands  with  a  considerable  settlement. 
In  addition  to  fruits  and  vegetables,  hay  and  grain  are  grown  and  live  stock  raised. 
A  wagon  road  leads  up  the  valley  for  a  few  miles,  thence  a  trail  crosses  the  divide 
2nd  follows  down  the  Cranberry  river  to  the  Nass.  The  pre-emptor  map  of  1919 
shows  several  lots  open  for  settlement  in  this  valley. 

Hazelton  is  a  name  romantic  in  the  annals  of  the  mining  activity  of  Central 
British  Columbia.  For  long  years  it  was  the  animated  gateway  to  the  famous  Omineca 
district.  Skeena  river  steamboats,  after  battling  their  hazardous  voyages  up  the 
numerous  rapids  of  this  turbulent  waterway,  here  discharged  their  cargoes  of  supplies 
for  the  placer  camps  of  the  interior.  The  busy  scenes,  as  miners  and  packers  outfitted 
for  the  long  strenuous  march  over  rugged  hills  and  through  deep  valleys,  with  their 
beasts  of  burden  following  in  patient  procession,  have  now  almost  vanished.  Fort 
Babine,  Bulkley  House  and  Fort  Connelly  are  now  listed  as  abandoned.  The  days  of 
the  gold  boom  have  passed,  though  there  is  still  a  little  traffic  over  the  old  route 
from  this  point  to  the  Omineca  gold-fields.  Hazelton  still  continues,  in  a  lesser  way, 
to  be  the  centre  of  prospecting  and  mining  activity  for  the  district,  and  high  hopes  are 
entertained  that  if  the  placer  mines  fail  to  restore  the  former  activity  the  coal  and 
quartz  mines  will  do  so. 


The  Hazelton  District  83 

There  are  some  good  agriculturnl  lands  in  this  vicinity,  particularly  in  the  lower 
twenty  miles  of  the  Kiepiox  valley.  A  wagon  road  extends  about  40  miles  up  from 
Hazelton  and  a  pack  trail  leads  farther  up.  The  valley  of  the  Skeena  is  narrow  but 
there  are  some  good  bench  lands  between  the  Skeena  and  Kiepiox.  All  grains,  grasses 
and  vegetables  grow  well  here,  and  the  district  is  well  suited  to  mixed  or  dairy- 
farming.  .  The  Ashcroft- Yukon  telegraph  line  paesee  through  Hazelton  and  follows 
the  Kispiox  valley. 

Hazelton  is  located  in  the  flats  at  the  junction  of  the  Skeena  and  Bulkley, 
Hazelton  station,  on  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  railway,  which  here  follows  a  high 
bench  on  the  south  side  of  the  rivers,  is  about  a  mile  distant.  New  Hazelton  is 
another  station  on  the  railway  about  6  miles  east.  Near  the  junction  of  the  Kispiox 
with  the  Skeena  is  the  old  village  of  Kispiox.  Muv^h  of  the  best  land  in  this  vicinity 
is  held  under  Indian  reservation. 

The  Skeena,  Kispiox  and  lower  Bulkley  valleys,  in  the  vicinity  of  Hazelton, 
have  an  average  elevation  of  about  1,000  feet  above  sea  level.  Hazelton  is  quoted  as 
973  feet.  New  Hazelton  as  1,030  feet,  and  the  Bulkley  about  1,500  feet.  The  climate 
is  fairly  mild,  and  summer  frosts  rarely,  if  ever,  prevail.  Some  excellent  irrigated 
gardens  are  to  be  seen  in  the  bottom  lands  of  the  valleys,  but  the  moisture,  as  a  rule, 
is  sufficient  for  ordinary  purposes. 

The  principal  section  of  the  Hazelton  land  division,  from  an  agricultural  stand- 
point, is  the  famous  Bulkley  valley.  It  lies  on  an  elevated  plateau  between  the  Babine 
range  of  mountains  on  the  east  and  the  Telkwa  and  Hudson  Bay  mountains  of  the 
Coast  range  on  the  west.  It  is  drained  by  the  Bulkley  river,  which  has  its  source  in 
Rose  and  Bulkley  lakes,  on  the  Skeena-Fraser  divide,  and,  after  flowing  in  a  general 
northwesterly  direction,  joins  the  'Skeena  at  Hazelton. 

The  Bulkley  is  a  swift  river,  with  many  rapids  and  canyons,  especially  near  its 
mouth.  The  elevation  of  Rose  lake,  on  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific,  is  2,363  feet,  while 
that  of  Hazelton  is  973  feet.  The  railway  closely  follows  the  river  throughout  the 
entire  valley.  Rose  lake  is  300  miles  east  of  Prince  Rupert  and  New  Hazelton  180 
miles,  so  that  the  length  of  the  Bulkley  river  is  thus  approximately  120  miles.  In 
this  distance  its  fall  is  1,300  feet,  an  average  of  11  feet  to  the  mile. 

The  Bulkley  valley  thus  becomes  more  of  a  plateau,  with  an  elevation  varying 
from  1,550  feet  to  2,350  feet.  Its  width  will  average  from  5  to  15  miles,  with  hillside 
grazing  lands  beyond. 

The  woods  of  the  Bulkley  valley  are  smaller  than  those  of  the  Skeena  and  con- 
sisted years  ago  mainly  of  spruv^e.  Much  of  the  district  has  been  burned  over  and  is 
now  made  up  of  open  patches  interspersed  with  willow,  small  second-growth  poplar 
and  jack  pine  and  some  small  stands  of  old  spruce.  A  couple  of  saw-mills  are  operated 
in  the  district,  but  there  is  no  lumber  available  for  export.  The  soil  varies  considerably 
and  mainly  according  to  difference  in  elevation.  The  lower  lands  are  uniformly  rich, 
consisting  of  river  silt,  sandy  loam  and  clay  subsoil.  The  benches  are  more  variable, 
some  consisting  of  poor  gravelly  soil  while  others  have  a  very  rich  clay  loam.  The 
clearing  of  the  land  is  comparatively  easy,  and  will  cost  probably  from  $15  per  acre 
up.     The  timber  is  sufficient  at  present  for  local  use. 

Speculators  have  held  land  idle  in  this  district  for  several  years,  but  the  policy 
of  the  Government  in  taxing  wild  lands  and  compelling  owners  to  put  certain  per- 

?.9736— €i 


84  Central    British    Columbia 

centages  under  cultivation  or  suffer  it  to  be  expropriated,  and  also  the  demands  of 
the  Land  Settlement  Board  for  lands  for  returned  men,  are  having  the  effect  of 
forcing  much  of  it  on  the  market.  The  average  price  asked  for  these  unimproved 
lands  in  1919  by  local  agents  was  $12  per  acre.  Settlement  areas  Nos.  1,  6  and  11, 
administered  by  the  Land  Settlement  Board,  are  in  the  Bulkley  valley. 

The  principal  centre  of  the  district  is  Smithers,  a  divisional  point  on  the  railway, 
and  now  the  seat  of  the  Land  Recording  Office  for  the  Hazelton  division.  It  is  a  new 
railroad  town  but  is  growing  rapidly;  it  has  good  hotel  accommodation  and  well- 
established  mercantile  houses.  Its  adjacent  farming  district  lies  to  the  north  and 
east,  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  river,  where  good  roads  lead  through  some  very  fine 
farms  and  ranches.     The  Bulkley  river  is  spanned  here  by  a  good  traffic  bridge. 

Between  Smithers  and  Hazelton  are  Lake  Kathlyn,  Evelyn,  Doughty,  Moricetown, 
Seaton,  Beament,  Bulkley  Canyon  and  New  Hazelton.  At  Lake  Kathlyn  the  valley  is 
seven  or  eight  miles  wide,  four  miles  of  which  lies  on  the  west  side  of  the  river.  At 
Moricetown  it  has  nairowed  down  to  about  half  this  width  and  is  broken  and  rough. 
The  main  road,  which  traverses  the  valley  from  its  head,  crosses  here  from  the  east  to 
the  west  side  of  the  river.  The  northern  end  of  the  valley  is  narrow  and  rough.  At 
Bulkley  canyon  the  Suskwa  river  enters  from  the  east.  The  Hazelton-Manson  Creek 
trail  follows  its  north  bank. 

Between  Smithers  and  Rose  Lake,  at  the  head  of  the  valley,  are  found  many  choice 
settlements  where  agricultural  operations  have  been  successfully  carried  on  for  years. 
Telkwa,  ten  miles  south,  is  one  of  the  best-known  centres  of  this  valley,  and  in  its 
vicinity  are  to  be  seen  some  of  the  choicest  lands  and  best  improved  farms  of  the 
Bulkley,  especially  around  Maclure  lake.  Tatlow  is  a  station  between  Smithers  and 
Telkwa  and  is  also  located  in  the  midst  of  a  good  farming  section.  Hubert  is  the 
next  station  south  of  Telkwa  and  it  also  has  a  good  country  surrounding  it.  The 
valley  here  attains  its  greatest  width,  and  about  Lacroix  lake,  which  lies  a  couple  of 
miles  east  of  Hubert,  are  found  some  of  the  old-established  ranches  of  the  valley. 
Quick,  the  centre  of  Land  iSettlement  area  No.  1,  is  the  next  station.  South  of  this  the 
valley  is  narrower,  and  below  Barrett  lake  it  makes  a  big  bend,  assuming  a  more  general 
eact  and  west  direction.  Walcott  and  Barrett  stations  are  located  north  of  the  bend, 
the  latter  being  connected  by  a  wagon  road  with  Barrett  lake,  a  couple  of  miles  dis- 
tant, where  other  large  ranches  are  located.  Good  range  land  is  found  here,  and  to 
the  south  are  some  choice  agricultural  lands  with  southwestern  slope. 

Morice  river  and  Buck  creek  enter  the  Bulkley  from  the  south  at  the  big  bend, 
Houston  being  located  at  the  mouth  of  the  latter.  The  valleys  of  both  these  tribu- 
taries for  a  few  miles  contain  some  good  bottom  lands  with  hillside  grazing  areas. 
From  the  Mcrice  to  a  few  miles  above  Houston  is  Pleasant  Valley  or  North  Bulkley, 
a  particularly  choice  section  of  the  Bulkley. 

The  valley  then  becomes  narrow,  the  elevation  increases,  and  the  good  lands  are 
confined  for  the  most  part  to  alluvial  flats  and  scattered  patches  on  the  benches.  Less 
open  land  is  found  and  lighter  soil  occurs.  The  principal  settlement  in  this  upper 
part  of  the  valley  is  about  South  Bulkley.  The  railway  station  here  is  Forestdale. 
Between  Houston  and  South  Bulkley  are  Knockholt,  Perow  and  Topley  stations  and 
to  the  east  Rose  lake,  at  the  summit  of  the  valley,  and  on  the  easterly  boundary  of  the 
Hnzelton  land  division. 


The  Skeena  District  85 

The  Bulkley  valley  is  traversed  throughout  by  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  railway 
and  a  main  wagon  road  with  several  laterals  and  cross-roads,  and  also  by  the  Ashcrof  t- 
Yukon  Government  telegraph  line.  As  the  valley  is  long  and  narrow  all  parts  enjoy 
these  advantages.  The  climate  is  colder  than  on  the  Skeena,  with  more  snowfall, 
and  the  winters  are  longer,  though  not  severe.  The  summers  are  pleasant,  and  rain- 
fall sufficient,  but  summer  frosts  occur  in  places.  These  are  believed  to  be  ceasing  as 
the  land  becomes  cleared  up.  Taken  as  a  whole,  the  valley  is  most  suited  to  mixed 
arid  dairy-farming  or  ranching  where  sufficient  range  is  available. 

Aside  from  these  pursuits  mining  is  the  principal  industry.  The  silver-lead 
deposits  west  of  Smithers  and  the  coal-fields  west  of.Telkwa  are  believed  to  be  rich 
and  extensive.  The  development  of  these  and  other  prospective  mines  will  do  much 
to  increase  the  demand  for  farm  products  and  provide  an  ever-increasing  local  market. 
This  district  promises  to  develop  rapidly. 


THE  SKEENA  DISTRICT 

The  Skeena  Land  Eecording  Division,  with  recording  office  at  Prince  Rupert, 
includes  nearly  all  the  coast  lands  of  Central  British  Columbia,  that  is,  the  area  lying 
west  of  the  Coast,  or  Cascade,  range  of  mountains,  which  forms  its  eastern  boundary. 
On  the  north  the  divide,  between  the  Stikine  and  Naas  watersheds,  in  approximately 
latitude  57,  is  its  boundary,  while  on  the  west  it  is  limited  by  the  Alaskan  boundary, 
Portland  canal  and  the  main  coast.  Southerly  the  division  extends  to  Millbank 
sound.  Between  this  body  of  water  and  latitude  53  is  found  the  Bella  Coola  district, 
which  rightly  belongs  to  Central  British  Columbia.  It  falls  within  the  Vancouver 
land  division,  hut  for  purposes  of  description  is  included  with  the  Skeena  division. 

This  district  cannot  be  called,  by  any  stretch  of  the  imagination,  an  agricultural 
one.  It  is  mountainous  and  rocky,  and  is  broken  up  by  numerous  irregular  inlets 
from  the  Pacific  ocean.  Many  of  the  mountains  rise  even  above  timber  line,  and 
sufficient  soil  for  agricultural  purposes  is  found  only  in  the  bottoms  of  the  narrow 
valleys.  These  are  most  heavily  wooded.  The  climate  also  is  unfavourable  for 
ordinary  agriculture,  being  mild  but  excessively  wet. 

However,  there  are  found  in  this  district  certain  sections  which  prove  exceptions 
to  the  general  rule  and  as  such  have  an  enhanced  value.  Where  such  favourable  condi- 
tions are  found  produce  is  grown  in  plenty,  and  ready  markets  are  always  at  hand. 
Lumbering,  fishing  and  mining  have  reached  a  higher  stage  of  development  here  than 
in  any  other  part  of  Central  British  Columbia,  therefore  the  limited  areas  of  favour- 
able agricultural  lands  which  do  occur  are  of  more  than  ordinary  importance. 

The  Bella  Coola  valley  is  about  40  miles  long,  having  a  width  of  about  3  miles 
at  its  mouth  and  half  a  mile  at  its  upper  end.  Steep  mountains  hem  it  in  on  botli 
sides,  and  valley  and  mountain  sides  have  been  heavily  wooded.  The  soil  is  uniformly 
good,  being  a  sandy  loam  and  well  adapted  to  the  production  of  small  fruits  and 
potatoes.  Vegetables  and  hay  are  also  grown  abundantly.  The  climate  is  mild  and 
very  pleasant,  zero  weather  being  seldom  encountered. 

Bella  Coola  town,  at  the  outlet  of  the  valley,  is  a  port  of  call  for  coast  steamers, 
and  is  provided  with  the  usual  places  of  business.     It  also  has  connection  with  the 


86 


Central    British    Columbia 


interior  by  a  telegraph  line  running  up  the  valley  and  across  the  Chilcotin  country  to 
tap  the  Dominion  Government's  Ashcroft-Yukon  wire  on  the  Cariboo  road.  A  wagon 
road  extends  about  35  miles  up  the  valley  beyond  which  a  trail  follows  the  telegraph 
line.  Other  centres  of  settlement  are  Hagenburg,  12  miles  up;  Sloan,  the  center  of  an 
Adventiet  colony,  30  miles  up,  and  Atnarko,  near  the  head  of  the  valley.  The  lands 
have  all  been  taken  up  for  some  time.  Many  Norwegians  have  settled  here  and  engage 
in  fishing  as  a  side  line.  A  couple  of  saw-mills  are  also  operated.  Bella  Coola 
has  the  distinction  of  being  the  point  at  or  near  which  Alexander  Mackenzie,  the  first 
white  man  to  cross  the  continent,  reached  the  waters  of  the  Pacific  ocean  in  1793. 

The  Skeena  valley,  from  the  Coast  mountains  to  the  sea,  is  also  a  narrow  valley 
and  contains  only  a  limited  amount  of  agricultural  land.  It  has  splendid  trans- 
portation advantages,  however.  The  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  railway  follows  the  north 
shore  of  the  river  through  this  entire  division.  Tide-water  extends  up  about  20  miles 
and  the  lower  reaches  are  navigated  by  small  coast  boats.  In  the  early  days  of 
mining  activities  in  the  Omineca,  steamboats  plied  as  far  up  as  Hazelton,  well  beyond 
the  Coast  range.  Port  Essington  is  located  at  the  mouth  of  the  river,  while  Prince 
Rupert,  the  Pacific  terminus  of  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific,  is  located  on  Kaien  island, 
practically  in  its  delta. 

A  number  of  islands,  formed  by  river  silt  and  sand,  and  flats  and  benches  of 
varying  extent,  constitute  the  agricultural  lands  of  this  section.  They  are  found  in 
irregular  areas  and  scattered  locations.  Most  of  the  best  land  is,  or  has  been,  heavily 
timbered,  but  it  is  now  nearly  all  taken  up.  The  climate  is  mild  and  the  rainfall 
heavy  at  the  coast,  but  it  gets  colder  and  drier  ascending  the  valley.  Vegetation  is 
rank  but  ripens  slowly. 

An  area  with  greater  possibilities  along  agricultural  lines  is  that  found  in  the 
valley  of  the  Nass.  This  river  has  its  sources  well  up  in  the  Gassier  district,  and  flows 
in  a  general  southerly  direction  to  latitude  55,  when  it  turns  west  and  reaches  the  sea 
at  Nass  bay  on  Portland  inlet.  It  is  enclosed  by  mountains  on  the  north,  west  and 
east,  and  the  greater  part  of  its  arable  land  consists  of  elevated  plateaus,  rising  in 
series  as  the  stream  is  ascended.  The  lower  part  of  the  valley  is  narrow,  from  one  to 
three  miles  wide,  as  far  up  as  Ayansh  village.  Above  this  point  it  widens  out  to  eight 
or  nine  miles  and  thence  rises  into  extensive  plateaus. 

The  principal  settlement  is  between  Upper  Nass  and  Cranberry  river.  At 
Ayansh  there  is  an  Indian  reserve  covering  about  2,000  acres.  This  district  has  been 
burned  over  and  now  contains  many  open  meadows  and  areas  covered  with  second- 
growth  woods.  Wild  grasses  and  peavine  grow  abundantly.  Soil  and  climate  are 
favourable  to  the  production  of  small  fruits,  vegetables,  hay  and  grain.  The  district 
is  admirably  suited  to  fruit-growing,  dairying  and  truck  and  mixed  farming. 

At  present  the  grreatest  obstacle  to  settlement  is  its  lack  of  transportation  facili- 
ties. Steamers  call  at  Nass  Harbour  and  gasolene  launches  give  an  irregular  service 
from  that  point  from  May  till  November.  The  upper  valley  is  also  reached  by  trail 
from  Terrace,  on  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  railway,  by  way  of  the  Kitsumgallum  valley, 
and  from  Kitwanga  by  way  of  the  Cranberry  and  Kitwanga  rivers.  There  is  a  store 
and  post  offi^-c  at  Upper  Nass,  also  a  telegraph  office  giving  connection  to  Granby  Bay 
and  Stewart.  The  Dominion  Government  telegraph  line  from  Ashcroft  to  the  Yukon 
crosses  the  beight-of-land  from  which  the  head'waters  of  the  Nass  have  their  origin. 


A  trapper's  cabin  on  the  bank  of  Parsnip  river. 


Mount  Robson,  the  highest  of  Canadian  peaks,  from  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  Railway. 


88  Central   British    Columbia 

Adjacent  to  this  territory  are  found  extensive  mining,  fishing  and  lumbering 
activities.  Thousands  of  men  are  employed  in  the  mining  industries  of  Granby  Bay, 
Anyox,  Alice  Arm  and  Stewart.  With  means  of  delivering  their  products  promptly 
and  cheaply  to  these  centres  the  settlers  of  the  Nass  district  should  find  adequate  and 
profitable  markets  for  their  output. 

One  of  the  most  attractive  rural  districts  of  Central  British  Columbia,  especially 
to  the  lover  of  fruits  and  flowers  and  their  cultivation,  is  the  Kitimat-Kitsumgallum 
valley,  or,  as  it  is  becoming  more  commonly  known,  the  Terrace  strawberry  belt. 
This  little  section  has  a  most  unique  location,  and  is  almost  a  small  world  of  its  own. 
It  lies  in  a  narrow  trough  of  the  Cascade  mountains  and  almost  at  right  angles  to  the 
valley  of  the  Skeena  river,  which  it  crosses  at  a  point  centering  on  Terrace,  a  small 
station  on  the  Grand  Trimk  Pacific  railway,  94  miles  east  of  Prince  Eupert. 

Here  the  Kitsumgallum  river,  flowing  southerly  through  its  trough-like  valley 
walled  in  by  snow-capped  peaks  of  the  Cascades,  joins  the  Skeena.  Its  main  source  is 
Kitsumgallum  lake,  a  beautiful  body  of  water  some  six  miles  in  length  and  distant 
about  fifteen  miles  from  the  Skeena.  At  the  head  of  the  lake  is  Rosswood  settlement. 
Cedar  river  flows  into  the  north  end  of  the  lake  from  a  low  divide  in  the  valley  which 
separates  the  tributaries  of  the  Skeena  from  those  of  the  Nass.  North  of  this  low 
divide  is  found  Lava  lake,  which  is  drained  northerly  through  a  continuation  of  the 
Kitsumgallum  valley  by  the  Tseux  river  into  the  Nass,  reaching  it  at  Upper  Nass  or 
Ayansh.  A  further  low  divide  extends  the  valley  across  the  Nass  and  to  the  head  of 
Alice  Arm. 

From  Terrace  south  the  valley  continues  some  ten  miles  to  Lakelse  lake,  another 
beautiful  mountain  lake  hemmed  in  by  snow-capped  peaks.  This  lake  is  drained  by 
Lakelse  river,  which  enters  the  iSkeena  a  few  miles  below  the  mouth  of  the  Kitsum- 
gallum. From  Lakelse  lake  a  low  divide  leads  south  to  the  Kitimat  river,  which,  in 
turns,  drains  through  a  deep  valley  into  Kitimat  Arm. 

From  the  head  of  Cedar  river  to  Kitimat  Arm,  which  will  include  the  Kitsum- 
gallum-Kitimat  valley  proper,  the  distance  is  roughly  some  TO  miles,  of  which  about 
35  lie  to  the  north  and  35  to  the  south  of  the  Skeena  river.  The  total  length  of  the 
trough  from  Alice  Arm  to  Kitimat  Arm  is  between  75  and  100  miles. 

The  width  of  the  valley  varies  from  three  to  six  miles.  The  main  valley  of  the 
Kitimat  is  four  or  five  miles  wide  and  about  six  at  its  mouth.  The  Kitsumgallum 
flats  are  narrow  but  the  bench  lands  will  keep  up  tlie  average  width.  The  soil  of  the 
lower  lands  is  exceedingly  rich,  while  much  on  the  bench  lands  is  also  good,  though 
some  is  sandy  and  gravelly.  The  valley  has  been  heavily  wooded  and  much  is  still  in 
timber,  being  principally  hemlock.  A  saw-mill  is  operated  at  Terrace  and  cuts  logs 
secured  in  this  locality. 

This  valley  is  made  of  particular  value  by  its  salubrious  climate.  It  is  just  far 
enough  east  of  the  coast  to  be  out  of  the  wet  belt  without  finding  itself  in  the  dry 
belts  such  as  occur  in  the  southern  interior.  The  rainfall  is  sufficient  for  ordinary 
purposes  of  agriculture,  while  the  amount  of  sunshine  received  is  most  abundant. 
Sea  breezes  blow  up  and  down  the  valley  from  Alice  Arm  at  one  extremity  to  Kitimat 
Arm  at  the  other  and  play  a  most  important  part  in  maintaining  a  uniform 
temperaturf      T^'-    Tir<,Y;Trntv   <.f  the   mountains   also  serves   to   temper   the   heat  by 


The  Skeena  District  89 

summer  and  give  shelter  by  winter.  The  winters  are  very  moderate,  the  thcrmometei 
seldom  falling  below  zero,  while  the  snowfall  is  not  excessive.  Rainfall  in  summer  is 
usually  ample  but  the  valley  lends  itself  readily  to  irrigation  should  such  become 
necessary. 

This  valley  has  been  found  to  give  most  marked  success  in  small  fruit  growing 
and  has  -already  attained  considerable  fame  through  its  production  of  strawberries. 
The  season  for  this  fruit  is  later  than  in  almost  any  other  section  of  North  America 
and  thus  the  producers  find  a  ready  market  for  these  berries  after  other  sources  have 
been  exhausted.  This  fruit  attains  a  splendid  size  and  has  a  delicious  flavour.  Daily 
shipments  during  the  season  are  made  westerly  to  Prince  Rupert  and  easterly  to 
Edmonton,  Saskatoon,  Winnipeg  and  other  prairie  points.  Raspberries,  currants  and 
gooseberries  appear  to  do  equally  well.  Apples,  plums,  pears,  cherries  and  kindred 
fruits  may  be  raised  with  equal  success,  though  such  trees  are  only  beginning  to  bear, 
as  the  district  has  not  been  long  enough  under  way  to  give  them  a  fair  trial. 

The  land  here  is  nearly  all  divided  into  10-acre  plots.  The  average  price  at 
which  it  can  be  purchased  is  about  $75  per  acre  and  the  cost  of  clearing  will  average 
possibly  $150  per  acre.  At  this  rate  a  10-acre  plot  would  cost  $2,250.  If  planted  to 
strawberries  additional  cost  would  be  incurred  and  a  wait  till  the  second  year  for  a 
crop  become  necessary.  However  many  one-acre  plots  of  strawberries  in  this  section 
have  yielded  from  $500  to  $600  each  in  a  single  season.  Settlers  here  are  doing 
exceptionally  well  and  the  valley  is  being  rapidly  filled  up.  The  small  farms  give  a 
more  thiekly  settled  community  than  in  the  case  of  ordinary  farming  and  the 
advantages  of  good  roads  and  closeness  to  town  and  railroad  are  enjoyed  by  all.  The 
lower  end  of  Kitimat  valley  is  served  by  coast  steamers. 

Poultry-raising  and  dairying  are  other  pursuits  that  can  be  successfully  carried 
on  in  this  valley,  the  city  of  Prince  Rupert  providing  a  never-failing  market  for  such 
produce.  Bee-keeping  might  also  prove  remunerative.  The  streams  and  lakes  of  the 
district  afford  excellent  fishing,  trout  being  most  plentiful.  The  Dominion  Govern- 
ment maintains  a  hatchery  on  Lakelse  lake.  The  mountains  afford  excellent  hunting, 
while  the  mineral  deposits  of  the  vicinity  are  believed  to  be  extensive  and  valuable. 

Another  attraction  of  this  district  are  the  hotsprings  found  at  the  southern  end 
of  Lakelse  lake.  These  have  been  exploited  to  a  very  limited  extent  only.  They  are 
believed  to  possess  excellent  medicinal  qualities,  and  it  is  altogether  probable  that  a 
sanatorium  or  resort  will  be  established  here  which  will  become  very  popular  and 
beneficial. 

Already  this  district  is  becoming  a  popular  holiday  resort  for  the  inhabitants  of 
Prince  Rupert,  who  find  in  its  high  altitude,  lighter  and  brighter  atmosphere,  and  its 
many  attractions  of  fruit,  flowers  and  scenery,  hunting  and  fishing,  hotsprings  bathing 
and  mountain  climbing,  a  most  complete  recreation  ground.  Its  attractions,  both  as  a 
temporary  and  permanent  place  of  residence,  are  many  and  varied,  and  will  doubtless 
result  in  an  ever-increasing  influx  of  pleasure,  health  and  home  seekers. 


AGRICULTURAL  AND  INDUSTRIAL  OPPORTUNITIES 

The  building  of  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  railway  has  made  available  great  tracts 
of  fertile  lands  unsurpassed  in  any  part  of  western  America  for  dairy  purposes.  This 
railway  was  completed  in  1914,  and,  while  agricultural  settlement  and  development 
has  advanced  since  that  date,  it  has  not  made  the  rapid  progress  that  was  expected 
•f  it.  This  is  no  doubt  due  to  the  retarding  influence  of  the  war,  which  put  a  stop  to 
European  immigration  and  retarded  development  work  generally. 

Xow  that  conditions  are  becoming  normal  and  more  men,  including  large  numbers 
of  ex-soldiers,  are  seeking  new  land,  a  marked  activity  in  rural  development  may  be 
expected.  Increased  service  on  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  and  Canadian  National 
railways  is  already  in  evidence,  while  the  building  of  the  Pacific  Great  Eastern  is 
being  vigorously  prosecuted.  It  is  hoped  this  railway  will  shortly  be  extended  to 
cross  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  and  reach  northerly  into  the  Peace  River  district. 
Connection  is  hoped  to  be  made  at  some  point  then  with  the  Edmonton,  Dunvegan 
and  British  Columbia  railway. 

These  railways  are  already  augmented  by  local  steamboat  services,  which  serve  to 
assist  the  early  settlement  of  adjacent  territories,  though  they  do  not  prove  sufficient 
means  of  transportation  when  farming  operations  are  in  full  swing.  Branch  lines  to 
serve  the  more  populous  agricultural  settlements  located  beyond  the  convenient  reach 
of  main  lines  must  shortly  be  constructed.  In  the  meantime,  the  Provincial  Govern- 
ment is  building  roads  and  bridges  with  all  despatch,  and  the  intending  settler  may 
rest  assured  that  his  transportation  problems  are  receiving  attention. 

Homesteads  in  the  Dominion  Government  Peace  River  Block  and  pre-emptions  in 
the  remainder  are  still  available,  though  the  best  locations  of  such  free  lands  are  being 
rapidly  taken  up.  Unimproved  lands  may  be  purchased  from  the  British  Columbia 
Government,  at  $5  per  acre  for  first-class  and  $2.50  per  acre  for  second-class  lands. 
Other  unimproved  lands,  held  by  investors,  and  in  many  cases  including  very  choice 
areas  located  close  to  a  railway,  may  be  purchased  at  prices  ranging  from  $8  to  $15 
per  acre.  Lands  in  the  Terrace  "  Strawberry  belt "  sell  in  10-acre  blocks  for  as  high  as 
$75  per  acre  in  their  raw  state. 

Leases  for  grazing  purposes  may  be  obtained  on  both  Dominion  and  Provincial 
lands.  During  the  past  year  cattlemen  have  been  acquiring  large  areas  of  these  lands 
and  immediately  placing  herds  of  cattle  thereon. 

Comparatively  little  prairie  land  is  available,  though  in  the  Peace  and  Xechako 
rivers  and  the  Ootsa  and  Frangois  lakes  districts  there  is  much  vacant  land  carrying 
but  a  very  light  and  scattered  tree  growth. 

The  clearing  of  land  in  British  Columbia  has  always  been  a  source  of  discourage- 
ment to  the  ijrofvpective  settler.  In  the  coast  and  southerly  parts  it  has  been  a  serious 
problem,  but  this  drawback  exists  only  to  a  very  limited  degree  in  Central  British 
Columbia.  Though  labour  has  been  scarce  and  powder  expensive,  fields  have  been 
cleared  up  in  remarkably  short  time  and  with  surprisingly  low  costs.  Modern  machinery 
is  doing  much  to  reduce  this  task  to  a  mininmm.  Moreover,  the  demand  for  prairie 
farms  is  not  as  insistent  as  it  formerly  was.  The  presence  of  a  certain  quantity  of  wood 
for  fuel  or  building  and  fencing  purjxtses  is  a  valuable  asset  to  the  farm  in  these  days 

90 


Agricultural  and  Industrial   Opi>ortunities  91 

of  high  lumber  cost.  Where  formerly  the  clearing  of  land  was  coueidered  an  expen- 
sive item  only,  it  ie  now,  if  not  an  actual  revenue  producer,  at  least  a  means  of 
obtaining  these  valuable  and  necessary  requisites. 

Persons  of  limited  capital,  desirous  of  obtaining  a  farm  home  of  their  own,  can 
find  no  place  more  worthy  of  their  consideration  than  Central  British  Columbia. 
Pioneering  conditions  offer  the  minimum  of  hardship  and  the  prospects  of  rapid 
advancement  are  nowhere  better.  The  fertile  soil  quickly  responds  to  cultivation,  the 
climate  is  moderate  and  agreeable,  the  district  is  easy  of  access  and  good  markets  are 
available.  In  the  early  years,  before  the  settler  has  any  production  to  offer  for  sale,  a 
revenue  may  be  obtained  by  working  out  if  necessary  during  part  of  the  seasons.  The 
lumbering,  mining  and  fishing  industries,  railroad  and  highway  building  and  many 
kindred  activities  offer  work  at  good  rates  of  pay,  by  which  his  capital  may  be 
supplemented  till  his  farming  operations  are  in  full  swing.  Wood  for  building  and 
fencing  purposes,  or  for  fuel,  is  free  and  plentiful,  the  best  of  water  is  obtainable  in 
plenty,  and  game,  fish  and  wild  fruits  may  be  made  to  supplement  his  larder.  Many 
of  the  most  successful  farmers  of  these  districts  have  started  in  such  humble  manner. 

Equally  attractive  inducements  are  held  out  to  the  settler  with  greater  means, 
but  particularly  to  the  mixed  or  dairy  farmer.  The  climate,  water  and  vegetation  are 
especially  favourable  to  the  dairy  cow,  and  fodder  in  abundance  is  always  assured. 
Clover  and  alfalfa,  especially  on  irrigated  lands,  give  excellent  returns.  The  Provin- 
cial Government  is  now  paying  especial  interest  to  the  dairy  industry  and  is  assisting 
in  the  introduction  of  pure-bred  herds  and  the  establishment  of  creameries. 

The  various  districts  and  their  particular  attraction  might  be  briefly  summarized 
as  follows : — 

Peace  river — Fort  St.  John  vicinity,  ranching  and  mixed  farming;  Pouce  Coupe 
— mixed  farming;  Hudson  Hope — ranching  and  mixed  farming;  Finlay — mixed 
farming;  smaller  tributaries  of  Peace — small  ranching. 

Fraser  river,  upper  part — mixed  farming  and  truck  gardening;  lower  part, 
dairy-farming  and  fruit  and  vegetable  growing. 

Nechako  valley — dairy-farming,  sheep-raising  and  grain  and  vegetable  growing. 

Bulkley  valley— mixed  farming  and  ranching. 

Chilcotin   country — ranching    (now   nearly   overstocked),   irrigated   farming. 

Quesnel  and  Horsefly  country — ranching  and  sheep-raising. 

Frangois  and  Ootsa  lakes  districts,  Stuart  lake  district  and  outlying  sections  of 
similar  nature — ranching,  developing  into  mixed  and  dairy-farming  as  roads  and 
railroads  are  constructed. 

Kitsumgallum-Kitimat  valley — fruit  and  vegetable  growing,  poultry-raising,  bee- 
keeping and  cream  production. 

Skeena  and  Nass  valleys — mixed  and  dairy-farming,  truck  and  vegetable  raising, 
fruit  growing. 

Bella  Coola  valley — fruit  and  vegetable  growing. 

These  are  only  a  few  brief  indications,  but  serve  to  suggest  the  range  of  possi- 
bilities for  the  rural  settler. 

The  lumbering  industry  is  well  established,  but  the  great  forest  stands  of  the 
coast  regions  and  Fraser  valley  above  Prince  George  give  ample  scope  for  further 


92  Central    British    Columbia 

expansion.  The  pulp  and  paper  induetry  may  be  expected  to  increase.  As  the  country 
settles  there  arise  numerous  opportunities  for  the  establishment  of  woodworking 
industries,  such  as  eash  and  door  factories,  planing  mills,  furniture  factories  and 
similar  lines. 

The  mining  industry  has  passed  through  various  stages  during  the  last  fifty  years. 
Primitive  methods  of  placer  mining  have  been  followed  on  creeks  in  almost  every 
section  of  the  interior  and  fabulous  sums  of  gold  have  been  recovered.  Small, 
individual  operations  of  this  nature  have  almost  disappeared,  but  great  undertakings, 
involving  the  construction  of  huge  dams  and  long  ditches  and  the  installation  of  heavy 
machinery,  have  begun  to  supplant  them.  With  better  transportation  facilities,  these 
industries  may  be  expected  to  expand,  and  modern  dredges  and  hydraulic  plants  are 
likely  to  be  found  in  many  places  throughout  the  Cariboo  and  Omineca  districts. 

Lode  mining  has  developed  rapidly  along  the  coast,  where  great  bodies  of  copper, 
silver,  zinc,  lead  and  gold-producing  ore,  within  easy  reach  of  coast  shipping  facili- 
ties, have  been  foxind.  New  discoveries  are  constantly  being  made.  The  Portland 
canal  district  is  at  present  a  favourite  field  for  prospectors  and  the  Mecca  of  western 
mining  men.  Prospecting  and  development  is  quietly  going  on,  however,  in  almost 
every  nook  and  corner  of  the  interior,  and  many  promising  bodies  of  ore  are  show- 
ing up.  The  great  quartz  bodies  of  Mount  Selwyn  are  receiving  considerable  atten- 
tion.    The  claims  worthy  of  careful  examination  are  too  numerous  to  mention. 

Coal  mining  is  yet  to  receive  attention,  but  will  doubtless  become  an  important 
part  of  this  industry.  The  possibilities  of  discovering  oil  are  not  to  be  overlooked. 
Extensive  prospecting  and  drilling  operations  are  now  being  prosecuted  in  the 
Pouce  Coupe  district  and  the  outlook  is  said  to  be  very  encouraging.  The  produc- 
tion of  non-metallics  and  the  manufacture  of  various  clay  products  offer  opportunities 
for  the  establishment  of  such  industries  as  the  local  demand  increases.  Mining  and 
its  associated  industries  will  play  an  important  part  in  the  development  of  Central 
British  Columbia. 

Fishing  is  a  well-established  industry  on  the  coast,  but  not  commercially  prose- 
cuted in  the  interior.  Great  opportunities  for  successful  sturgeon  fishing  on  the 
great  interior  lakes  await  exploitation.  Whitefish  might  also  be  put  to  commercial 
advantage,  as  in  the  case  of  the  Prairie  Provinces. 

Manufacturing,  though  as  yet  almost  neglected,  may  be  expected  to  become 
permanently  established.  The  presence  of  such  tremendous  quantities  of  raw  material, 
minerals  and  wood  particularly,  and  the  means  of  procuring  at  low  cost  a  constant 
supply  of  cheap  power  from  the  many  great  water-powers  of  the  district  should  be 
gufScient  to  guarantee  the  future  of  this  industry.  A  local  demand  is  steadily 
increasing  and  shipping  facilities  are  being  improved. 

Two  great  allied  industries,  shipping  and  shipbuilding,  appear  to  be  coming  into 
tlieir  own  at  Central  British  Columbia's  great  natural  seaport.  Prince  Kupert. 
Coast-wise  shipping  has  flourished  for  several  years,  but  foreign  and  transpacific 
shipping  Hn«5  are  necessary  to  ensure  the  thorough  development  of  both  this  port 
and  the  interior.  Bottoms  for  the  transport  of  lumber,  pulp,  paper,  products  of  the 
mine  and  farm,  fish  and  other  resources  from  this  province  and  for  grain  and  other 
produce  hauled  from  the  Prairie  Provinces  to  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  terminus  at 
ilii-i  pf.rt  arf  rrriiiircd.     Sorrif  woU-established  Steamship  linee  between  Prince  Eupert 


"  Au55tralian  Ranch,"  on  Cariboo  road,  twenty  miles  south  of  Quesnel. 


Farm  at  Pouce  Coup6  purchased   by  a  returned  soldier. 


94 


Central    British    Columhia 


and  the  principal  seaports  of  the  Pacific  would  do  much  to  make  this  city  a  second 
Vancouver. 

Shipbuilding  in  Prince  Rupert  has  now  obtained  a  foothold.  The  "  Prince 
Eupert  Dry  Docke  and  Engineering  Company,  Limited,"  associated  with  "  The  Mulle» 
Construction  Company,  Limited,"  has  established  modern  and  extensive  dry-docks, 
capable  of  docking  the  largest  ocean  vessels,  and  a  modern  shipbuilding  plant  on  the 
water-front,  about  midway  between  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  dock  and  Seal  cove  in 
Prince  Rupert.  All  classes  of  vessels  may  now  dock  here  for  repairs.  Machine  shops 
capable  of  effecting  any  repairs  to  ocean-going  or  coastal  boats  have  been  created 
and  the  boon  thus  afforded  to  shipping  is  invaluable. 

The  shipbuilding  programme,  after  some  hitches,  was  finally  got  under  way  during 
the  summer  and  fall  of  1919.  The  first  keel  was  laid  on  'September  2T,  1919,  by  His 
Excellency  the  Duke  of  Devonshire,  Governor  General  of  Canada.  The  second  was 
laid  about  the  first  of  November.  Some  260  men  were  employed  at  this  time  with 
expectations  of  having  their  number  doubled  in  a  short  time.  These  ships  were  designed 
as  ocean-going  vessels  and  the  industry,  it  is  hoped,  is  permanently  established.  The 
first  to  be  completed  was  the  Canadian  Scottish,  a  unit  of  the  Canadian  Merchant 
Marine.  She  was  given  her  speed  trials  on  August  24,  1921,  and  was  pronounced 
satisfactory.  This  boat  bears  the  register  of  Prince  Rupert  and  immediately  went 
into  service  carrying  a  load  of  freight  to  Australia,  thus  initiating  what  is  hoped 
will  prove  an  ever-increasing  ocean  traffic.  The  second  boat  is  to  be  known  as  the 
Canadian  British. 

Projects  for  the  utilization  of  water  in  connection  with  irrigation,  mining  or  the 
production  of  power  are  already  being  put  forth  in  numerous  select  localities  and  may 
be  expected  to  become  very  numerous.  In  fact,  it  is  argued  by  many  that  the  Grand 
Trunk  Pacific  might  be  electrified  through  British  Columbia.  This  most  important 
asset  applies  not  only  to  large-scale  operations  but  all  the  way  down  from  the  most 
extensive  undertakings  to  the  smallest.  The  numerous  small  swift  streams  give  to 
the  farmer  an  excellent  opportunity  to  fit  up  a  small  turbine  or  pelton  wheel  by  which 
his  buildings  can  be  lighted,  his  machinery  run,  his  water  pumped  and  his  fields 
irrigated. 

Following  in  the  wake  of  agricultural  and  industrial  advancement  there  arise  the 
openings  and  opportunities  for  the  usual  complement  of  mercantile  and  professional 
lines  or  callings.  The  chance  to  "grow  up  with  the  country"  is  beckoning  to  many, 
and  the  future  of  Central  British  Columbia  promises  to  be  full  of  rich  reward  for 
thoee  who  settle  in  these  parts  of  Canada. 


APPENDIX   I 

PRE-EMPTION  AND  HOMESTEAD  REGULATIONS 
Pre-emption — Provincial  Lands 

Surveyed  agricultural  land,  except  timber  land,  to  the  extent  of  160  acres  may  be 
pre-empted.  Timber  land  is  defined  as  that  carrying  8,000  feet  of  milling  timber  to 
the  acre  west  of  the  Cascades  or  5,000  feet  to  the  acre  east  of  the  Cascades.  No  per- 
son can  hold  more  than  one  claim  at  a  time.  Claims  cannot  be  recorded  by  agents. 
Settlers  to  enter  occupation  within  sixty  days  from  allowance  of  claim,  occupy  claims 
for  five  years  and  make  improvements  to  value  of  $10  per  acre,  including  clearing 
and  cultivating  at  least  five  acres.  More  than  two  months'  continuous  absence  during 
any  one  year  without  leave  is  deemed  cessation  of  ocupation.  No  Crown  grant  can  be 
issued  to  aliens  not  naturalized.  The  pre-emptor  shall,  after  complying  with  the  Act 
in  respect  to  occupation  and  improvements,  be  entitled  to  a  free  grant  of  the  land 
upon  payment  of  Crown-grant  fee  of  $10.  Pre-emptors  in  occupation  not  less  than 
three  years,  who  have  made  proportionate  improvements,  may,  because  of  ill-health,  or 
other  cause,  be  granted  intermediate  certificate  of  improvement  and  transfer  claims. 
Records  without  permanent  residence  are  issued  providing  applicants  make  improve- 
ments valued  at  $300  per  annum;  title  being  obtainable  after  five  years,  providing 
improvement  is  made  to  $10  an  acre,  including  clearing,  and  cultivating  five  acres,  and 
there  has  been  residence  of  at  least  two  years.  A  pre-emptor  holding  Crown-grant 
may  record  another  pre-emption  if  land  is  required  in  conjunction  with  his  farm, 
without  actual  occupation,  provided  statutory  improvements  are  made  and  residence 
maintained  on  Crown-granted  land. 

Grazing  permits  are  issued  based  on  numbers  ranged,  with  priority  for  established 
owners,  at  initial  rate  of  5  cents  per  head  of  cattle  per  month,  with  minimum  of  26 
cents  and  max:imum  of  50  cents  per  head  per  season.  Rate  for  horses  25  per  cent 
more  than  for  cattle;  sheep  and  goats  one-quarter  of  those  for  cattle.  Free,  or  par- 
tially free,  permits  for  settlers,  campers  and  travellers;  up  to  ten  head. 

Application  for  more  detailed  information  should  be  made  to  the  Deputy  Minister 
of  Lands,  Victoria,  B.C. 

Homestead — Dominion  Lands  (Peace  River  Block) 

All  surveyed  agricultural  Dominion  lands  in  the  Peace  River  block  which  are 
not  disposed  of  and  not  reserved  or  occupied,  are  open  to  homestead  entry. 

Islands  are  reserved  from  entry. 

An  entry  does  not  include  the  mineral  or  water  rights. 

The  sole  head  of  a  family,  or  any  male  over  eighteen  years  old,  who  is  a  British 
subject,  or  declares  an  intention  to  become  a  British  subject,  may  homestead  one 
quarter-section  of  available  Dominion  land.  Applicant  must  appear  in  person  at  the 
Dominion  Lands  Agency  or  Sub-Agency  for  the  district.  Entry  by  proxy  may  be 
made  at  any  Dominion  Lands  Agency   (but  not  Sub-Agency),  on  certain  conditions. 

95 


96  Central    British    Columbia 

An  agent  may  reserve  one  available  quarter-section  as  a  homestead  for  a  minor 
over  seventeen  years  of  age  until  he  is  eighteen,  on  certain  conditions. 

Application  for  homestead  entry  may  be  made  by  a  person  eligible  under  the  pro- 
visions of  "  The  Dominion  Lands  Act,"  either  at  the  land  agency  for  the  district  in 
which  the  land  is  situated,  or  at  the  office  of  a  sub-agent  authorized  to  transact 
business  in  the  district. 

Six  mouths'  residence  upon  and  cultivation  of  the  land  in  each  of  three  years. 
A  homesteader  may  live  within  nine  miles  of  his  homestead  on  a  farm  of  at  least 
eighty  acres,  on  certain  conditions.  A  habitable  house  is  required,  except  where 
residence  is  performed  in  the  vicinity. 

The  area  of  cultivation  is  subjck^t  to  reduction  in  case  of  rough,  scrubby  or  stony 
land.     Live  stock  may  be  substituted  for  cultivation  under  certain  conditions. 

A  homesteader  is  allowed  six  months  from  the  date  of  his  entry  within  which  to 
perfect  the  same  by  taking  possession  of  the  land  and  beginning  his  residence  duties. 
Any  entry  not  so  perfected  within  that  period  is  liable  to  cancellation. 


APPENDIX   II 

PURCHASE  AND  LEASE  OF  LANDS 

Purchase  of  Crown  Land 

Applications  to  purchase  vacant  and  unreserved  Crown  lands,  surveyed  or 
unsurveyed,  for  agricultural  purposes,  not  under  40  or  over  640  acree,  are 
received,  prices  being  $5  per  acre  for  first-class  and  $2.50  for  eocond-clase 
land.  First-class  lands  are  those  which  can  be  profitably  cultivated,  or  wild 
hay  meadows;  other  lands  are  classified  as  second-class.  Timber  land,  i.e.,  carry- 
ing 8,000  feet  of  milling  timber  to  the  acre,  west  of  the  Cascades  or  5,000  feet  to  the 
east,  are  not  open  to  purchase — except  that  mill,  factory  or  industrial  sites  not  exceed- 
ing 40  acres  may  be  sold  on  terms  and  conditions  fixed  by  the  minister,  conditions 
including  payment  of  stumpage  values  in  addition  to  royalty  and  taxes.  Watersheds 
may  be  sold  when  required  by  incorporated  cities  for  waterworks  purposes.  Foreshore, 
tidal  lands,  sea-bed  lands  covered  by  navigable  waters,  quarries,  fishing  stations  or 
cannery  sites,  are  disposable  only  by  special  Order  in  Council  upon  such  terms  and 
conditions  as  made  therein. 

Application  to  purchase  surveyed  lands  is  made  to  the  Commissioner  of  the  divi- 
sion in  which  they  are  located,  stating  the  lot  number  and  location,  and,  on  the 
application  being  allowed,  a  deposit  of  26  per  cent  is  made,  the  balance  payable  in 
one,  two  and  three  years  at  6  per  cent,  or  payment  may  be  made  in  full.  Unsurveyed 
lands  must  be  staked  by  applicant  or  agent  and  notice  of  intent  to  purchase  advertised 
for  two  months  in  the  British  Columbia  Gazette  and  a  newspaper  published  nearest  to 
the  land  (embodying  particulars  regarding  applicant  and  location  with  reference  to  a 
known  streamway  or  physical  characteristic).  Forms  for  applications  and  notices  as 
set  forth  in  the  Land  Act  are  provided.  Application  is  made  within  three  months  of 
first  publication  of  notice,  with  deposit  of  50  cents  per  acre,  to  commissioner  of  the 
division  in  which  the  land  is  situated.  Within  six  months  of  the  purchase  being 
allowed  a  survey  must  be  made  at  purchaser's  expense,  and  it  is  the  duty  of  the 
surveyor  to  classify  the  land,  indicating  whether  any  part  is  likely  to  be  required  for 
townsite  or  fishing  station,  or  whether  granting  of  land  would  hamper  development  of 
adjoining  natural  resources.  If  the  survey  is  not  considered  satisfactory  the  minister 
may  order  a  new  one.  If  surveyor's  report  discloses,  or  information  is  otherwise 
received,  indicating  a  sale  not  in  public  interest,  the  application  may  be  refused  and 
deposit  returned.  If  the  surveyor's  report  is  accepted  notice  to  that  effect  is  published 
for  sixty  days  in  the  British  Columbia  Gazette,  during  which  time  any  adverse  claim 
may  be  filed,  decision  being  made  by  the  minister,  and  priority  being  established 
applicant  is  notified  to  complete  payment.  Where  priority  is  not  satisfactorily  estab- 
lished the  minister  may  order  sale  by  tender  to  applicant  bidding  highest.  By  Order 
in  Council  surveyed  lands  may  also  be  offered  at  public  sale,  upset  price  being  not 
less  than  classified  prices  under  the  Land  Act. 

Permanent  improvements  to  value  not  under  $5  per  acre  are  to  be  made  within 
four  years,  Crown  grant  not  being  issued  until  applicants  file  certificate  that  such 

97 

89736—7 


98  Central   British    Columbia 

improvements  are  made,  setting  out  in  detail  their  nature  and  value.  In  event  of 
failure  to  complete  purchases  in  compliance  with  the  Act,  sales  may  be  cancelled  and 
payments  forfeited.  A  second  purchase  may  not  be  made  until  certificate  is  filed 
showing  improvements  valued  at  $3  per  acre  have  been  made  on  first  purchase — bona 
fide  cultivation  being  deemed  improvement — or  Crown  grant  is  received,  of  first  pur- 
chase abandoned.  Unless  specially  notified  at  time  of  sale,  purchases  are  subject  to 
public  right  of  way,  also  private  rights  of  way  existing  at  time  of  sale,  as  leading 
or  using  water  for  animals  and  mining,  engineering  or  irrigation  purposes,  also  use, 
without  compensation,  of  stone,  gravel,  or  other  material  required  for  road  repairs. 
Natural  hay  meadows,  inaccessible  by  existing  roads,  may  be  purchased  conditional 
upon  applicant  building  a  satisfactory  road  to  them;  cost  of  road  not  exceeding  half 
of  amount  to  be  rebated  from  purchase  price. 

Lease  of  Crown  Land 

Leases  up  to  640  acres  in  extent,  with  covenants  and  conditions  deemed  advisable, 
are  made  (a)  for  hay-cutting,  up  to  10  years;  (6)  for  other  purposes,  excepting  timber 
cutting,  up  to  21  years.  For  bona  fide  industrial  purposes,  leases  exceeding  640  acres 
may  be  made.  Leases  of  timber  land  for  mill,  factory  or  other  industrial  site,  up  to  40 
acres,  are  made  under  conditions  including  payment  of  stumpage,  in  addition  to  rent, 
royalty  and  taxes.  Leases  may  also  be  granted  for  grazing,  industrial  or  quarrying 
purposes,  including  digging  clay  or  marl,  on  lands  held  under  timber  lease  or  special 
timber  license,  under  conditions  deemed  advisable.  For  home  sites,  leases  up  to  20 
acres  are  obtainable  subject  to  occupation  and  cultivation,  erection  of  dwelling-house 
during  first  year,  and  payment  of  cost  of  survey  collectable  similarly,  as  rental  due 
under  lease,  lessee  beng  entitled  to  Crown  grant  on  expiration  of  lease,  if  conditions 
and  stipulations  are  fulfilled.  Watersheds  required  by  cities  for  water  supply  may  be 
leased  on  conditions  deemed  advisable  for  periods  not  exceeding  999  years.  Leases 
may  be  granted  on  lands  reserved  as  school  reserves,  consent  of  school  trustees  being 
required  where  a  school-house  is  built  upon  such  reserve. 

Unsurveyed  land  must  be  staked  precedent  to  application  for  lease,  by  applicant 
or  agent,  and  application  for  permission  to  lease  made  to  the  commissioner  of  the 
division,  setting  forth  particulars,  including  staking,  boundaries,  location,  purpose 
for  which  lease  is  required,  also  a  notice  with  similar  particulars  advertised  in  the 
British  Columbia  Gazette  and  a  newspaper  published  in  the  division,  or  nearest  to  it, 
for  two  months.  Application  is  made  within  three  months  of  first  publication  of 
notice,  with  statutory  declaration  that  notice  has  been  published.  No  advertisement  is 
necessary  and  staking  is  not  required  in  applications  to  lease  surveyed  lands.  Written 
application  is  made  to  the  Commissioner  of  the  district,  giving  number,  location  and 
acreage  of  lot.  Lessees  of  unsurveyed  land  must  have  survey  made  in  accordance  with 
regulations  of  Surveyor  General,  within  six  months,  at  their  expense.  If  two  or  more 
applicants  apply  for  the  same  tract  the  minister  will  decide  as  to  priority,  and  failing 
to  establish  priority  of  right,  he  may  ask  applicants  to  tender  and  award  right  to 
lease  to  highest  bidder. 

Pre-emptors  holding  records  on,  or  recording  on  lands  leased,  have  right  of  way 
over  leased  lands,  providing  they  do  not  commit  wilful  waste  or  damage  in  passing 
over  sucli  lands. 


APPENDIX   III 

LAND  SETTLEMENT  ACT 

The  Land  Settlement  Board,  which  was  brought  into  existence  by  the  Land 
Settlement  Act  of  British  Columbia,  have  established  fourteen  Land  Settlement 
Areas  in  Central  British  Columbia. 

The  method  by  which  land  may  be  obtained  through  the  Land  Settlement  Board 
is  as  follows : — 

A  payment  of  not  less  than  twenty  per  cent  of  the  selling  price  shall  be  made  in 
cash  on  delivery  of  the  agreement  of  sale,  the  balance  to  be  payable  in  equal  yearly 
instalments  extending  over  a  period  not  exceeding  fifteen  years  from  the  date  of  the 
agreement,  with  interest  payable  yearly  on  the  unpaid  balance  at  the  rate  of  seven 
per  cent  per  annum. 

Bona  fide  residence  of  the  settler  in  a  habitable  dwelling  upon  the  land  sold  shall 
be  established  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  board  within  twelve  months  from  the  date  of 
agreement  of  sale,  and  be  continued  so  long  as  any  part  of  the  selling  price  or  interest 
remains  unpaid. 

Improvements  to  all  cultivable  lands  shall  be  made  by  the  settler  equal  in  value 
to:— 

$0.50  per  acre  within  two  years  from  the  date  of  the  agreement  of  sale. 
1.00  per  acre  during  the  third  year  from  the  date  of  the  agreement  of  sale. 
1.50  per  acre  during  the  fourth  year  from  the  date  of  the  agreement  of  sale. 
1.50  per  acre  during  the  fifth  year  from  the  date  of  the  agreement  of  sale. 
1.50  per  acre  during  the  sixth  year  from  the  date  of  the  agreement  of  sale. 
6.00  total  value  per  acre  of  improvements  to  the  land,  exclusive  of  buildings 
and  fences,  required  before  title  may  be  issued,  whether  payment  in  full 
of  selling  price  has  been  made  or  not. 

Where  a  sale  of  lands  is  made  to  a  settler  who  is  a  returned  soldier,  within  the 
meaning  of  section  45  of  the  "Land  Settlement  and  Development  Act,"  the  selling 
price  shall,  in  the  case  of  the  first  purchase  of  land  from  the  board  by  him,  be  abated 
by  the  deduction  therefrom  of  the  sum  of  five  hundred  dollars,  and  the  balance 
remaining  after  such  deduction  shall  be  the  selling  price  of  the  lands  to  the  returned 
soldier.  The  amount  payable  in  cash  on  delivery  of  the  agreement  of  sale  to  a 
returned  soldier  shall  be  not  less  than  ten  per  cent  of  the  selling  price  so  abated,  but 
in  all  other  respects  the  terms  and  conditions  of  sale  shall  be  those  set  out  above: 
Provided  that  where  the  returned  soldier  obtains  from  the  Soldier  Settlement  Board 
of  the  Dominion  Government,  on  the  security  of  the  lands  sold,  a  loan  of  money  for 
the  purpose  of  improving  or  stocking  the  said  lands  for  agricultural  or  pastoral  pur- 
poses, the  lands  may  be  sold  to  the  returned  soldier  at  the  selling  price  so  abated, 
payable  in  cash,  and  without  requiring  from  the  returned  soldier  any  observance  by 
him  of  the  conditions  in  respect  of  improvements  set  out  above. 

No  sale  of  lands  within  either  of  said  areas  shall  be  made  by  the  board  to  any 
person  who  by  reason  of  his  religious  doctrines  or  otherwise  is  averse  to  bearing  arms 

99 

39736—71 


100  Central    Briiish    Columbia 

and  refuses  personal  military  service,  and  therein  fails  to  undertake  the  full  responsi- 
bility of  citizenship,  or  who  under  any  law.  Order  in  Council,  or  otherwise,  has  for 
like  reason  been  exempted  from  military  service  within  Canada. 

Owners  of  lands  within  any  of  said  areas  who  do  not  reside  on  their  lands  shall 
make  and  execute  improvements  on  their  cultivable  lands,  and  maintain  the  improve- 
ments to  the  satisfaction  of  the  board,  as  follows: — 

$2.00  per  acre  within  one  year  from  the  date  of  notice. 
2.0O  per  acre  within  the  second  year  from  the  date  of  notice. 
2.00  per  acre  within  the  third  year  from  the  date  of  notice. 
2.00  per  acre  within  the  fourth  year  from  the  date  of  notice. 
2.25  per  acre  within  the  fifth  year  from  the  date  of  notice. 
2.25  per  acre  within  the  sixth  year  from  the  date  of  notice. 


$12.50  total  improvements  per  acre. 

Pastoral  lands  may  be  stocked  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  board  in  lieu  of  the 
improvements  required. 

The  board  may  at  any  time  by  exchange,  subdivision,  or  consolidation,  adjust  any 
individual  parcels  of  land,  the  title  to  which  has  been  acquired  by  the  board,  into 
units  not  exceeding  640  acres  in  area,  for  the  purpose  of  better  adapting  the  same  for 
use  under  the  conditions  prevailing;  and  where  two  or  more  parcels  are  consolidated 
into  one  unit,  the  improvements  thereon  may,  at  the  discretion  of  the  board,  be  made 
and  executed  on  all  or  any  one  of  the  parcels. 

Representatives  of  the  board  are  to  be  found  at  Telkwa,  Vanderhoof  and  Prince 
George  who  will  show  prospective  purchasers  around  and  give  them  all  information 
available  regarding  their  respective  districts. 

Application  should  be  made  to  the  Chairman  of  the  Land  Settlement  Board, 
Victoria,  B.C.,  for  further  detailed  information  respecting  land  under  the  control  of 
the  Land  Settlement  Board,  or  to  any  of  the  branch  offices  as  above,  or  to  the  Gov- 
ernment Agents  at  Smithers,  Fort  Fraser,  Quesnel,  and  150-Mile  House. 


APPENDIX   IV 

GOVERNMENT  AID  TO  FARMERS 

Ae  an  aid  to  more  rapid  improvement  of  farm  lands  the  British  Columbia 
Provincial  Government  has  passed  legislation  providing  for  loans  to  bona  fide 
settlers,  on  the  security  of  their  land. 

Application  for  a  loan  is  made  in  writing  on  forme  supplied  tjp  the  Land 
Settlement  Board,  Victoria,  B.C.,  and  the  amount  applied  for  must  not  be  less  than 
two  hundred  and  fifty  dollars  ($250)  nor  more  than  five  thousand  dollars  ($5,000)  to 
an  individual  and  ten  thousand  dollars  ($10,000)  to  an  association. 

Loans  may  be  made  for  the  following  purposes: — 

(a)  For  any  purpose  which  in  the  opinion  of  the  Board  will  maintain  or  increase 

agricultural  or  pastoral  production; 
(h)  For  carrying  out  the  object  of  any  association;  subject  to  approval  by  Order 

in  Council; 
(c)  For  taking  over  in  whole  or  in  part,  subject  to  approval  by  Order  in  Council, 

any  existing  loan  advanced  by  the  Crown  in  right  of  the  province,  to  any 

association,  or  any  debentures  issued  by  any  association. 

Before  granting  any  loan  the  Board  shall  ascertain  that  the  loan  is  justified  on 
the  following  grounds: — 

(a)  The  value  of  the  security  offered,  estimated  on  the  basis  of  agricultural  pro- 
ductiveness as  hereinafter  provided; 

(h)  The  desirability  of  the  proposed  loan  for  any  of  the  purposes  described  in  the 
last  preceding  section; 

(c)  In  the  case  of  an  individual  borrower,  the  ability  of  the  applicant  to  make 
a  fair  living  for  himself  and  his  family  from  the  farming  of  his  land,  when 
improved  as  proposed  by  means  of  the  loan  applied  for  and  after  having  paid 
interest  and  amortization  charges  or  other  payments  as  required  under  the 
mortgage ; 

^d)  In  the  case  of  an  association,  that  the  association  is  solvent  and  has  adequate 
earning  powers,  and  that  its  records,  methods,  investments  and  management 
are  satisfactory  to  the  board; 

(e)  That  the  granting  of  the  proposed  loan  for  the  specified  purpose  in  the 
opinion  of  the  board  will  be  of  economic  benefit  to  the  borrower. 

No  loan  will  be  granted  exceeding  sixty  per  cent  of  the  appraised  value  of  the 
land  offered  as  security. 

Short  dated  loans  shall  be  made  for  a  period  of  not  less  than  three  years  and  not 
more  than  ten  years,  either  straight  or  amortizable;  long-dated  loans  shall  be  made  for 
a  period  of  either  fifteen,  twenty  or  twenty-five  years,  reparable  on  the  amortizable 
plan. 

The  Land  Settlement  Board  will  at  all  times  furnish  complete  information 
regarding  terms  of  loans,  and  application  for  desired  information  should  be  made 
direct  to  the  board. 

101 


APPENDIX   V 
MINING  REGULATIONS 

Free  Miner's  Certificates 

Any  person  over  the  age  of  eighteen,  and  any  joint-stock  company,  may  obtain 
a  Free  Miner's  Certificate  on  payment  of  the  required  fee. 

The  fee  to  an  individual  for  a  Pree  Miner's  Certificate  is  $5  for  one  year.  To  a 
joint-etock  company  having  capital  of  $100,000,  or  less,  the  fee  for  a  year  is  $50;  if 
capitalized  beyond  this,  the  fee  is  $100. 

The  Free  Miner's  Certificates  all  expire  at  midnight  on  May  31  in  each  year. 
Certificates  may  be  obtained  for  any  part  of  a  year,  terminating  on  May  31  for  a 
proportionately  less  fee. 

The  possession  of  this  certificate  entitles  the  holder  to  enter  upon  all  lands  of  the 
Crown,  or  upon  any  other  lands  on  vrhich  the  right  to  so  enter  is  not  specially  reserved, 
and  to  prospect  for  minerals,  locate  claims,  and  mine. 

A  free  miner  can  only  hold,  by  location,  one  mineral  claim  on  the  same  vein  or 
lode,  but  may  acquire  others  by  purchase.  In  the  case  of  placer  claims,  only  one 
claim  can  be  held  by  location  on  each  creek,  ravine,  or  hill,  and  not  more  than  two 
rn  the  same  locality,  only  one  of  which  shall  be  a  "  oreek  "  claim. 

In  the  event  of  a  free  miner  allowing  his  certificate  to  lapse,  his  mining  property 
(if  not  Crown-granted)  reverts  to  the  Crown,  but  where  other  free  miners  are 
interested  as  partners  or  co-owners  the  interest  of  the  defaulter  becomes  vested  in  the 
company  continuing  co-owners  or  partners  pro  rata,  according  to  their  interests. 

It  is  not  necessary  for  a  shareholder,  as  such,  in  an  incorporated  mining  com- 
pany to  be  the  holder  of  a  Free  Miner's  Certificate. 

Mineral  Claims 

Mineral  claims  are  located  and  held  under  the  provisions  of  the  "  Mineral  Act." 

A  mineral  claim  is  a  rectangular  piece  of  ground  not  exceeding  1,500  feet  square. 
The  angles  must  be  all  right  angles  unless  the  boundaries,  or  one  of  them,  are  the 
same  as  those  of  a  previously  recorded  claim. 

No  special  privileges  are  allowed  for  the  discovery  of  new  mineral  claims  or 
districts. 

A  mineral  claim  is  located  by  erecting  three  "  legal  posts,"  which  are  stakes 
having  a  height  of  not  less  than  4  feet  above  ground  and  squared  for  4  inches  at  least 
on  each  face  for  not  less  than  a  foot  from  the  top.  A  tree-stump  so  cut  and  squared 
also  constitutes  a  legal  post. 

The  "discovery  post"  is  placed  at  the  point  where  the  mineral  in-place  is 
discovered. 

Nos.  1  and  2  posts  are  placed  as  near  as  possible  on  the  line  of  the  ledge  or  vein, 
shown  by  the  discovery  post,  and  mark  the  boundaries  of  the  claim.     Upon  each  of 

102 


Mining  Regulations  103 

these  three  posts  must  be  written  the  name  of  the  claim,  the  name  of  the  locator,  and 
the  date  of  location.  On  No.  1  post,  in  addition,  the  following  must  be  written: 
"Initial  post.  Direction  of  Post  No.  2  (giving  approximate  compass  bearing),  .... 
feet  of  this  claim  lie  on  the  right,  and  ....  feet  on  the  left  of  the  line  from  No.  1  to 
No.  2  posts." 

The  location-line  between  Nos.  1  and  2  posts  must  be  distinctly  marked — in  a 
timbered  locality  by  blazing  trees  and  cutting  underbrush,  and  in  bare  country  by 
monuments  of  earth  or  rock  not  less  than  2  feet  in  diameter  at  the  base,  and  at  least 
2  feet  high — so  that  the  line  can  be  distinctly  seen. 

Mineral  claims  must  be  recorded  in  the  Mining  Recorder's  office  for  the  mining 
division  in  which  they  are  situated  within  fifteen  days  from  the  date  of  location,  one 
day  extra  being  allowed  for  each  ten  miles  of  distance  from  the  recording  office  after 
the  first  ten  miles.  If  a  claim  is  not  recorded  in  time  it  is  deemed  abandoned  and 
open  for  relocation,  but  if  the  original  locator  wishes  to  relocate  he  can  only  do  so  by 
permission  of  the  Gold  Commissioner  of  the  district  and  upon  the  payment  of  a  fee 
of  $10.    This  applies  also  to  a  claim  abandoned  for  any  reason  whatever. 

Mineral  claims  are,  until  the  Crown  grant  is  issued,  held  practically  on  a  yearly 
lease,  a  leondition  of  which  is  that  during  such  year  assessment-work  be  performed  on 
the  same  to  the  value  of  at  least  $100,  or  a  payment  of  such  sum  be  made  to  the 
Mining  Recorder.  Such  assessments  must  be  recorded  before  the  expiration  of  the 
year,  or  the  claim  is  deemed  abandoned.  If,  however,  the  required  assessment-work 
has  been  performed  within  the  year,  but  not  recorded  within  that  time,  a  free  miner 
may  within  thirty  days  thereafter,  record  such  assessment-work  upon  payment  of  an 
additional  fee  of  $10.  The  actual  cost  of  the  survey  of  a  mineral  claim  to  an  amount 
not  exceeding  $100,  may  also  be  recorded  as  assessment-work.  If,  during  any  year, 
work  is  done  to  a  greater  extent  than  the  required  $100,  any  further  sum  of  $100 — but 
not  less — may  be  recorded  and  counted  as  further  assessments.  As  soon  as  assess- 
ment-work to  the  extent  of  $500  is  recorded,  the  owner  of  a  mineral  claim  is  entitled 
to  a  Crown  grant  on  payment  of  a  fee  of  $25,  and  giving  the  necessary  notices  required 
by  the  Act.  Liberal  provisions  are  also  made  in  the  Act  for  obtaining  mill-sites  and 
other  facilities  in  the  way  of  tunnels  and  drains  for  the  better  working  of  claims. 


Placer  Claims 

Placer-mining  is  governed  by  the  "Placer-mining  Act,"  and  by  the  interpreta- 
tion clause  its  scope  is  defined  as  '"the  mining  of  any  natural  stratum  or  bed  of 
earth,  gravel,  or  cement  mined  for  gold  or  other  precious  minerals  or  stones."  Placer 
claims  are  of  four  classes,  as  follows : — 

"'  Creek  diggings':  any  mine  in  the  bed  of  any  stream  or  ravine; 
• " '  Bar  diggings ' :  any  mine  between  high  and  low-water  marks  on  a  river,  lake, 

or  other  large  body  of  water; 
"  '  Dry  diggings ' :  any  mine  over  which  water  never  extends ; 
"'Precious-stone  diggings':  any  deposit  of  precious   stones,  whether   in  veins, 
beds,  or  gravel  deposits." 


1 04  Central    British    Columbia 

The  following  provisions  as  to  extent  of  the  various  classes  of  claims  are  made 
by  the  Act: — 

"  In  '  creek  diggings '  a  claim  shall  be  two  hundred  and  fifty  feet  long,  measured 

in  the  direction  of  the  general  course  of  the  stream,  and  shall  extend  in 

width  one  thousand  feet,  measured  from  the  general  course  of  the  stream 

five  hundred  feet  on  either  side  of  the  centre  thereof; 
"  In  '  bar  diggings  '  a  claim  shall  be : — 
"  (a)  A  piece  of  land  not  exceeding  two  hundred  and  fifty  feet  square  on  any 

bar  which  is  covered  at  high-water;  or 
"  (h)  A  strip  of  land  two  hundred  and  fifty  feet  long  at  high-water  mark,  and 

in  width  extending  from  high-water  mark  to  extreme  low-water  mark; 
"  In  '  dry  diggings '  a  claim  shall  be  two  hundred  and  fifty  feet  square." 

The  following  provision  is  made  for  new  discoveries  of  placer-mining  ground: — 

"  If  any  free  miner,  or  party  of  free  miners,  discovers  a  new  locality  for  the 
prosecution  of  placer  mining  and  such  discovery  be  established  to  the  satisfavjtion  of 
the  Gold  Commissioner,  placer  claims  of  the  following  sizes  shall  be  allowed  to  such 
discoverers,  viz : — 

"To  one  discoverer,  one  claim  600  feet  in  length; 

"To  a  party  of  two  discoverers,  two  claims  amounting  together  to  1,000  feet  in 
length ; 

"  And  to  each  member  of  a  party  beyond  two  in  number,  a  claim  of  the  ordinary 
size  only. 

"  The  width  of  such  claims  shall  be  the  same  as  ordinary  placer  claims  of  the 
same  class :  Provided  that  where  a  discovery  claim  has  been  established  in  any 
locality  no  further  discovery  shall  be  allowed  within  five  miles  therefrom,  measured 
along  the  watercourses." 

Every  placer  claim  shall  be  as  nearly  as  possible  rectangular  in  form,  and  marked 
by  four  legal  posts  at  the  corners  thereof,  firmly  fi^ed  in  the  ground.  On  each  of 
such  posts  shall  be  written  the  name  of  the  locator,  the  number  and  date  of  issue 
tion  thereof,  if  located  within  ten  miles  of  the  office  of  the  Mining  Recorder  by  the 
claim.  In  timbered  localities  boundary-lines  of  a  placer  claim  shall  be  blazed  so  that 
the  posts  can  be  distinctly  seen,  underbrush  cut,  and  the  locator  shall  also  erect  legal 
posts  not  more  than  125  feet  apart  on  all  boundary-lines.  In  localities  where  there 
is  no  timber  or  underbrush,  monuments  of  earth  and  rock,  not  less  than  two  feet  high 
and  two  feet  in  diameter  at  base,  may  be  erected  in  lieu  of  the  last-mentioned  legal 
poet,  but  not  in  the  case  of  the  four  legal  posts  marking  the  corners  of  the  claim. 

A  placer  claim  must  be  recorded  in  the  office  of  the  Mining  Recorder  for  the 
mining  division  within  which  the  same  is  situate,  within  fifteen  days  after  the  loca- 
tion thereof,  if  located  within  ten  miles  of  the  office  of  the  Minng  Recorder  by  the 
most  direct  means  of  travel.  One  additional  day  shall  be  allowed  for  every  ten  miles 
additional  or  fraction  thereof.  The  number  of  days  shall  be  counted  inclusive  of  the 
days  upon  which  Isuch  location  was  made,  but  exclusive  of  the  day  of  application  for 
record.  The  application  for  such  record  shall  be  under  oath  and  in  the  form  set  out 
in  the  Schedule  to  the  Act.  A  claim  which  shall  not  have  been  recorded  within  the 
prescribed  period  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  abandoned. 


Mining  Regulations  105 

To  hold  a  placer  claim  for  more  than  one  year  it  must  be  re-reeorded  before  the 
expiration  of  the  record  or  re-record. 

A  placer  claim  must  be  -worked  by  the  owner,  or  someone  on  his  behalf,  con- 
tinuously, as  far  a6  practicable,  during  working  hours.  If  work  is  discontinued  for 
a  period  of  seventy-two  hours,  except  during  the  close  season,  lay-over,  leave  of 
absence,'  sickness,  or  for  some  other  reason  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Gold  Commis- 
sioner, the  claim  is  deemed  abandoned. 

Lay-overs  are  declared  by  the  Gold  Commissioner  upon  proof  being  given  to  him 
that  the  supply  of  water  is  insufficient  to  work  the  claim.  Upon  similar  circumstances 
he  has  also  the  power  to  declare  a  close  season  by  a  notice  in  writing  and  published 
in  the  Gazette^  for  all  or  any  claims  in  his  district.  Tunnel  and  drain  licenses  are 
also  granted  by  him  on  the  person  applying  giving  securities  for  any  damage  that 
may  arise.  Grants  of  right  of  way  for  the  construction  of  tunnels  or  drains  across 
other  claims  are  also  granted  on  payment  of  a  fee  of  $25,  the  owner  of  the  claim 
crossed  having  the  right  for  tolls,  etc.,  on  the  tunnel  or  drain  which  may  be  con- 
structed. These  tolls,  however,  are,  so  far  as  the  amount  goes,  under  the  discretion 
of  the  Gold  Commissioner. 

Hydraulic  and  Dredging  Leases 

Leases  of  unoccupied  Crown  lands  may  be  granted  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor 
in  Council  upon  recommendation  of  the  Gold  Commissioner  of  the  district,  after 
location,  by  placing  a  legal  post  at  each  corner  of  the  ground  applied  for.  On  the 
post  nearest  the  placer-ground  then  being  worked  the  locator  must  post  a  notice 
stating  the  name  of  the  applicant,  the  location  of  the  ground  to  be  acquired,  the  quan- 
tity of  ground,  and  the  term  for  ■which  the  lease  is  to  be  applied  for.  Within  thirty 
days  application  must  be  made  in  writing  to  the  Gold  Commissioner,  in  duplicate, 
with  a  plan  of  the  ground  on  the  back,  and  the  application  must  contain  the  name  of 
each  applicant,  the  number  of  each  applicant's  free  miner's  certificate,  the  locality  of 
the  ground,  the  quantity  of  ground,  the  terms  of  the  lease  desired,  and  the  rent  pro- 
posed to  be  paid.  A  sum  of  $20  must  accompany  the  application,  which  is  returned  if 
the  application  is  not  granted.  The  term  of  leases  must  not  exceed  twenty  years.  The 
extent  of  ground  covered  by  leases  is  not  in  excess  of  the  following:  Creek,  half  a 
mile;  hydraulic  diggings,  eighty  acres;  dredging  leases,  five  miles;  precious-stone 
diggings,  ten  acres.  Under  Order  in  Council,  the  minimum  rental  for  creek  lease  is 
$75  per  annum  and  for  hydraulic  lease  $50  per  annum,  with  a  condition  that  at  least 
$1,000  per  annum  shall  be  spent  in  development.  For  dredging  leases  the  usual  rental 
is  $50  per  mile  per  annum;  development  work  worth  $1,000  per  mile  per  annum 
must  be  done. 

Under  the  "Placer-mining  Act  Amendment  Act,  1920,"  section  6,  the  annual 
rental  and  amount  to  be  expended  annually  on  development-work  was  materially 
reduced  on  all  leases  issued  after  July  1,  19'20.  For  details  consult  the  Act;  but  the 
provisions  may  be  roughly  summarized  as  follows: — 

Bench  lease,  annual  rental,  $25;  annual  development-work,  $250. 
Creek  lease,  annual  rental,  $3Y.50;  annual  development-work,  $250. 
Dredging  lease,  annual  rental  per  mile,  $25;  annual  development-work,  per 
mile,  $1,000. 


106  Central   British    Columbia 

It  was  further  enacted  that  all  development-work  mufit  be  recorded  with  Mining 
Eecorder  during  the  current  year,  similarly  as  is  done  with  a  mineral  claim,  and  in 
default  of  such  record  being  made  the  lease  becomes  automatically  forfeited. 

Excess  work  may  be  recorded  three  years  in  advance.  Payment  in  cash  of  like 
amount  to  the  development  requirements  may  be  made  in  lieu  of  such  development- 
work. 

Under  section  Y  of  said  Act,  any  lease  issued  prior  to  the  passing  of  this  Act, 
in  which  the  rentals  and  development  requirements  are  higher,  such  lease,  if  in  good 
standing,  may,  by  application  to  the  Gold  Commissioner,  be  brought  under  the  terms 
and  conditions  of  this  Amendment  Act. 

Coal  and  Petroleum  Prospecting  Licenses 

Any  person  desiring  to  prospect  for  coal,  petroleum  or  natural  gas  upon  any 
unreserved  lands  held  by  the  Crown  may  acquire  license  to  do  so  over  a  rectangular 
block  of  land  not  exceeding  640-  acres,  of  which  the  boundaries  shall  run  due  north 
and  south  and  east  and  west,  and  no  side  shall  exceed  80  chains  (one  mile)  in  length. 
Before  entering  into  possession  of  the  said  land  he  shall  place  at  the  comer  of  such 
block  a  legal  stake,  or  initial  post,  and  shall  inscribe  thereon  his  name  and  the  angle 
represented  by  such  post,  thus :  "  A.B.'e  N.E.  corner,"  or  as  the  case  may  be,  and  shall 
keep  posted  for  thirty  days  in  a  conspicuous  place  upon  the  said  land,  and  also  in  the 
Government  office  of  the  district,  as  well  as  publishing  it  in  the  British  Columbia 
Gazette  and  in  a  local  newspaper  for  a  like  period,  a  notice  of  his  intention  to  apply 
for  such  prospecting  license. 

The  applications  for  said  license  shall  be  in  writing,  in  duplicate,  and  shall  con- 
tain the  best  written  description  possible,  with  a  diagram  of  the  land  sought  to  be 
acquired,  and  shall  be  accompanied  with  a  fee  of  $100.  The  application  shall  be  made 
to  the  Commissioner  of  Lands  for  the  district,  and  by  him  forwarded  to  the  Minister 
of  Lands,  who  shall  grant  such  license — provided  no  valid  protest  is  substantiated — 
for  a  period  not  to  exceed  one  year,  and  at  the  expiration  of  the  first  year  an  extension 
of  such  license  may  be  granted  for  a  second  or  third  year. 

Should  the  licensee  discover  coal,  petroleum,  or  natural  gas  upon  such  land  during 
the  period  of  his  license,  and  produce  satisfactory  evidence,  under  oath,  of  the  fact, 
he  may  obtain  from  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council,  after  having  had  the  land 
properly  surveyed,  a  lease  of  the  said  block  for  a  term  of  five  years,  at  an  annual 
rental  of  15  cents  an  acre,  and  such  lease  may  be  renewed  for  a  further  period  of 
three  years,  upon  the  payment  of  a  renewal  fee  of  $100  for  each  parcel  of  640  acres  of 
land;  and  if  during  the  term  of  such  lease,  or  within  three  months  thereafter,  he  can 
show  conclusively  that  he  has  continuously  and  vigorously  prosecuted  the  work  of 
coal  or  petroleum  mining,  and  has  fully  carried  out  the  terms  of  such  lease,  he  shall 
be  entitled  to  purchase  the  said  lands,  including  the  coal,  petroleum,  or  natural  gas 
thereunder,  at  the  rate  of  $20  an  acre,  or  in  the  event  of  the  surface  rights  having 
been  alienated  from  the  Government,  he  can  purchase  the  coal,  petroleum,  or  natural 
gas  underlying  such  lands  at  the  rate  of  $15  an  acre:  Provided  also  that,  in  addition 
to  the  rental  or  purchase  price,  there  shall  be  paid  to  the  Government  as  a  royalty 
2^  cents  a  barrel  (36  imperial  gallons)  of  crude  petroleum  raised  or  gotten  from  such 
land. 


APPENDIX  VI 
TIMBER  AND  FOREST  FIRE  REGULATIONS 

How  to  Obtain  a  "  Timber  Sale  " 

Upon  application  being  made  to  the  Chief  Forester,  Victoria,  or  the  local 
District  Forester,  any  desired  area  of  Crown  timber  will  be  cruised,  surveyed  (if 
necessary),  and  advertised  for  sale  by  tender.  The  period  required  for  advertisement 
is  as  follows : — 

(1)  Over  five  million  feet  B.M.,  two  months. 

(2)  One  to  five  million  feet  B.M.,  one  month. 

(3)  Less  than  one  million  feet  B.M.,  one  to  four  weeks. 

(4)  Should  the  stumpage  value  to  the  Crown  be  less  than  $100,  the  local  District 
Forester  may  make  a  sale  without  advertisement. 

During  the  period  of  advertisement  all  intending  purchasers  are  furnished  with 
full  particulars  of  the  sale,  including  blue-prints  showing  the  location  and  area, 
description  and  estimate  of  timber,  upset  price  (which  is  the  lowest  tender  that  will 
be  considered),  copy  of  the  sale  contract,  and  tender  forms. 

The  tender  must  be  accompanied  by  a  certified  cheque,  negotiable  at  par  by  the 
Department  in  Victoria,  or  by  cash,  including  the  following  items : — 

(1)  Cost  of  advertising. 

(2)  'Cost  of  cruising  and  survey  (if  any). 

(3)  Annual  rental  (approximately  22  cents  per  acre  on  coast,  and  16  cents  per 
acre  in  interior). 

(4)  Forest  protection  tax  (at  2^  cents  per  acre). 

(5)  Deposit  of  10  per  cent  of  the  stumpage  price  tendered,  which  will  be  dealt 
with  as  follows : — 

(a)  Eeturned  forthwith  if  tender  is  not  accepted. 

(6)  Held  in  trust  to  be  returned  upon  the  satisfactory  completion  of  the  contract, 
(c)  Forfeited  to  the  Crown  if  the  contract  is  not  completed  to  the  satisfaction 

of  the  Minister. 

Each  sale  contract  specifies  the  period  within  which  operations  are  required  to  be 
completed.  Should  any  timber  remain  uncut  at  the  date  of  expiration,  application 
may  be  made  in  the  regular  way  for  a  new  sale  to  cover  the  unlogged  area. 

Timber-sale  contracts  are  not  transferable. 

The  provision  permitting  the  District  Forester  to  make  small  sales  under  $100 
without  advertisement  should  be  of  special  interest  to  small  operators  and  hand- 
loggers,  as  sales  can  in  this  way  be  put  through  with  the  least  possible  delay  and 
expense. 

Small  sales  also  have  a  distinct  advantage  over  hand-loggers'  licenses,  inasmuch 
as  they  are  not  of  a  personal  nature  and  have  no  restrictions  as  to  the  logging 
equipment  used,  or  the  number  of  men  employed. 

Application  for  further  information  should  be  made  to  the  Chief  Forester, 
Victoria,  B.C. 

107 


108  Central   British    Colunibia 

Extracts  from  the  "Forest  Act" 

106.  The  period  from  the  first  day  of  May  to  the  first  day  of  October  in  each 
year  shall  be  known  as  the  close  season  in  respect  to  the  setting  of  fire;  but  when 
circumstances  of  unusual  danger  render  it  necessary  in  the  public  interest,  the 
Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  may,  by  Proclamation,  extend  the  said  season. 

107.  During  the  close  season  it  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  to  set  out,  or 
cause  to  be  set  out,  started,  or  kindled,  any  fire  in  or  within  one-half  mile  from  any 
forests  or  woodlands  except  for  the  purpose  of  clearing  land,  cooking,  obtaining  neces- 
sary warmth,  or  for  some  necessary  industrial  purpose  permitted  by  the  Minister, 
and  unless  the  obligations  and  precautions  imposed  in  the  following  sections  shall 
be  observed. 

108.  During  the  close  season  no  person,  firm,  or  corporation  shall  set  out,  or  cause 
to  be  set  out,  fires  in  or  within  one-half  mile  from  slashings  or  forest  debris,  standing 
or  fallen  timber,  or  bush  land  for  the  purpose  of  burning  slashings,  brush,  grass,  or 
other  inflammable  material,  or  for  any  industrial  purpose,  without  first  obtaining  a 
permit  therefor:  Provided  that  no  person  shall  be  convicted  who  shall  have  set  in 
good  faith  and  with  reasonable  care  a  back-fire  for  the  purpose  of  stopping  the  pro- 
gress of  a  fire  then  actually  burning. 

111.  Every  person  who,  during  the  close  season,  uses  any  explosives,  or  throws  or 
drops  any  burning  match,  ashes  of  a  pipe,  lighted  cigarette  or  cigar,  or  any  other 
burning  substance,  in  or  on  any  forest  or  brush  land,  or  at  a  distance  of  less  than 
one-half  of  a  mile  therefrom,  shall,  before  leaving  the  spot,  completely  extinguish  the 
fire  of  the  match,  ashes  of  a  pipe,  lighted  cigarette  or  cigar,  or  other  burning  sub- 
stance, or  explosive,  and  any  fire  caused  thereby;  and  every  such  person  shall  be  liable 
for  all  expenses  incurred  by  the  department  in  controlling  or  extinguishing  any  fire  so 
caused,  and  the  Minister  shall  have  a  right  of  action  against  such  person  therefor  as 
for  a  debt  due  to  the  Crown. 


APPENDIX   VII 
SUMMARY  OF  WATER  RIGHTS 

The  province  has  been  divided  into  thirty-one  "  Water  Recording  Districts,"  the 
boundariee  of  vphich  follow  as  nearly  as  possible  the  main  watersheds,  and  a  "  Local 
Recorder,"  in  most  cases  the  Government  agent,  appointed  for  each  district.  The 
Local  Recorder  acts  as  a  "  Recorder,"  the  active  administration  in  the  more  important 
districts  being  in  the  hands  of  a  "  District  Engineer,"  whose  duties  are  defined  by  the 
"Water  Act,  1914,"  and  who  is  subject  to  the  Comptroller  of  Water  Rights,  whose 
office  is  at  Victoria,  B.C.,  and  in  whom  alone  is  vested  the  power  to  approve  an 
application  and  grant  a  license.  The  printed  forms  "of  notice,  application,  etc.,  may 
be  obtained  on  application  to  the  office  of  any  Water  Recorder,  District  Engineer, 
or  to  the  Comptroller's  office. 

Licenses  may  be  granted  for  the  use  of  water  for  any  of  the  following  purposes : 
Domestic,  water-works,  mineral  trading,  irrigation,  mining,  steam,  fluming,  hydrau- 
licking,  industrial,  power,  clearing  streams,  storage,  conveying,  and  lowering  water. 

As  the  water  may  be  required  in  varying  quantities,  the  applications  have  been 
classified  as  follows:  "Class  A,"  "Class  B,"  and  "Class  C,"  the  definitions  of  these 
classes  being  as  follows : — 

"Class  A,"  in  reference  to  any  application  or  license,  means  any  application  of 
license  for  "domestic,"  "mineral  trading,"  "steam  purpose,"  or  for  "mining,"  or 
"  industrial  purpose "  where  the  water  is  to  be  used  in  quantities  not  exceeding 
100,000  gallons  per  day;  or  for  "  irrigation  purpose"  where  the  acreage  to  be  irrigated 
does  not  exceed  640  acres ;  or  for  "  power  purpose  "  where  the  power  to  be  developed 
does  not  exceed  100  horse-power  and  is  to  be  used  by  the  application  only;  Provided 
that,  if  in  the  opinion  of  the  Comptroller  the  nature  of  the  works  intended  is  such  as 
to  require  the  submission  of  detail  plans,  he  may  place  any  application  which  might 
come  within  the  foregoing  classification  into  "  Class  B,"  notwithstanding  the  fore- 
going limitations. 

"Class  B,"  in  reference  to  any  application  or  license,  means  an  application  of 
license  for  "  mining "  or  "  industrial  purpose "  where  the  water  is  to  be  used  in 
quantities  exceeding  100,0'00  gallons  per  day;  for  "irrigation  purpose"  where  the 
acreage  to  be  irrigated  exceeds  640  acres;  or  for  "storage  purpose"  or  "hydraulick- 
ing  purpose "  or  "  clearing  streams  purpose,"  or  "  fluming  purpose "  where  the  water 
is  to  be  used  by  the  applicant  only;  or  for  "power  purpose"  where  the  power  to  be 
developed  exceeds  100  horse-power  and  is  to  be  used  by  the  applicant  only;  or  for 
"lowering  water  purpose";  Provided  that,  if  in  the  opinion  of  the  Comptroller  the 
nature  of  the  works  is  such  as  not  to  require  the  submission  of  detail  plans,  he  may 
place  any  application  or  license  which  might  come  within  the  above  classification  into 
"  Class  A  "  notwithstanding  the  foregoing  limitations. 

"  Class  C,"  in  reference  to  any  application  or  license,  means  a  license  by  virtue 
of  which  water  is  held  in  gross,  whether  by  special  statute  or  otherwise;  or  an 
application  or  license  for  "power,"  "  hydraulicking,"  "clearing  streams,"  or  "fluming 
purposes"  where  tolls  are  to  be  charged;  or  for  "water-works"  or  "conveying 
purposes." 

100 


110  Central   British    Columbia 

A  license  in  respect  of  a  "  Class  A  "  or  "  Class  B  "  application  can  be  obtained 
by  an  "owner,"  "owner"  being  defined  by  the  Act  as: — 

(0)  Any  registered  owner  in  the  book  of  indefeasible  or  absolute  fees  in  any 
Land  Registry  office  in  the  province; 

(h)  Any  purchaser  or  lessee  in  a  registered  agreement  for  purchase  or  lease; 

(c)  Any  applicant  to  register  his  title  as  owner  or  his  agreement  for  purchase 

or  lease; 

(d)  Any  pre-emptor,  homesteader,  or  purchaser  from  the  Crown  in  the  right  of 
either  the  Dominion  or  the  province,  or  any  applicant  to  so  pre-empt,  homestead,  or 
purchase; 

(e)  Any  timber  licensee  or  lessee; 

(/)  Any  other  lawful  occupant  of  land  or  of  a  mine; 

(g)  Any  legal  representative  of  an  owner  (as  herein  defined)  who  has  died, 
become  insolvent,  is  a  minor,  is  of  unsound  mind,  or  is  otherwise  under  disability; 

(h)  Any  receiver  or  liquidator  of  a  company  which  is  the  owner  (as  herein 
defined)  of  land. 

A  license  in  respect  of  a  ''  Class  C  "  application  can  be  acquired  by  any  munici- 
pality, company,  association  or  body  corporate  whose  undertaking  in  respect  of  such 
license  has  been  approved  under  the  "  Water  Act,  1914." 

The  initial  procedure  to  obtain  a  "Class  A"  or  "Class  B"  water  license  is  as 

follows : — 

(1)  Post  notices  at  or  near  the  point  of  diversion  and  place  of  use; 

(2)  File  the  notice  in  duplicate  in  the  office  of  the  Water  Recorder  for  the  dis- 
trict in  which  the  proposed  point  of  diversion  is  situate; 

(3)  At  the  same  time  as  filing  serve  the  notice  upon  each  owner  whose  land  will 
be  touched  or  in  any  way  affected  by  the  proposed  works ; 

(4)  Forthwith  after  posting  on  the  ground,  advertise  the  notice  in  a  local  news- 
paper once  a  week  for  four  weeks; 

(5)  Within  ten  days  after  the  date  of  the  first  publication,  file  the  formal  appli- 
cation in  duplicate  in  the  Water  Recorder's  office. 

Application  for  further  detailed  information  should  be  made  to  the  local  recorder 
or  to  the  Water  Rights  Branch,  Department  of  Lands,  Victoria,  B.C. 


APPENDIX  VIII 

GAME  REGULATIONS 

The  "  open  season  "  is  declared  from  year  to  year  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in 
Council.  -  Write  the  Attorney  General's  Department,  Victoria,  B.C.,  for  a  copy  of 
the  regulations  for  the  current  year. 

Non-resident  Hunting  and  Fishing  Licenses 

(1)  Big  Game  Licenses. — To  carry  firearms  and  fishing  tackle  and  to  hunt  big 
game  and  game  birds,  and  to  angle  for  fish,  fee  $25.  With  additional  fees  for  game 
killed  as  follows: — 

Each  moose $25  00 

"     wapiti 25  00 

"     cariboo 25  00 

"    mountain-«heep 25  00 

"     grizzly  bear 25  00 

"    mountain-goat 15  00 

"     mule-deer 15  00 

"     black  or  brown  bear 15  00 

"     deer  or  any  other  species 5  00 

(Holder  must  bona  fide  enter  the  province  for  the  purpose  of  hunting  big  game 
to  obtain  above  license,  and  may  carry  his  firearms  without  license  whilst  in  a  public 
conveyance.) 

(2)  Spring  Bear  License. — To  carry  firearms  and  to  hunt  bear  only  between 
January  1  and  July  1,  fee  $25. 

N.B. — A  permit  to  export  trophies  ia  required  and  can  be  obtained  from  the 
Provincial  Game  Warden  or  the  nearest  Government  agent. 

(3)  Angler's  License. — To  carry  fishing  rods  and  to  fish  between  March  25  and 
November  15,  for  whole  season,  fee  $5;  per  day,  $1. 

N.B. — Trout  over  8  inches  in  length  only  may  be  taken. 

(4)  Game  Bird  License. — (British  subjects  residing  elsewhere  in  Canada) — to 
carry  firearms  and  to  hunt  game  birds  only,  fee  $5  per  week. 

Resident  Hunting  Licenses 

(1)  To  carry  firearms  and  to  hunt  game  birds  and  deer,  fee  $2.50. 

N.B. — This  license  may  be  obtained  free  by  a  farmer  or  any  member  of  his  family 
in  respect  to  hunting  on  his  own  land. 

(2)  To  carry  firearms  and  to  hunt  big  game  and  game  birds,  $25. 

(3)  To  carry  firearms  and  traps  and  to  hunt  big  game  and  game  birds  and  to 
trap  fur-bearing  animals,  fee  $10. 

N.B. — A  prospector  who  is  resident,  upon  production  of  his  free  miner's  certifi- 
cate, may  obtain  a  free  license  to  carry  firearms  and  to  hunt  game  within  certain 
limitations  fcr  his  own  needs. 

Ill 


112  Central    British    Columhia 

Bag  Limit  (For  One  Season) 

Big  Game — One  moose;  one  wapiti;  two  cariboo;  three  mountain-sheep,  but 
not  more  than  two  of  one  species;  two  mountain-goat;  four  deer,  but  not  more  than 
three  of  any  one  species. 

Game  Birds — Daily  bag  limits  are  declared  annually  by  Order  in  Council  when 
open  seasons  are  fixed. 

Note. — No  person  may  kill  at  any  time  the  females  or  young  of  moose,  wapiti, 
cariboo,  mountain  sheep,  or  mountain  goat. 

It  is  illegal  at  any  time  to — 

Use  an  automatic  shotgun. 

Use  a  pump-gun  without  a  permanent  plug  limiting  it  to  one  shell  in  the 
magazine. 

Hunt  game  birds  from  any  sail  or  power  boat  in  tidal  waters. 

Hunt  in  any  game  reserve. 

Carry  firearms  in  an  automobile  without  a  permit  during  any  close  season. 

Go  out  with  any  person  acting  as  a  guide  without  seeing  that  he  holds  a  guide's 
license. 

Offer  for  sale  or  attempt  to  buy  the  heads  of  moose,  wapiti,  cariboo,  or 
mountain-sheep. 

N.B. — This  does  not  apply  to  imported  heads  which  have  been  branded  by  the 
department. 

Guides 

Every  person  who  takes  any  other  person  out  hunting  big  game  and  receives 
remuneration  must  hold  a  guide's  license,  fee  $5. 

N.B. — Guides  must  return  their  licenses  fourteen  days  after  expiry  and  report 
the  names  of  persons  taken  out  and  particulars  of  animals  killed. 

Fur  Traders  and  Taxidermists 

(1)  Resident  fur  trader's  license,  $25  per  year. 

(2)  Non-resident  fur  trader's  license,  $200  per  year. 

(3)  Taxidermist's  license,  $5  per  year. 


APPENDIX    IX 

CUSTOMS  AND  FREIGHT  REGULATIONS 

(Compiled  for  the  Information  of  Intend'm<j  Settlers) 

Customs  Regulations 

A  settler  may  bring  into  Canada,  free  of  duty,  live  stock  for  the  farm  on  the 
following  basie,  if  he  has  actually  owned  euvsh  live  stock  abroad  for  at  least  six 
months  before  hie  removal  to  Canada,  and  has  brought  them  into  Canada  within  one 
year  after  his  arival,  viz:  If  horses  only  are  brought  in,  16  allowed;  if  cattle  are 
brought  in,  16  allowed;  if  sheep  are  brought  in,  160  allowed;  if  swine  are  brought  in, 
160  allowed.  If  horses,  cattle,  sheep  and  swine  are  brought  in  together,  or  part  of 
each,  the  proportions  as  above  are  to  be  observed. 

Duty  is  to  be  paid  on  live  stock  in  excess  of  the  number  for  which  provision  is 
made  as  above.  For  customs  entry  purposes  a  mare  with  a  colt  under  six  months' 
old  is  to  be  reckoned  as  one  animal;  a  cow  with  a  calf  six  months  old  is  also  to  be 
reckoned  as  one  animal.  Cattle  and  other  live  stock  imported  into  Canada  are  sub- 
ject to  quarantine  regulations. 

The  following  articles  have  free  entry: — 

Settlers'  effects,  free,  viz:  Wearing  apparel,  household  furniture,  books,  imple- 
ments and  tools  of  trade,  occupation  or  employment;  guns,  musical  instruments, 
domestic  sewing  machines,  typewriters,  live  stock,  bicycles,  vehicles  (including  auto- 
mobiles, implements  moved  by  mechanical  power,  machinery  used  for  agricultural 
purposes),  tractors  (new),  valued  at  $1,400  or  less,  as  well  as  parts  thereof  for  repairs, 
and  agricultural  implements  in  use  by  the  settler  for  at  least  six  months  before  his 
removal  to  Canada,  not  to  include  machinery  or  articles  imported  for  use  in  any 
manufacturing  establishment  or  for  sale;  also  books,  pictures,  family  plate,  furniture, 
personal  effects  and  heirlooms  left  by  bequest,  provided  that  any  dutiable  articles 
entered  as  settlers'  effects  may  not  be  so  entered  unless  brought  with  the  settler  on 
his  first  arrival,  and  shall  not  be  sold  or  otherwise  disposed  of  without  payment  of 
duty  until  after  twelve  months'  actual  use  in  Canada. 

A  settler  may  be  required  to  take  oath  that  all  of  the  articles  have  been  owned  by 
himself  or  herself  for  at  least  six  months  before  removal  to  Canada;  that  none  have 
been  imported  as  merchandise,  for  use  in  a  manufacturing  establishment  or  as  a 
contractor's  outfit,  or  for  sale;  that  he  or  she  intends  becoming  a  permanent  settler 
within  the  Dominion  of  Canada  and  that  the  live  stock  enumerated  is  intended  for 
his  or  her  own  use  on  the  faiin  which  he  or  she  is  about  to  occupy  (or  cultivate),  and 
not  for  sale  or  speculative  purposes  nor  for  the  use  of  any  other  person  or  persons. 
Machines,  vehicles  and  implements  for  agricultural  purposes,  moved  by  mechanical 
power,  are  only  entitled  to  free  entry  as  settler's  effects  when  the  settler  is  locating 
on  a  farm  for  agricultural  purposes. 

Freight  Regulations 

1.  Carload  shipments  of  farm  settlers'  effects  must  consist  of  the  following 
described  property  of  an  actual  farm  settler,  when  shipped  by  and  consigned  fo  the 

same  person. 

113 

39736—8 


114  Central   British    Columhia 

Household  goods  and  personal  effects,  all  eecond-liand,  and  may  include:  Agri- 
cultural implementfi  and  farm  vehicles,  all  second-hand  (will  not  include  automohilee). 

Live  stock  not  exceeding  a  total  of  ten  head,  coneisting  of  horses,  mules,  cows, 
heifers,  calves,  oxen,  sheep,  or  hogs  (from  Eastern  Canada  not  more  than  six  head  of 
horses  and  mules  may  be  included  in  a  car  of  farm  settlers'  effects). 

Lumber  and  shingles  (pine,  hemlock,  spruce,  or  basswood),  which  must  not 
exceed  2,500  feet  in  all,  or  the  equivalent  thereof,  or  in  lieu  of  (not  in  addition  to) 
the  lumber  and  shingles,  a  portable  house,  knocked  down,  may  be  shipped. 

Seed  grain,  trees,  or  shrubbery.  The  quantity  of  seed  grain  must  not  exceed  the 
following  weight:  Wheat,  4,500  pounds;  oats,  3,400  pounds;  barley,  4,800  pounds; 
flax  seed,  4-00  pounds.  From  points  in  Western  States,  1,400  po'unde  of  seed  corn  may 
also  be  included. 

Live  poultry  (small  lots  only). 

Feed,  sufficient  for  feeding  the  live  stock  while  on  the  journey. 

2.  Live  Stock. — Should  a  settler  wish  to  ship  more  than  ten  head  of  live  stock 
(as  per  Rule  1)  in  a  car,  the  additional  animals  will  be  charged  for  at  the  less-than- 
carload  live  stock  rate  (at  estimated  weights  as  per  Canadian  Freight  Classification), 
but  the  total  charge  for  the  car  will  not  exceed  the  rate  of  a  straight  carload  of  live 
stock. 

When  live  slock  forms  part  of  the  shipment,  the  usual  live  stock  form  of  contract 
must  be  signed.  Shipper  must  show  on  the  live  stock  contract  the  numbers  of  head 
of  each  kind  of  stock  loaded  in  car.  Agents  will  require  attendants  to  affbc  their 
signature  in  blank  space  provided  for  same  on  face  of  live  stock  contract. 

3.  Passes. — ^^One  man  will  be  passed  free  in  charge  of  full  carloads  of  settlers' 
effects  containing  live  stock,  to  feed,  water,  and  care  for  them  in  transit,  subject  to 
conditions  specified  in  the  Canadian  Freight  Classification.  No  reduced  return 
transortation  will  be  given. 

4.  Top  Loads. — Agents  do  not  permit,  under  any  circumstances,  any  article  to  be 
loaded  on  the  top  of  box  or  stock  cars;  such  manner  of  loading  is  dangerous  and  abso- 
lutely forbidden. 

5.  Settlers'  effects,  to  be  entitled  to  the  carload  rates,  cannot  be  stopped  at  any 
point  short  of  destination  for  the  purpose  of  unloading  part.  The  entire  carload  must 
go  through  to  the  station  to  which  originally  consigned. 

6.  The  carload  rates  on  farm  settlers'  effects  are  based  on  minimum  weight  per 
car,  of: — 

From  points  north  of  St.  Paul  or  Duluth 24,000  pounds. 

North    of    Chicago,    Kansas    City,    of    Omaha    to 

Duluth  or  St.  Paul 20,000 

South  and  east  of  Chicago 12,000 

Additional  weight  will  be  charged  at  proportionate  rate. 

From  points  south  and  east  of  Chicago  only  five  horses  or  head  of  live  stock  are 
allowed  In  any  one  carload.     Any  number  over  five  will  be  charged  extra. 


APPENDIX   X 
TAXATION 

Taxation  outeide  all  incorporated  cities,  towns  and  niunivipalities  is  impofied  and 
collected  directly  by  the  Provincial  Government  and  expended  in  public  improvements 
such  ae  roads,  trails,  wharves  and  bridges,  in  assisting  and  maintaining  the  schools 
and  in  the  administration  of  justice. 

The  rates  of  taxation  imposed  by  the  latest  "  Taxation  Act "  are  as  follows : — 

Per  «cent. 

Real  property 1 

Personal  property 1 

Wild  land ; 5 

Coal  land,  Claes  A 1 

"        "  «    B 4 

Timber  land 3 

Income,  Class  A,  up  to  and  including  $2,000 1 

"  "      B,  exceeds  $2,0'00  and  does  not  exceed  $3,000  1:^ 

"       C,       "  3,000     "  "  "        4,000  2 

"      D,      "  4,000    "  "  "        7,000  4 

"      E,       "  7,000     "  "  "       10,000  5 

"  "       F,       "        10,000    "  "  "       20,000  7^ 

"      G,      "        20,000      10 

School  taxes  are  assessed  on  property  sitiiated  within  the  various  school  districts 
throughout  the  province,  at  a  rate  determined  by  the  amount  of  the  annual  requisition 
of  funds  from  the  school  trustees. 

Mining  companies  (other  than  coal  or  gold-mining  companies)  are  taxed  2  per 
cent  on  the  gross  value  of  the  ore  at  the  mine,  less  cost  of  transportation  and  treat- 
ment, or  on  their  income,  whichever  yields  the  greatest  tax. 

Coal  and  coke  companies  are  taxed  10  cents  per  ton  on  all  coal  shipped  from  the 
mine  and  10  cents  per  ton  on  all  coke,  or  on  their  income,  whichever  yields  the 
greatest  tax. 

Gold-mining  companies  holding  gold  mines,  of  which  the  market  value  of  the  gold 
recovered  is  86  per  cent  or  over  of  the  metal  contents  of  the  ore  therefrom,  are  taxed 
on  their  income. 

Iron  ore,  other  than  that  used  as  flux  in  the  smelting  of  other  metal  ores,  in 
addition  to  the  above,  is  taxed  37^  cents  per  ton  of  2,000  pounds. 

Unworked  Crown-granted  mineral  claims  are  taxed  25  cents  per  acre. 

The  following  exemptions  from  taxation  are  granted : — 

Personal  property  on  any  farm,  orchard,  or  ranch,  as  consists  of  live  stock,  agri- 
cultural machinery,  and  vehicles,  up  to  the  value  of  $1,000. 

Improvements  on  farm  lands  up  to  $1,500. 

All  incomes  up  to  $1,200  in  the  case  of  single  persons  or  $1,500  in  the  case  of 
married  persons  with  an  additional  exemption  of  $200  for  each  dependent. 

115 


116  Central   British    Columbia 

War  etoeke  or  bonds  and  mortgages  exempt  as  personal  property  only. 

Unpaid  purchase-money  of  land  as  personal  property. 

Household  furniture  and  effects  in  dwelling-houses. 

Money  deposited  in  bank,  minerals,  matte,  or  bullion  in  the  course  of  treatment, 
timber  and  coal  lands  under  lease  or  license  from  the  Crown,  and  so  much  of  the  per- 
sonal property  as  is  represented  by  timber  cut  upon  or  from  lands  held  by  the  lessee 
or  license  under  timber  leaseholds  or  timber  licenses  issued  under  the  "  Land  Act," 
upon  which  timber  so  cut  the  rental,  royalty,  and  license  fees  payable  under  the  said 
Act  have  heen  paid,  and  not  otherwise;  and  so  muoh  of  the  personal  property  of  every 
person  as  is  represented  by  timber  cut  from  lands  within  this  province  other  than 
lands  belonging  to  the  Crown,  upon  which  timber  so  cut  the  tax  payable  under  the 
"  Land  Act"  has  been  paid,  and  not  otherwise;  but  these  exemptions  shall  not  extend 
to  the  personal  property  of  any  other  person  who  may  purchase  or  acquire  timber  so 
cut  as  aforesaid  or  any  interest  therein. 

Pre-emptions  and  homesteads  for  two  years  from  date  of  record  and  an  exemption 
of  $500  for  four  years  more.  Members  of  the  Allied  Forces  who  have  taken  up  pre- 
emptions or  homesteads  since  June  26,  1918,  are  entitled  to  a  period  of  five  years' 
exemption  from  taxation. 

Federal  Income  Taxes — In  addition  fo  the  provincial  income  tax,  there  is  an 
income  tax  imposed  by  the  Dominion  throughout  Canada.  Under  the  Federal  tax 
exemptions  of  $1,000  in  the  case  of  unmarried  persons  and  $2,000  for  married  persons 
is  allowed,  with  an  additional  allowance  of  $200  for  each  child  under  18  years  of  age. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Admiralty,   Lords   Commissioners    of   the. — "  The    British    Columbia    Pilot."      Hydro- 
graphic  Office,  Admiralty,  London,  1905. 
Ami,  Henry  M.,  M.A.,  D.Sc,  F.R.G.S.,  F.R.S.C— "  Canada  and  Newfoundland."   Chap. 

XVn.     "  British  Columbia." — Stanford's  Compendium  of  Geography  and  Travel. 

North  America.     Vol.  L     London,  Edward  Stanford,  Ltd.,  1915. 
Audet,.F.  J.—"  Canadian  Historical  Dates  and  Events,  1492-1915."     Ottawa,  1917. 
Begg,  Alexander. — "  History  of  British  Columbia  from  its  earliest  discovery  to  the 

present  time."    Wm.  Briggs,  Toronto,  1894. 
Camsell,  Chas.,  B.Sc. — "  Explorations  in  the  Northern  Interior  of  British  Columbia." 

Summary  Report,  Geological  Survey  of  Canada,  page  70,  Ottawa,  1915. 
Camsell,    Chas.,    B.Sc. — "  Platinum    Investigations  in    British    Columbia."      Summary 

Report,  Geological  Survey  of  Canada,  Part  B,  Ottawa,  1918. 
Coats,  R.  H.,  and  Gosnel,  R.  E. — "  Sir  James  Douglas."     Morang  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  Toronto, 

1908. 

Cole,  L.  H.,  B.Sc— "'The  Salt  Deposits  of  Canada  and  the   Salt  Industry."     Mines 

Branch,  Department  of  Mines,  Ottawa,  1915. 
Conway,  G.  R.  G.,  C.E.— "  Water  Powers  of  British  Columbia."     Contained  in  "  Water 
Powers   of   Canada,"   Water   Resources   Paper   No.    16,   Dominion   Water   Power 
Branch,  Department  of  the  Interior,  Ottawa,  1916. 
Clothier,  Geo.  A.,  B.Sc. —  (Resident  Engineer)   "Report,  Northwestern  District,  B.C." 

Annual  reports  Minister  of  Mines,  Victoria,  B.C. 
Denis,  Leo  G.,  B.Sc,  E.E. — "  Electric  Generation  and  Distribution  in  Canada."     Com- 
mission of  Conservation,  Ottawa,  1918. 
Department  of  Agriculture,  Victoria,  B.C. — 
Pamphlets : 

"  Land  Settlement  Board  of  British  Columbia." 
"  Maps  of  Land  Settlement  Areas." 
Department  of  Lands,  Victoria,  B.C. — 
Pamphlets: 

"  Fort  George  Land  Recording  Division." 
"  Fort  Eraser  Land  Recording  Division." 
"  Cariboo  Land  Recording  Division." 
"  Peace  River  Land  Recording  Division." 
"  Skeena  Land  Recording  Division." 

"  Lands   for    Pre-emption.      South    Fork   of    Phraser    River   and    Canoe   River 
Valleys." 
Bulletins: 

Nos.  1,  2,  3,  4,  10,  11,  12,  22,  23,  25,  26,  28,  29,  30,  34,  35  and  36.  (Leaflets 
containing  detail  information  of  various  selected  localities  in  Central 
British  Columbia.) 

Department  of  Public  Works,  Ottawa — 

Annual  Reports  of  "  The  Government  Telegraph  Service." 

Dominions  Royal  Commission — Royal  Commission  on  the  Natural  Resources,  Trade, 
and  Legislation  of  certain  portions  of  His  Majesty's  Dominions.  "  Minutes  of 
Evidence  taken  in  British  Columbia,"  London,  1917. 

Dowling,  D.  B.,  B.Sc,  F.R.S.C.— "  Coal  Fields  of  British  Columbia."  A  compilation 
of  numerous  reports  relating  to  the  coal  deposits  of  this  province.  Geological 
Survey,  Memoir  69,  Ottawa,  1915. 

Dresser,  J.  A.,  and  Spieker,  E.  M. — "  Report  of  Oil  Surveys  in  the  Peace  River  Dis- 
trict, 1920,"  Dept.  of  Lands,  Victoria,  B.C. 

Galloway,  J.  D.,  M.Sc  (Resident  Engineer).— "  Report  Northeastern  District,  B.C." 
Annual  Reports  Minister  of  Mines,  Victoria,  B.C. 

Grand  Trunk  Pacific  Railway. — Pamphlet  with  map.  "  Plateau  and  Valley  Lands — 
Central  British  Columbia;  general  information  for  the  intending  settler." 
Industrial  and  Colonization  Department,  G.T.P.  Railway,  8th  Edition,  Winnipeg, 
Man.,  1919 

Grant,  W.  L.,  M.A.— "  History  of  Canada,"  Toronto,  1914. 

Gosnel,  R.  E. — "  Year  Book  of  British  Columbia  and  Manual  of  Provincial  Informa- 
tion."    (Coronation  Edition)  Victoria,  1911. 

117 


118  Central   British    Columbia 

Gwillim,  J.  C— "  Report  of  Oil  Survey  in  the  Peace  River  District,  1919."     Dept.  of 

Lands,  Victoria,  B.C. 
Harmon,  D.  W. — "  A  Journal  of  Voyage  and  Travel  in  the  Interior  of  North  America." 

Andover,  1820. 

Horetzky,  Charles.—"  Canada  on  the  Pacific."     Montreal,  1874. 

Hornadav,  W.  T. — "  The  American  Natural  History."  C.  Scribner's  Sons,  New  York, 
1904*. 

Hydrographic  Office,  Washington. — "  Pilot  Guides— The  Coast  of  British  Colum- 
bia."    Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  1901. 

Johnston,  J.  T.,  C.E.— "  Central  Electric  Stations  in  Canada,"  Part  II  Directory. 
Water  Resources  Paper  No.  27,  Dominion  Water  Power  Branch,  Department  of 
the  Interior,  Ottawa,  1919. 

King's  Printer,  Victoria,  B.C. — 
Annual  Reports: 

(a)  Minister  of  Mines, 

(b)  Minister  of  Lands, 

(r)  Department  of  Agriculture, 

(d)  Department  of  Railways, 

(e)  Department  of  Public  Works, 
(/)  Superintendent  of  Education, 
ig)  Commissioner  of  Fisheries, 
(h)  Game  Conservation  Board. 

Pamphlets:  ;  I 

"  British  Columbia:    The  Mineral  Province  of  Canada."     1921. 
"Handbook  of  British  Columbia:    History,  Topography,  Climate,  Resources." 

1921. 
"  Agriculture  in  British  Columbia."     1921. 
"Game  of  British  Columbia:    Animals,  Birds,  Fishes."     1919. 

Laut,  Agnes  C. — "  Pioneers  of  the  Pacific  Coast."  (Volume  22,  The  Chronicles  of 
Canada.) 

Laut.  Agnes  C— "  The  Cariboo  Trail."   (Volume  23,  The  Chronicles  of  Canada.) 

MacKay,  B.  R.,  B.Sc.—"  Cariboo  Gold  Fields,"  Summary  Report,  Part  B,  Geological 
Survey,  Ottawa,  1918. 

Mackenzie,  Alexander. — "  Voyage  from  Montreal,  on  the  River  St.  Lawrence,  through 
the  Continent  of  North  America,  to  the  Frozen  and  Pacific  Oceans,  in  the  years 
1789  and  1793.  With  a  preliminary  account  of  the  rise,  progress  and  present 
state  of  the  Fur  Trade  of  that  country."     London,  1801. 

MacKenzie,  J.  D.,  B.Sc. — "  Telkwa  Valley  and  Vicinity."  Summary  Report,  Geological 
Survey,  Ottawa,  1915. 

Macoun,  J.,  M.A.,  F.L.S.,  F.R.S.C— "  The  Forests  of  Canada  and  Their  Distribu- 
tion."    1895. 

Macoun,  J.,  M.A.,  etc.,  and  Jas.  M.,  C.M.G.,  F.L.S.— "  Catalogue  of  Canadian  Birds," 
Geological  Survey,  Ottawa,  1909. 

Masson,  L.  R. — "  Les  Bourgeois  de  la  Compagnie  du  Nord-Ouest,"  in  2  volumes. 
Volume  I  contains  the  Journal  of  Simon  Eraser's  descent  of  the  Eraser  river  in 
1808.     Quebec,  1890. 

McConnell,  R.  G.,  B.A.,  F.R.S.C,  F.G.S.A.— "  Report  on  an  Exploration  of  the  Finlay 
and  Omineca  rivers."  Section  C,  Annual  Report  (New  Series),  Vol.  VII,  Geolo- 
gical Survey,  Ottawa,  1914. 

McLiesh,  J.,  B.A. — "  Mineral  Production  of  Canada."  Annual.  Mines  Branch, 
Department  of  Mines,  Ottawa. 

Meteorological  Service  of  Canada — Monthly  and  Annual  Reports. 

Morice,  Rev.  A.  G.,  O.M.I. — "The  Historv  o*"  the  Northern  Interior  of  British  Colum- 
bia, formerly  New  Caledonia,  1060-1880."     Wm.  Briggs,  Toronto,  1904. 

Norton,  B.  R.,  B.Sc,  F.  and  Lewis,  R.  G.,  B.Sc.  F.— "  Native  Trees  of  Canada." 
Bulletin   No.  01,  Forestry  Branch,  Department  of  Interior,  Ottawa,  1917. 

O'Neill,  J.  J.,  M.Sc,  Ph.D.—"  The  Platinum  Situation  in  Canada,  1918."  Summary 
Report,  1918,  Geological  Survey,  Ottawa,  1918. 

O'Neill,  J.  J.,  M.Sc,  etc—"  Economic  Geology  of  the  Hazelton  District,  B.C."  Sum- 
mary Report,  Part  B,  Geological  Survey,  Ottawa,  1917. 

O'Neill,  J.  J.,  M.Sc,  etc. — "  Economic  Geology  of  Salmon  River  District,  Portland 
Canal."     Summary  Report,  Geological  Survey,  Ottawa,  1919 


Bibliography  1 1 9 

Parks,  W.  A.,  B.A.,  Ph.D. — "  Report  on  the  Building  and  Ornamental  Stones  of  Can- 
ada," in  5  volumes.  Volume  V  relates  to  British  Columbia,  Mines  Branch,  Depart- 
ment of  Mines,  Ottawa,  1917. 

Prebble,  Edw.  A. — "  North  American  Fauna — Serial  No.  27."     Washington. 

Reinecke,  L.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. — "  Mineral  Deposits  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  Pacific 
Great  Eastern  Railway  between  Lillooet  and  Prince  George."  Summary  Report, 
Geological  Survey,  Ottawa,  1919. 

Scholefield,  E.  O.  S.— "  British  Columbia  from  the  Earliest  Times  to  the  Present."  In 
4  volumes.  Volumes  1  and  2  historical.  Volumes  3  and  4  biographical,  Van- 
couver, 1914. 

Short,  A.,  C.M.G.,  M.A.,  LL.D.,  F.R.S.C,  and  Doughty,  A.,  C.M.G.— "  Canada  and  its 
Provinces,"  in  22  volumes  and  index.  Volumes  21  and  22 — "  Pacific  Province."' 
Toronto,  1914. 

Simpson,  Sir  George. — "  Narrative  of  a  Journey  round  the  World  during  the  years 
1841  and  1842."     London,  1847. 

Skelton,  O.  D.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.—"  The  Railway  Builders."  (Volume  32,  The  Chronicles 
of  Canada.) 

Spence,  H.  S.,  M.E. — "Mica:  its  occurrence,  exploitation  and  uses."  Publication  No. 
118,  Mines  Branch,  Department  of  Mines,  Ottawa,  1912. 

Sterns,  R.  W.,  B.Sc. — "  Canadian  Douglas  Fir, — its  Mechanical  and  Physical  Proper- 
ties."    Bulletin  No.  60,  Forestry  Branch,  Department  of  Interior,  Ottawa,  1918. 

Swan,  R.  G.,  B.A.Sc. — "  British  Columbia  Hydrographic  Survey."  For  years  1913  to 
1918,  comprising  Water  Resources  Papers  Nos.  8,  14,  18,  21  and  23,  Dominion 
Water  Power  Branch,  Department  of  the  Interior,  Ottawa,  1915-17-18-19. 

Talbot,  Frederick  A. — "  The  Making  of  a  Great  Canadian  Railway."     London,  1912. 

Tyrrell,  J.  B.,  C.E.,  M.A.,  F.G.S. — "  David  Thompson's  Narrative  of  His  Explorations 
in  Western  America,  1784-1812."     Champlain  Society,  Toronto,  1916. 

University  of  British  Columbia. — "  Calendar." 

Walbran,  Capt.  John  T.— "  British  Columbia  Coast  Names,  1592-1906,  their  origin 
and  history."     Ottawa,  1909. 

White,  Arthur  V. — "  Water  Powers  of  British  Columbia."  Commission  of  Conserva- 
tion, Ottawa,  1919. 

White,  James,  F.R.G.S.,  F.R.S.C.—"  Dictionary  of  Altitudes  in  the  Dominion  of  Can- 
ada."    Commission  of  Conservation,  Ottawa,  1916. 

Whitford,  H.  N.,  Ph.D.,  and  Craig,  R.  D.,  F.E.— "  Forests  of  British  Columbia."  Com- 
mission of  Conservation,  Ottawa,  1918. 

Wilson,  Beckles.— "  The  Great  Company."     The  Copp  Clarke  Co.,  Ltd.,  Toronto,  1899. 

Wrong,  Geo.   M.,  M.A.,  and  Langton,  H.   H.,   M.A.— "  Chronicles  of  Canada,"   in   32 
volumes.     Volume  22 — "  Pioneers  of  the  Pacific  Coast." 
Volume  23—"  The  Cariboo  Trail." 
Volume  32—"  The  Railway  Builders."     Glasgow,  Brook  &  Company,  Toronto. 


BfVinlinml  of  tb(  Jrtmor 


MAP    OF 

CENTRAL 
BRITISH   COLUMBIA 

Scnlo  35  miit>m  to  I  inili 

<l.r*r.hon    of    F  C  C  Lynck    Sljp«r,ntor><trnt 
LEGEND 


'^     ^'-i,-'    ■"  '"  "'    '  »     °       (fe 


"-■Xi^j^^iS.'        I 


^" 


A    C